Home

Agilent Technologies 83650L User's Manual

1. HP S4124T RF OUTPUT HP 54120 SERIES DIGITIZING OSCILLOSCOPE 10D0B ATTENUATOR PULSE 20DB GENERATOR ATTENUATOR O OUTPUT BNC TEE Figure 2 15 Pulse Performance Test Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54124T Pulse Generator HP Agilent 8112A Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 83640B 50B Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 010 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B Attenuator 20 dB HP Agilent 8490D Option 020 83640B 50B Attenuator 20 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 020 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B 2 On the synthesizer press First synthesizer frequency in Table 2 18 POWER LEVEL 0 dBm Leveling Point Internal asterisk on Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 55 Pulse Performance Leveling Mode Search asterisk on Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on Table 2 18 Synthesizer Frequencies Synthesizer Risetime Falltime Level Frequencies GHz Accuracy 1 91 5 0 9 0 15 0 23 01 28 01 35 01 45 01 1 Di sregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability Note The CW frequencies checked provide a minimum verification of pulse performance If pulse performance at a different frequency is important repeat the test at that CW frequency 3 On the pulse generator set Pulse Width 50 Pulse Period 10 Pulse Level 5 V Disable LED 4 On the oscilloscope set Ch
2. Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number A42 5086 7628 1 PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER 83620B 22B Option 006 A42 5086 7629 1 PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER 83623B 24B Option 006 A42 5086 7630 1 PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER 83630B Option 006 A42 5086 7631 1 PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER 83640B 50B Option 006 AT2 1810 0118 1 TERMINATION SMA MALE 502 AT3 0955 0216 1 ATTENUATOR 20 DB B1 08360 80026 1 FA CR1 08360 60147 1 DETECTOR REPLACEMENT KIT 83623B L and 83624B F1 2110 0227 1 FUSE INCH 5A 250V NTD FE UL See Table 9 7 F1 2110 0003 1 FUSE INCH 3A 230V NTD FE UL See Table 9 7 FL1 9135 0242 1 LINE MODULE FILTERED FL2 0955 0485 1 8 GHZ LOW PASS FILTER J1 08673 60040 1 RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L J1 5063 1700 1 RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR 83640B L and 83650B L For serial prefixes lt 4040A also order W43 T1 9100 4781 1 TOROID POWER TRANSFORMER 1250 1158 1 ADAPTER SMA F SMA F 83623L USED WITH A40 DC BLOCKING CAPACITOR 9 14 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Cables Front Panel NOT INSTALLED ON THE 8360 L SERIES W4 fcable1s Figure 9 3 Cables 1 of 19 Replaceable Parts 9 15 Agilent 8360 Cables Top View NOT INSTALLED ON THE AZRJA 414 HP 8360 L SERIES SEMI RIGID CABLE W27 000 A12J1
3. Marker Marker Marker Center more M3 M4 M5 Marker 2 3 Delta Delta Markers Ampl more Mkr Ref Marker All Off Markers 3 3 Marker Marker M1 M2 Start M1 more M1 M2 Sweep Stop M2 1 3 aa eesse Delta Marker Reference cicero M1 M2 M3 M4 MS MARKER MENU lt 3 menmork_d B SERIES MENU Option 002 B SERIES MENU L SERIES MENU MENU SELECT Pulse AM FM Monitor Menu Menu Menu Menu nd a aa ene Puloe On Off Scalor e g ModOut On Off Meter On a AM FM AM AM On Off Deep more 10dB V 100 V AM 2 3 2 s AM On Off Internal AM more we AM Type Deep Waveform more Ext Int Rate Depth 1 2 s100 V 10dB V AN Menu 2 2 i ed Ea MODULATION MENU 4 menpower d Uncoup Set Up On Power Atten Atten Power Slope 1 3 Tracking Power Fitness Power more Menu Offset Menu Sweep 2 3 Doubler Amp Mode AUTO On or Freq Mtr Meas CorPoir more Follow Menu Disable 3 3 reeomerenes u Delete cesso Undet Current All Under Current POWER MENU MENU SELECT Selftest Fout Unlock more Full Menu Info 173 Selftest Adjust Tools Disable more Menu Menu Menu Adjust 2 3 loRdWrt CntriBX Disable Menu Menu Doubler 2 3 Fautt Fault Fautt Clear Info 1 nfo 2 Info 3 Fault ADC Cnt
4. Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B Microwave Amplifier HP Agilent 11975A Harmonic Mixer 20 to 26 5 GHz HP Agilent 11970K Harmonic Mixer 26 5 to 40 GHz HP Agilent 11970A Harmonic Mixer 40 to 50 GHz HP Agilent 11970Q 1 Firmware revision 13 8 86 or later Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 35 Spurious Signals Harmonics Subharmonics 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 On the spectrum analyzer select the external mixer for the 20 to 26 5 GHz frequency range and set the reference level offset to compensate for the mixer s conversion loss at 23 GHz On the synthesizer press Gi Set the microwave amplifier output power level to 16 dBm On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 23 GHz Frequency Span 1 MHz Adjust the reference level to position the signal peak at the top reference graticule Use this reference level for all harmonic measurements On the spectrum analyzer set Start Frequency 20 GHz Stop Frequency 26 5 GHz Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics See Table 2 11 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output frequencies Since an external mixer is used use the spectrum analyzer signal identify feature to verify that suspected signals are in the 20 to 26 5 GHz frequency range The signals most likely to appear are the fifth and
5. W14 W33 w56 W35 WS7 NA E PN AS ice ah W41 W73 Figure 9 3 Cables 6 of 19 Agilent 8360 9 20 Replaceable Parts Cables 83640B 50B RF Deck Options 001 and 006 m mM lt L O Eaa oO Qs ep Ls N O jo S 9 a 2 Zo W25 Figure 9 3 Cables 7 of 19 Replaceable Parts 9 21 Agilent 8360 Cables 83620B 22B and 83630B L RF Deck No Options W24 w52 W47 w50 W39 W14 W33 W34 NOT INSTALLED HP 8360 L SERIES W73 W25 so 2b Figure 9 3 Cables 8 of 19 Agilent 8360 9 22 Replaceable Parts Cables 83620B 22B and 83630B L RF Deck Option 001 Figure 9 3 Cables 9 of 19 Replaceable Parts 9 23 Agilent 8360 Cables 83620B 22B 30B RF Deck Option 006 W24 w52 W47 W32 Underneath A42 W38 WS VIA VA SAN VAI ipi a T e MS DAS L INS 7 Es INP WS7 w35 w56 a ios a 9 Mm q e W41 Figure 9 3 Cables 10 of 19 Agilent 8360 9 24 Replaceable Parts Cables 83620B 22B 30B RF Deck Options 001 and 006 N gt W44 W71 W43 w25 Figure 9 3 Cables 11 of 19 Replaceable Parts 9 25 Agilent 8360 Cables 83623B RF Deck co LO ro D D Ny LO q 2 00 Ny lt L 5 E mA lop oO lt o l y v U 7 N ow p co o l
6. m O RF OUTPUT HARMONIC MIXER DIGITIZING OSCILLOSCOPE RF PULSE AMPLIFIER GENERATOR O OUTPUT OUTPUT BNC TEE Figure 2 20 Pulse Performance Test Setup gt 20 GHz Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54111D Microwave Amplifier HP Agilent 11975A RF Amplifier HP Agilent 8447F Pulse Generator HP Agilent 8116A Harmonic Mixer HP Agilent 11970K Harmonic Mixer HP Agilent 11970A 83640B 50B Harmonic Mixer HP Agilent 11970Q 83650B Attenuator 6 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 006 Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 67 Pulse Performance Alternate Table 2 20 Risetime and Falltime Values CW Frequency Risetime Falltime Level Accuracy 23 GHz 28 GHz 35 GHz 45 GHz Procedure gt 20 to lt 26 5 GHz 25 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 20 using the HP Agilent 11970K Mixer 26 On the synthesizer press ew Ge POWER LEVEL 0 dBm ALC Leveling Point Intrnl asterisk on Leveling Mode Search asterisk on 27 Set the microwave amplifier output power level to 16 dBm 28 On the spectrum analyzer select external mixer and set the frequency range for the mixer Then set Center Frequency 23 GHz Frequency Span O Hz 29 Repeat steps 5 through 10 recording
7. Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Oscilloscope Division Ratio 1 1 HP Agilent 10437A Internal Pulse Accuracy P Probes Oscilloscope Division Ratio 10 1 HP Agilent 10431A Swept Frequency Probes Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A odulator Offset and Gain A Pulse Pulse Width lt 50 ns HP Agilent 8112B Pulse Performance P Generator Rise Time lt 10 ns HP Agilent 8116A2 Pulse Modulation Video Frequency 10 Hz to 5 MHz Feedthrough P Function Frequency Accuracy 5 x 1078 HP Agilent 3325A B AM Accuracy P Generator Amplitude Accuracy AM Dynamic Range P 100 kHz to 1 MHz 0 1 dB FM Accuracy P 100 kHz to 20 MHz 0 4 dB Maximum FM Deviation P Modulation Meter P AM Accuracy A AM Delay A FM Gain A Function Amplitude Range gt 16 V p p HP Agilent 8111A Maximum FM Deviation P Generator HP Agilent 8116A HP Agilent 8175A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 436A Power Accuracy P Accuracy 0 02 dB HP Agilent 437B AM Dynamic Range P HP Agilent 438A Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A AM Accuracy A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 437B Power Flatness P Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Flatness A 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2
8. MEASURING or RECEIVER oooo0 oooo0 Do o O oaaanaa t Oooooa Equipment INPUT 50 OHMS Spectrum Analyzer Microwave Amplifier Measuring Receiver Harmonic Mixer Function Generator HP Agilent 8566B HP Agilent 11975A HP Agilent 8902A P N 0955 0307 HP Agilent 3325A 23 24 25 26 27 28 Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 On the synthesizer press GA POWER LEVEL 3 dBm MOD AM On Off 100 V asterisk off For instruments with Option 002 instead press MOD AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk on AM Type 1004 V asterisk on Set the microwave amplifier output power level to 16 dBm On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 28 GHz Frequency Span O Hz Set up the function generator as in step 6 Set up the measuring receiver as in step 7 and select automatic operation On the synthesizer press MoD AM On Off 100 V asterisk on 2 82 Performance Tests AM Accuracy Agilent 8360 For instruments with Option 002 instead press AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk on AM Type 100 V asterisk on 29 On the test record record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver For Instruments with Option 002 only 30 On the synthesizer turn external AM off and internal AM on Press AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk off AM On Off Int asterisk on 31 On the synthesizer press Internal AM
9. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 165 Agilnet 83650L Test Record Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650L 3 of 6 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 7 Calculated Rate 5x1071 day 5 6x10711 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value 10 Start Freq 0 1 of 0 005 of Stop Freq sweep sweep 3 Frequency Switching Time 8 CW Step 50 ms 10 us 16 Stepped Sweep 5 5 ms 1 us 25 Frequency List 50 ms 10 us 4 Power Accuracy 14 gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 0 6 dB 0 6 dB 0 22 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 0 7 dB 0 7 dB 0 35 dB gt 20 and lt 40 GHz 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 0 38 dB gt 40 GHz 1 7 dB 1 7 dB 0 79 dB 5 Power Flatness 5 lt 2 GHz 1 0 dB 0 15 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 2 dB 0 25 dB gt 20 and lt 40 GHz 1 6 dB 0 38 dB gt 40 GHz 3 0 dB 0 57 dB 2 166 Performance Tests Agilnet 83650L Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650L 4 of 6 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 6 Maximum Leveled Power Standard 0 01 to lt 50 GHz 2 5 dBm 2 3 dB 0 01 to lt 40 GHz 5 0 dBm 1 3 dB 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 10 0 dBm 1 7 d
10. Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 7 External Leveling 7 Minimum Power 0 2 mV 3 pV 10 Maximum Power 0 5 V 20 pV 8 Spurious Signals Harmonic Harmonics Standard 8 0 01 to lt 2 0 GHz 30 dBc 1 75 dB 12 gt 2 0 and lt 20 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB Harmonics Opt 006 8 lt 50 MHz 20 dBc 1 75 dB 8 gt 50 MHz to lt 2 0 GHz 30 dBc 1 75 dB 12 gt 2 0 and lt 20 GHz 60 dBe 1 75 dB Subharmonics 12 gt 7 and lt 20 GHz 50 dBe 1 75 dB 9 Spurious Signals Non harmonic 11 Spur Frequency 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 125 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 500 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 16 Spur Frequency 100 MHz Fixed 60 dBc 1 dB 100 MHz Offset 60 dBc 1 dB LO Feedthrough 60 dBc 1 dB 20 Low Band Mixer Spur 60 dBc 1 85 dB 2 112 Performance Tests Agilent 83620B 22B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 33 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 5 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 10 Spurious Signals Line Related 10 At 6 99 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 dB 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 10 At 1 9 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 11
11. N Ww E om W35 W37 q W26 WUZ W39 wH8 W20 W14 W33 CR1 A36 Figure 9 3 Cables 12 of 19 Agilent 8360 9 26 Replaceable Parts Cables 83623B RF Deck Option 001 W58 ASS ASO W59 ENA f j E by C 2 7 g VAT oi Z7 WHS AS1 Replaceable Parts 9 27 CRI W25 wH Figure 9 3 Cables 13 of 19 Agilent 8360 Cables 83624B RF Deck No Options W58 w59 A33 A30 WHS A39 3 lt L o N wit CRI W36 3 Cables 14 of 19 Figure 9 Agilent 8360 9 28 Replaceable Parts Cables 83624B RF Deck Option 001 Tom ice re w59 WHS CR1 AS Figure 9 3 Cables 15 of 19 Replaceable Parts 9 29 Agilent 8360 Cables 83623B 24B RF Deck Option 006 W24 w52 WU7 W32 Underneath A42 0 ie D Wo h SE SoS il me He CNES WE Te an EN Jf A V Z bi i w56 gt W37 wi W33 Wout ca a w35 WS7 WHS Figure 9 3 Cables 16 of 19 Agilent 8360 9 30 Replaceable Parts Cables 83623B 24B RF Deck Options 001 and 006 Figure 9 3 Cables 17 of 19 Replaceable Parts 9 31 Agilent 8360 Cables 83623L RF Deck No Options W24 19 W43 map fii W38 W69 l E pa A a
12. NAN eS MARE A GA PANS SENN Lt Sh XESS f N WA N S 2p A VON Ne Ute w50 f Valle NR N AA Ys amp S z CEES mA S 5 N G te RA 7 os D ce D lt re ro st N ro E so 5b Figure 9 3 Cables 18 of 19 Agilent 8360 9 32 Replaceable Parts Cables 83623L RF Deck Option 001 WS8 WHS WHS W25 Figure 9 3 Cables 19 of 19 Replaceable Parts 9 33 Agilent 8360 Table 9 3 Cables Ref Desig Part Number Qty Description Wi W2 W3 W4 W5 Wwe W6 Wwe W6 W7 W7 W8 W8 W9 W10 W11 W12 W13 W14 W15 W15 W16 W17 W18 W19 W 20 08360 60062 08360 60056 08360 60057 08360 60055 08360 60054 08360 60070 08360 60094 08360 60172 08360 60175 08360 60068 08360 60173 08360 60069 08360 60174 08360 60051 08360 60092 08360 60301 08360 60302 08360 60076 08360 60083 08360 60072 08360 60182 08360 60095 08360 60071 08360 60073 08360 60303 08360 60082 DISP SMI KEY EXT EXT EXT EXT FM I FM I EXT PPS 10 M LAY POWER A3J1 A21J1 MOTHERBOARD A2J1 A22J1 PROCESSOR MOTHERBOARD A3J2 A22J2 PROCESSOR DISPLAY A3J3 A21J2 BOARD F P PROCESSOR A1J1 A3J4 ERNAL PULSE J2 A9J4 8360 B Series ERNAL PULSE J8 A9J4 8360 B Ser
13. 1 to 50 1to 50 1 to 50 1 to 50 1500 to 2500 1000 to 2500 500 to 2500 500 to 2500 500 to 2500 500 to 2500 500 to 2500 1500 to 2500 1500 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Amplifier Filter Adjustments Amplifier Filter Adjustments Amplifier Filter Adjustments Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Track Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Track 4 16 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 240 YTM Offset Band 3 1500 to 3000 Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac 241 YTM Offset Band 4 1500 to 3000 Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac 242 YTM Offset Band 5 1500 to 3000 Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac 243 YTM Offset Band 6 1500 to 3000 Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac 244 YTM Offset Band 7 1500 to 3000 Amp Multiplier Adjustments Auto Trac 245 246 247 248 YTM B2 Offset Offset 50 to 50 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 249 Autotrack DAC Setting 2048 250 251 LVL DAC Gain Hi Bnd 100 to 100 ALC Pow
14. ADAPTER Figure 2 11 Spurious Signals Non Harmonic Test Setup Equipment HP Agilent 8566B Spectrum Analyzer 2 To achieve peak power turn on RF peaking Set USER CAL Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 11 Fixed Spurious Signals 4 On the synthesizer press cm rE Giz Set the maximum specified leveled power 5 On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency Frequency Span Reference Level Scale Log Resolution Bandwidth Sweep Time Marker Agilent 8360 19 765 GHz 500 kHz 10 dBm 5 dB Division Auto Auto Set to 19 765 GHz Performance Tests 2 41 Spurious Signals Non Harmonic 6 On the spectrum analyzer set the marker to the highest peak and then set the marker to center frequency Decrease the frequency span to 100 Hz keeping the signal centered on the display and then repeat the marker peak search and set the marker to center frequency 7 Note the signal amplitude on the spectrum analyzer This is the carrier amplitude to which the spurs are referenced dBm Carrier Amplitude 8 Use the following procedure to determine the actual frequency of the spurs in Table 2 12 a On the synthesizer press SERVICE Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal b Use the RPG knob to select the first calibration constant in Table 2 12 18 c To the value of the spectrum analyzer center frequency 19 765 GHz add the va
15. Date Model Serial Number Options Firmware Revision Special Notes Customer Tested by Ambient temperature Relative humidity C Line frequency Hz nominal 2 154 Performance Tests Agilent 83630L Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 35 Test Record for 83630L 2 of 5 Model Report Number Date Test Equipment Used Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date 1 Digitizing Oscilloscope 2 Measuring Receiver 3 Power Sensor 4 Power Meter 5 Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 155 Agilent 83630L Test Record Table 2 35 Test Record for 83630L 3 of 5 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 7 Calculated Rate 5x1071 day 5 6x10711 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value 10 Start Freq 0 1 of 0 005 of Stop Freq sweep sweep 3 Frequency Switching Time 8 CW Step 50 ms 10 us 16 Stepped Sweep 5 5 ms 1 us 25 Frequency List 50 ms 10 us 4 Power Accuracy 14 gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 0 6 dB 0 6 dB 0 19 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 0 7 dB 0 7 dB 0 35 dB gt 20 and lt 26 5 GHz 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 0 38 dB gt 10 dBm
16. Band 3 Adjustment 31 On the synthesizer set START 125 682 CoS Go Gre POWER LEVEL 25 dBm 32 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop 33 Set A12R108 B3S1 fully clockwise see Figure 3 20 Note There are two sets of potentiometers on the A12 assembly with identical names Make certain you are adjusting the correct ones 3 44 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 BP2 BUS 1 BP2 BUSI YTFG BUBP 1 YTMG Ooo Amplifier Filter Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Adjustments Figure 3 20 A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations Set calibration constant 623 YTF Gain Band 3 to 2084 Modify calibration constant 633 YTF Offset Band 3 to maximize low end power Adjust A12R108 B351 see Figure 3 20 for maximum power over the rest of the sweep 3 to 10 divisions Repeat steps 33 and 34 until power is optimized over the full band Record the value of calibration constant 633 YTF Offset Band 3 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 31 through 35 until it is Then change calibration constant 633 back to the recorded value On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL 0 dBm Adjust calibration constant 133 Squegg Clamp 3A to maximize RF
17. Synthesizer Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency Frequency GHz Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent T GHz Start Stop 0 01 26 5 5 45700625 330 2 26 5 2 18375 13 2 26 5 6 7775 313 2 26 5 7 145 337 2 26 5 13 3925 745 2 26 5 13 6375 761 2 26 5 19 7625 1161 2 26 5 20 13 1185 2 26 5 26 49875 1405 For 83640B L only Table 2 5 Additional Instrument Settings Synthesizer Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency Frequency GHz Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent T GHz Start Stop 0 01 26 5 5 45700625 330 2 40 2 19 9 2 40 6 8925 207 2 40 7 13 217 2 40 13 305 477 2 40 13 590 489 2 40 19 7175 TAT 2 40 20 145 765 2 40 23 850 921 2 40 13 3025 1037 2 40 16 6275 1317 2 40 16 8175 1333 2 40 19 715 1577 2 16 Performance Tests Swept Frequency Accuracy Agilent 8360 For 83650B L only Table 2 6 Additional Instrument Settings Synthesizer Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency Frequency GHz Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent E T GHz Start Stop 0 01 26 5 5 45700625 330 2 50 2 15 6 2 50 6 86 163 2 50 7 1 171 2 50 13 4 381 2 50 13 61 388 2 50 19 85 596 2 50 20 12 605 2 50 23 75 726 2 50 13 3 821 2 50 16 66 1045 2 50 16 75 1051 2 50 18 94 1197 2 50 19 06 1205 2 50 23 875 1526 Related Adjustments YO Driver
18. 1 Preliminary Steps 7 JI RF Output Connector Removal and 5 Rear Panel Removal before continuing 2 Disconnect cable W17 and the pin locking tab W30 Without removing the screws press the shock mount pads through the sheet metal holes 4 Slide the reference standard out ws SHOCK MOUNT PADS 2 ON TOP 1 ON BOTTOM W30 Figure 7 23 Reference Standard Mountings Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 29 Rear Panel 7 T1 Transformer Removal Refer to Figure 7 24 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 7 JI RF Output Connector Removal and 5 Rear Panel Removal before continuing 2 Remove the six wire pin locking tab Remove the center screw plastic washer two insulators and plate 4 Remove the toroidal transformer ww TOROIDAL TRANSFORMER CENTER PLASTIC PLATE INSULATORS SCREW WASHER Figure 7 24 Transformer Removal 7 30 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Rear Panel 8 A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal Refer to Figure 7 25 1 2 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 7 JI RF Output Connector Removal and 5 Rear Panel Removal before continuing Disconnect the source module interface cable W23 from SMB connector A10J3 on the A10 ALC assembly W23 is not included with replacement A19 assemblies Remove the five screws Remove A19 from the rear panel
19. 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 65 Modulator Offset and Gain Related Performance Tests Maximum Leveled Power AM Bandwidth In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 3 66 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Modulator Offset and Gain 11 ALC Power Level Accuracy Description and Procedure This adjustment sets the absolute power accuracy in each frequency band at a CW frequency The digital ALC calibration array is loaded with zeros for the 0 dB attenuator setting to eliminate any power offset from this source Calibration constants set the power accuracy at four power levels A potentiometer sets the power accuracy at an 18 dBm level in the low band not applicable for all models Note This adjustment procedure zeros the digital ALC calibration array at the 0 dB attenuator setting The Power Flatness adjustment must be performed after this procedure 1 Preset the equipment shown in Figure 3 24 and let them warm up for at least one hour Do not connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF OUTPUT yet SYNTHESIZED SWEEPER POWER METER SENSOR POWER SENSOR ADAPTER Figure 3 24 ALC Power Level Accuracy Adjustment Setup Equipment Power Meter HP Agilent 436A 7A 8A Power Sensor HP Agilent 8485A 83620B 22
20. Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly continued Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A13 YO Driver A14 Sweep Generator A15 CPU A16 Postregulator A17 Rectifier Filter A18 Switching Regulator A19 Rear Panel Interface A20 RF Interface A21 Alphanumeric Display A22 Motherboard A23 10 MHz Reference YO Driver 10 V Reference YO Driver Gain and Linearity YO Delay automated Sweep Ramp Selftest Patches L Models only ADC automated None None None None None None None 10 MHz Standard Full Self Test Swept Frequency Accuracy Frequency Switching Time Single Sideband Phase Noise Maximum FM Deviation Full Self Test Swept Frequency Accuracy Full Self Test GPIB Self Test Full Self Test Full Self Test Full Self Test Full Self Test GPIB Self Test Full Self Test Operation Verification Full Self Test GPIB Self Test Full Self Test Operation Verification Full Self Test Internal Timebase Aging Rate Single Sideband Phase Noise 1 This adjustment or performance test is required only for the 8360 B Series swept signal generator Do not perform this adjustment or test on the 8360 L Series swept CW generator 2 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly The replacement assembly is adjusted at the factory and is not instrument dependent Agilent 8360 Post R
21. Note Since the modulation frequency for external FM is 1 MHz this procedure relies on the voltage setting accuracy of the function generator the frequency is too high for a DVM and an oscilloscope is not accurate enough External FM 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 28 Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour 10 MHz REF SPECTRUM ANALYZER O dd o oo od oo oo od d ooo oo oodd ooo o ac 0000 SYNTHESIZER 10 MHz REF OUTPUT 10 MHz EXT REF INPUT oo00 a ca ca ca D D o D nO o 5 ooon 2 0 D 0000 S nm 9 oooo7p goo oo 0000 so000 ood 00 0000 a a Oe O p ADAPTER FUNCTION GENERATOR 10 MHz REF SIGNAL Figure 2 28 FM Accuracy Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B Function Generator HP Agilent 3325A 2 To achieve peak power on the synthesizer turn on RF peaking Press Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on 3 On the synthesizer press First synthesizer frequency in Table 2 27 POWER LEVEL Set the specified maximum leveled power 2 92 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 FM Accuracy 10 11 12 13 Table 2 27 Synthesizer Frequencies Synthesizer Frequencies External FM Internal FM GHz Error Error 1 01 5 0
22. the source module interface cable from the A19 assembly FAN HARNESS NS 8 PIN LINE SWITCH CONNECTOR SOURCE MODULE INTERFACE CABLE W23 RIBBON CABLE W431 BNC CONNECTOR a 4 PLACES Figure 7 58 Rear Panel Cable Locations Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 71 Motherboard 6 Major Assemblies Removal Refer to Figure 7 59 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 2 Front Panel Removal 7 JL RF Output Connector Removal and 5 Rear Panel Removal before continuing Remove the six screws from the regulator shield Remove the shield Cut the tie wraps holding the cables attached to the PC assemblies Disconnect all cables attached to the PC assemblies Disconnect semi rigid cable W54 from the A6 assembly Note All cables are labeled for easy reassembly For identification purposes the extractors on the PC assemblies are color coded to indicate their assembly number 7 Pull out all PC assemblies SCREWS AG 6 PLACES CABLE W54 Figure 7 59 Major Assemblies 7 72 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Motherboard 7 RF Deck Removal Refer to Figure 7 60 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps and 7 J1 RF Output Connector Removal before continuing 2 Disconnect cable W51 from the attenuator 3 Remove the two hex screws
23. 0 2020 3 11 200 MHz Loop Gain Adjustment 2 a a a 3 12 IF Gain Adjustment 2 2 ee A 3 12 Related Performance Tests 2 2 2 2 a eee 3 12 In Case of Difficulty 2 2 2 A 3 12 4 YO Driver 10 V Reference 2 a a a a a a a 3 14 Description and Procedure Lc 3 14 Related Performance Tests 2 2 2 2 a eee 3 14 In Case of Difficulty 2 2 2 A 3 14 Contents 4 Agilent 8360 Service 5 YO Driver Gain and Linearity a aa a a a a 3 15 Description and Procedure 2 1 a a a a a a 3 15 Related Performance Tests 2 2 2 ee a 3 16 In Case of Difficulty 2 A 3 16 6 YO Loop Gain Ce 3 17 Description and Procedure Ck 3 17 Related Performance Tests 2 2 2 2 a a a a a 3 17 In Case of Difficulty a 3 17 7 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments PP 3 18 Description 6 6 a a a a 3 18 Adjustment Help PP 3 19 Offset and Gain Adjustments Loe Lo 3 19 Adjusting to the Center of the Passband Co 3 19 SRD Bias Adjustment Lo ee 3 19 Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments Lo ee 3 19 Setting the Fastest Sweep Time 2 2 1 3 19 Sweep Speed Related Adjustments 3 19 YTM Bandcross Delay Terms 2 2 2 24224 3 20 General Techniques clic 3 20 Procedure Ce 3 21 YTM Gain Adjustment Ce 3 25 Band 1 Adjustment 2 2 ee 3 25 Band 2 Adjustment 2 2 a a ee 3 26 Band 3 Adjustment 2 2 ee 3 26 Band 4 Adjustment 83630B L 83640B L and
24. 2 MHz 40 6 99 GHz 50 MHz user s srce man 8662A SYS VCO EFC not in use 1179C SYS out 2 Load the measurement software for the phase noise measurement system 3 On the synthesizer press Note To avoid entering these parameters each time you perform this test create a file on the phase noise measurement system containing these parameters With these parameters entered the software automatically sets the remaining parameters Table 2 15 shows the complete set of parameters Table 2 15 Phase Noise Measurement System Parameters Stop Freq Det Input Freq Center Voltage Phase Detector Measurement Type Start Offset Freq Minimum Averages 40 phase locked 100 Hz 2 MHz K_VCO Method VCO Tune Constant Carrier Frequency Entered K_VCO Tune voltage Range K_Detector Method Detector Constant 6 99 GHz 50 MHz 28 Hz V ov 10 V 5 to 1600 MHz measured 458 8 mV Rad Loop Suppression Closed PLL BW Peak Tuning Range Assumed Pole DUT Ref Source Ext Timebase Down Converter HP 11848A LNA measured 82 33 Hz V Verified 150 5 Hz 725 1 Hz 37 9 kHz user s srce man 8662A SYS VCO EFC not in use 11792C SYS Out Follow the instructions on the controller to make the phase noise measurement The dynamic signal analyzer has two traces The sine wave shows the beatnote frequency in time domain like an oscillos
25. 55 dBc 1 dB 240 Hz 55 dBc 1 dB At 1 9 GHz 120 Hz 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz 55 dBc 1 dB 240 Hz 55 dBc 1 dB 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7 Offsets at 6 99 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBe 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB Offsets at 2 23 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB Offsets at 18 0 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 60 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 68 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 76 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 97 dBc 2 dB 1 83 dB if the Invertron is not used Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 163 Agilent 83640L Test Record Table 2 37 Test Record for Agilent 83650L 1 of 6 Test Facility Report Number Date Model Serial Number Options Firmware Revision Special Notes Customer Tested by Ambient temperature Relative humidity C Line frequency Hz nominal 2 164 Performance Tests Agilnet 83650L Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650L 2 of 6 Model Report Number Date Test Equipment Used Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date 1 Digitizing Oscilloscope 2 Measuring Receiver 3 Power Sensor 4 Power Meter 5 Microwave Spectrum Analyzer
26. NED A T lt Figure 7 38 RF Deck Cable Locations 83640B 50B Option 006 Agilent 8360 RF Deck Cables 83640B 50B Options 001 and 006 8 cu 6 lt W44 A30 TO A31 not visible o W40 D a ae D W73 W25 TO A10J7 Figure 7 39 RF Deck Cable Locations 83640B 50B Options 001 and 006 7 48 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83620B 22B and 83630B L No Options W24 A10J5 w52 W47 W39 00 Mm L mm A40 w45 A30 A10J7 Figure 7 40 RF Deck Cable Locations 83620B 22B and 83630B L Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 49 Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83620B 22B and 83630B L Option 001 u 6 A3O Figure 7 41 RF Deck Cable Locations 83620B 22B and 83630B L Option 001 7 50 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83620B 22B 30B Option 006 co Ny D 3 o q lt lt o N N No Q z a 19 Ho NO gt LO gt m co SF ZE lt q lt L EEN Noa yest o Se Z gt 3 Ep A29 w57 W35 TO A22J6 D LO N LO LO tA aro Sx D oO oor 09 mot M NFS N H o Mr gt E ER BO Ba lt L W41 W73 83620B 22B 30B Option 006 Figure 7 42 RF Deck Cable Locations Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 51 Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Ca
27. Press DataSkip the following message will be displayed TEST NUMBER TO PATCH 0 Enter the test number 108 then press HZ sec ENTER TEST DATUM POINT TO PATCH O Enter the datum number 3 then press HZ sec ENTER To Delete a Test Patch Scroll to the test patch to delete and press Delete Patch Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 99 Selftest Patches Calibration Constants Introduction This section contains the following information on calibration constants and how to use them Definition Memory Areas Checksum Verification Calibration Constant Password Changing Working Data Calibration Constants Saving Working Data Calibration Constants Loading Protected Data Calibration Constants Loading Default Data Calibration Constants Calibration Constant Descriptions Definition Calibration constants are data which describe your individual instrument Calibration constants contain serial number prefix hardware configuration and board revision information Calibration constants also contain calibration information specific to the operation of each instrument that is used to make sure that the instrument meets specifications Note Changing calibration constants can cause your instrument to not meet specifications Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 1 Memory Areas The synthesizer has three memory areas reserved for calibration constants Working Data Working data is the set of calibration constants accessed during
28. Refer to Figure 7 15 1 With the front panel frame supported on the edges so it is elevated off the table by at least one inch place the frame face down 2 Clean the display filter and place it on the frame 3 Carefully lining up the press fit holes place the anti rock sheets over the keypad Press into place 4 Place the keypad face down and press each key into place 5 Inspect the front panel to be sure all keys protrude through the front panel and are all the same height KEYPAD ROTATED FACE DOWN Figure 7 15 Keyboard Reassembly Refer to Figure 7 16 6 Connect ribbon cable W5 to the Al keyboard assembly 7 Replace the Al keyboard assembly 7 18 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Front Panel 8 Replace the nine screws that hold in the assembly KEYBOARD ASSEMBLY SCREWS 9 PLACES RIBBON CABLE W5 Figure 7 16 Keyboard Assembly Screw Locations Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 19 Front Panel 12 Front Panel Reassemblies Follow the flowchart Figure 7 2 in reverse order to perform the reassembly of the following assemblies 7 20 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures J1 RF Output Connector A3 Front Panel Processor A21 Alphanumeric Display A Source Module Interface Assembly RPGI Rotary Pulse Generator RPG BNC Connectors Display Filter Front Panel Agilent 8360 Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly Tools Requ
29. Using a spectrum analyzer the synthesizer s CW RF output power is measured both with pulse on and with pulse off The difference in power is the pulse on off ratio 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 14 Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour On the HP Agilent 8556B connect the CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT Press SHIFT w to calibrate the spectrum analyzer SYNTHESIZER 10 MHz REF OUTPUT aa a e ca ca Gogo ooo000 da a ooo 9900 cm RF OUTPUT ADAPTER 10 MHz EXT REF INPUT SPECTRUN ANALYZER O d oa oo o ooo o oo o oo od ooo ooo 9 ao aaagl fopo00 od ood co nonna coaqaqadgq oo o000 90000 ooo oo0o000 goo a so Q CAL OUTPUT t ama Figure 2 14 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B 2 52 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio Agilent 8360 2 On the synthesizer press The first center frequency in Table 2 17 For the 83623B 24B only Set the power level to 0 dBm by pressing POWER LEVEL 0 dBm For all other synthesizers Set the power level to 9 9 dBm by pressing POWER LEVEL 9 9 dBm Then for all synthesizers Press FREQUENCY MENU Up Dn Size CW 50 M
30. lt 50 MHz 20 dBc 1 75 dB 8 gt 50 MHz to lt 2 0 GHz 25 dBc 1 75 dB 12 gt 2 0 and lt 20 GHz 60 dBe 1 75 dB Subharmonics 12 gt 7 to lt 20 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 9 Spurious Signals Non harmonic 11 Spur Frequency 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 125 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 500 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 2 120 Performance Tests Agilent 83623B 24B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 5 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 16 Spur Frequency 100 MHz Fixed 60 dBc 1 dB 100 MHz Offset 60 dBc 1 dB LO Feedthrough 60 dBc 1 dB 20 Low Band Mixer Spur 60 dBc 1 85 dB 10 Spurious Signals Line Related 10 At 6 99 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 10 At 1 9 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7 Offsets at 6 99 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 1 97 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 1 83 dB
31. ooo000 ooo ooda ooooo goo oo 0000 coooa oom 00 EI onna RF OUTPUT OUTPUT Nenen LODE ATTENUATOR ADAPTER Figure 2 9 Spurious Signals Harmonic Test Setup lt 20 GHz Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 83640B L and 83650B L Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 010 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L 2 To achieve peak power turn on RF peaking Set USER CAL Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on 2 32 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Spurious Signals Harmonics Subharmonics Harmonic Measurement lt 20 GHz 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 9 4 On the synthesizer press Set the maximum specified leveled power SWEEP MENU Manual Sweep 5 On the spectrum analyzer set the first set of start and stop frequencies from Table 2 9 Then set Reference Level 20 dBm Scale Log 5 dB Division Bandwidth Resolution 3 MHz Video Bandwidth 3 MHz Table 2 9 Start and Stop Frequencies Start Frequency Stop Frequency GHz GHz 0 011 2 0 2 0 7 0 7 0 13 5 13 5 20 0 1 Set to 2 GHz for 83622B 24B 6 Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics See Table 2 10 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output frequencies Table 2 10 Corresponding YO Freque
32. 10 1 Pulse Width lt 50 ns Rise Time lt 10 ns Frequency 10 Hz to 5 MHz Frequency Accuracy 5 x 1078 Amplitude Accuracy 100 kHz to 1 MHz 100 kHz to 20 MHz 0 4 dB Amplitude Range gt 16 V p p Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB HP Agilent 10431A HP Agilent 8112B HP Agilent 811642 HP Agilent 3325A B HP Agilent 8111A HP Agilent 8116A HP Agilent 8175A HP Agilent 436A HP Agilent 437B HP Agilent 438A HP Agilent 437B HP Agilent 438A Swept Frequency Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A odulator Offset and Gain A Pulse Performance P Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Accuracy P Dynamic Range P Accuracy P ximum FM Deviation P odulation Meter P Accuracy A Delay A Gain A er eeg a gt gt D Maximum FM Deviation F Power Accuracy P AM Dynamic Range F Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A AM Accuracy A Power Flatness P Power Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automat
33. 10 V Reference YO Driver Gain and Linearity YO Delay Compensation Sweep Ramp Calibration In Case of Difficulty 1 Verify that the spectrum analyzer frequency is accurate If necessary calibrate the frequency with the synthesizer s 10 MHz reference connected to the spectrum analyzer s external reference 2 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 17 Swept Frequency Accuracy 3 Frequency Switching Time Description and Procedure The synthesizer s Z AXIS BLANK MARKER output goes active high when a change in frequency is initiated and returns low when the synthesizer settles at the new frequency Using an oscilloscope to monitor this output the frequency switching time is measured in CW step sweep and frequency list modes 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 4 Preset both instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour Z AXIS BLANK MKRS DIGITIZING OSCILLOSCOPE ae a ca ca ooo 9000 cm SYNTHESIZER 10 1 DIVIDER PROBE Figure 2 4 Frequency Switching Time Test Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54111D Oscilloscope Probes HP Agilent 10431A 2 18 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Frequency Switching Time CW Frequency Switching Time Across Bandswitch Points 2 On the os
34. 362 363 364 365 366 367 PwrMtr Gain Lo Band 0 368 PwrMtr Gain Hi Band 0 369 Pwr Mtr Offset 0 370 371 372 373 YT Dly Term C Hrm 1 0 374 YT Dly Term C Hrm 2 0 375 YT Dly Term C Hrm 3 0 376 YT Dly Term C Hrm 4 0 377 YT Dly Term C Hrm 5 0 378 YT Dly Term C Hrm 6 0 379 YT Dly Term C Hrm 7 0 380 381 382 YT Bx Dly Term C 1 0 383 YT Bx Dly Term C 2 0 384 YT Bx Dly Term C 3 0 385 YT Bx Dly Term C 4 0 386 YT Bx Dly Term C 5 0 Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 21 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 YTM Bx Dly Term C 6 YTM Bx Dly Term C 7 Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Loop Gain 200 0 Hz Gain 200 5 Hz Gain 201 0 Hz Gain 201 5 Hz Gain 202 0 Hz Gain 202 5 Hz Gain 203 0 Hz Gain 203 5 Hz Gain 204 0 Hz Gain 204 5 Hz Gain 205 0 Hz Gain 205 5 Hz Gain 206 0 Hz Gain 206 5 Hz Gain 207 0 Hz Gain 207 5 Hz Gain 208 0 Hz Gain 208 5 Hz Gain 209 0 Hz Gain 209 5 Hz Gain 210 0 Hz Gain 210 5
35. 68 Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps If a drop in power greater than 1 3 division occurs when in single sweep readjust the appropriate delay term for the location of the problem Verification 69 Try the following start and stop frequencies Table 3 2 Start and Stop Frequencies GHz 83620B 22B 24B 83630B L 83640B L 83650B L 83623B L 0 01 to 201 0 01 to 26 5 0 01 to 40 0 01 to 50 4 5 to 18 4 to 23 4 5 to 32 4 5 to 33 10 to 20 10 to 20 10to40 10 to 50 2 to 14 5 2 to 14 5 2 to 23 2 to 23 1 For 83622B 24B only set from 2 GHz to 20 GHz Compare sweeps of 0 ms and 1s and also single sweeps at fast speed If a power drop of 0 5 division or greater is noted readjust the appropriate calibration constant If problems occur in other bands adjust the appropriate YTM Bx Dly Terms for that band 70 Perform Amplifier Filter Adjustments next Related Performance Tests Maximum Leveled Power In Case Of Difficulty 1 See Adjustment Help in this procedure 2 Verify the oscilloscope ALC board calibration When calibrated the voltage on the oscilloscope is scaled to 33 mV dB 3 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 31 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments 8 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Description This procedure maximizes RF power by tr
36. 6960 0041 1 PLUG HOLE TR HD FOR 5 D HOLE NYL Standard 21 1250 1753 1 J14 CONNECTOR AUX OUTPUT 22 08360 20245 1 REAR PANEL INTERFACE SHIELD 23 0515 2032 2 SCREW MACH M3 x 0 5 8MM LG 90 DEG FLH HD ATI 1810 0118 1 TERMINATION SMA MALE 502 F1 2110 0227 1 FUSE INCH 5A 250V NTD FE UL 2110 0003 1 FUSE INCH 3A 230V NTD FE UL 2110 0564 1 FUSEHOLDER BODY 2110 0565 1 FUSEHOLDER CAP 2110 0569 1 FUSEHOLDER NUT 9 48 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 2 places Rear Panel Fan Assembly B places 2 places 4 places Figure 9 8 Rear Panel Fan Assembly Table 9 8 Rear Panel Fan Assembly Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 1 0515 0430 2 SMM 3 0 6 PM TX 2 08360 00059 1 FAN SHROUD 3 08360 20254 1 FOAM 4 08360 00058 1 HEXCELL HONEYCOMB 5 08360 40011 1 GROUND HEX SHROUD 6 08360 00060 1 REAR PANEL 7 0515 2011 8 SCREW MACHINE ASSY M3 5 x 0 6 8 0400 0356 4 GROMMET 9 08360 00057 2 BRACKET FAN REAR PANEL 10 08360 00061 2 BRACKET FA 11 08360 80026 1 FAN Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 49 Bottom View Attaching Hardware 4 PLACES 16 PLACES Figure 9 9 Bottom View Attaching Hardware Table 9 9 Bottom View Attaching Hardware Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 1 6960 0016 2 PLUG HOLE TR HD FOR 125 D HOLE NYL 2 SCREW MACHINE See Table 9 7 3 0624 0518 3 SCREW TPG 6 19 25 IN LG PAN HD TORX T15 4 08360 40002 1 HIGH VOLTAGE COV
37. A29 A29 A29 A30 A30 A30 A30 08360 60019 08360 60266 2110 0425 2090 0357 08360 60196 10811E 1813 1258 5086 7463 5086 6463 5086 7515 5086 6515 5086 7622 5086 6622 5086 7616 5086 6616 5086 7637 5086 7623 5086 6623 5086 7636 5086 6636 5086 7645 0955 0148 5086 7644 5086 7656 REAR PANEL INTERFACE ASSEMBLY RF INTERFACE ASSEMBLY FUSE INCH 2A 125V NTD BI ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY ASSEMBLY MOTHERBOARD ASSEMBLY 10 MHZ REFERENCE STANDARD Includes W30 OCXO 10 MHz LOWBAND ASSEMBLY LOWBAND ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange NOT USED YIG OSCILLATOR 2 0 7 5 GHz YIG OSCILLATOR 2 0 7 5 GHz Rebuilt Exchange NOT USED PLIFIER MULTIPLIER E PLIFIER MULTIPLIER Rebuilt Exchange LTER Agilent 83620B 22B 23B 24B LTER Rebuilt Exchange U z ER FILTER 83623L U z ER FILTER gilent 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L U z ER FILTER Rebuilt Exchange PLIFIER FILTER 83630B 40B 50B Option 006 E gt Fe oe K H g PLIFIER FILTER Rebuilt Exchange BRIDGE DETECTOR 83620B 22B and 83630B L uWAVE DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 20 GHZ MAX 83623B L and 83624B BRIDGE DETECTOR 83640B L and 83650B L BRIDGE DETECTOR 83620B 22B 30B Option 006 9 12 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Table 9 2 Major Assemblies continued
38. Enter the correct password using the numeric keypad and press ENTER The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns off 3 Select Adjust Menu again to access the adjustment menu Entering the password allows permanent access to the adjustment menu even if line power is cycled To disable access again set another password Disabling a Password If you wish to eliminate a password either the factory set password or one you set yourself perform the following 1 On the synthesizer set SERVICE Disable Adjust The following message is displayed 2 Enter the current password using the numeric keypad and press ENTER The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns off Disabling the password allows permanent access to the adjustment menu even if line power is cycled Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 3 Setting a Password If a password is already set on the synthesizer and you wish to change it first follow the Disabling a Password procedure This eliminates the current password Then continue with this procedure If no password is set on the synthesizer there is no asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey and you wish to set a password perform the following 1 On the synthesizer set SERVICE Disable Adjust The following message is displayed 2 Enter the desired password using the numeric keypad Up to 14 numeric digits are allowed Terminate the entry by pressing ENTER 3
39. HP Agilent 8493C Option 006 83620B 22B 30B 40B 50B HP Agilent 8493C Option 020 83623B 24B 2 72 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Agilent 8360 System Calibration Note The pulse generator output level can be affected by loading Leave the pulse generator connected to the oscilloscope s channel 2 through the BNC tee as you set the output level 4 On the oscilloscope set Channel 1 Display Volts Division Offset Input Coupling Input Impedance Channel 2 Display Input Impedance Timebase Time Division Delay Delay Reference Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Display Display Mode Source Level Slope Mode Averaging Number of Averages 5 On the pulse generator set Pulse Selected Pulse width 10 ns 2 MHz 500 ns Frequency Offset OV On 50 mV OV 50 2 off 50 2 20 ns Os At center Edge Channel 1 0 05 V Positive Repetitive On 16 6 On the pulse generator set the pulse amplitude for a reading of 0 1 V on the oscilloscope Video Gain 7 Connect the pulse generator to the oscilloscope s channel 1 through the attenuator filters and amplifier B 8 On the oscilloscope set Channel 1 Volts Division 0 Offset Input Coupling dc Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 73 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Input Impedance 50 Q Trigger Trigger Mode Edge Trigger Source Channel 1 Trigger Le
40. Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Spectrum Frequency Range 10 MHz to 22 GHz HP Agilent 8566B2 Swept Frequency Analyzer 50 GHz with external mixers Accuracy F Frequency Span 0 Hz 100 Hz to 22 GHz Spurious Signals Amplitude Range 20 to 100 dBm Harmonic F Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Spurious Signals Video Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Non harmonic F Log Fidelity 0 1 dB dB over 0 to Spurious Signals 80 dB display 1 0 dB maximum Line Related P Video Output DC voltage proportional Fractional N Reference to vertical position of trace on display and API Spurs A Capable of phase locking to external Square Wave Symmetry A 10 MHz reference Analog A vs B Sweep Mode HP Agilent 1740A Amp Mult Adjustments A Oscilloscope Vertical Sensitivity 5 mV Div HP Agilent 54600B Amp Filt Adjustments A Bandwidth 100 MHz AM Offset A HP Agilent 9836 HP Agilent 9920 HP Agilent 310 HP Agilent 320 P N 08360 10001 HP Agilent 3456A2 HP Agilent 3457A Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA External Leveling P Low Power SRD Bias A ADC AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P
41. PPP 9 1 Module Exchange Program CA 9 1 Replacement Information a a a a a a A 9 1 Ordering Information 2 2 a 9 2 How to Order Parts Fast LLC 9 2 10 Preventive Maintenance Introduction PPP 10 1 How to Clean the Fan Filter PPP 10 2 How to Clean the Display Filter 2 2 a a a eee 10 4 How to Replace the Line Fuse Co e 10 5 How to Replace the CPU Battery A15BT1 o 10 6 Removal Replacement ao a a a a 10 6 Connector Care oa a a a a a a A 10 7 Contents 10 Agilent 8360 Service 11 Option Retrofits Introduction Add Attenuator Add Option 001 Delete Attenuator Delete Option 001 Add Modulation Generator Add Option 002 Rear Panel RF Output Add Option 004 Front Panel RF Output Delete Option 004 1 Hz Capability Add Option 008 MATE Compatibility Add Option 700 Rack Mount Slide Kit Add Option 806 Rack Flange Kit Without Handles Add Option 908 Extra Manual Set Add Option 910 Rack Flange Kit With Handles Add Option 913 12 Instrument History How to Use Instrument History Change A The A4 Fractional N Assembly has Changed Replaceable Parts a re Adjustments Fractional N VCO Adjustment Description and Procedure Related Performance Tests In Case of Difficulty Fractional N Reference and API Spurs Adjustment Description and Procedure 125 kHz Reference Spur Adjustment API 1 Spur Adjustment API 2 Spur Adjustment Related Performance Te
42. Recommended Model Usel 3 7 GHz Low Pass Filter Bessel Low Pass Filter 500 MHz Low Tool Kit Invertron Capacitor Microwave Amplifier Mixer Mixer K Band Coax Adapter R Band Coax Adapter No Substitute 1000 pf Frequency Range 2 to 8 GHz Leveled Output Power 16 dBm Frequency Range 26 5 to 40 GHz Frequency Range 20 to 26 5 GHz WR42 to APC 3 5 mm f WR28 to APC 2 4 mm f P N 9135 0191 K amp L Microwave 5LL30 130 BT2400 BP Mini Circuits SLP 550 P N 08360 60060 California nstruments 501TC P N 0160 4574 HP Agilent 11975A HP Agilent 11970A HP Agilent 11970K K281C R281A Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Spurious Signals Line Related P External Leveling P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P AM Accuracy P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 1 28 Required Equipment Agilent 83640B Agilent 8360 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenie
43. Results Spec Uncertainty 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 7 Calculated Rate 5x10710 day 5 6x10711 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value 10 Start Freq 0 1 of 0 005 of Stop Freq sweep sweep 3 Frequency Switching Time 8 CW Step 50 ms 10 us 16 Stepped Sweep 5 5 ms 1 us 25 Frequency List 50 ms 10 us 4 Power Accuracy 14 gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 0 6 dB 0 6 dB 0 19 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 0 7 dB 0 7 0 35 dB gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 1 2 dB 1 2 dB 0 21 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 3 dB 1 3 dB 0 46 dB 5 Power Flatness 5 lt 2 GHz 1 0 dB 0 13 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 2 dB 0 25 dB 6 Maximum Leveled Power 6 83623B Standard or Opt 006 17 dBm 1 8 dB Opt 001 or Opts 001 and 006 15 5 dBm 1 8 dB 6 83624B Standard 20 dBm 1 8 dB Option 006 17 dBm 1 8 dB Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 119 Agilent 83623B 24B Test Record Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 4 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty Option 001 18 5 dBm 1 8 dB Opts 001 and 006 15 5 dBm 1 8 dB 7 External Leveling 7 Minimum Power 0 2 mV 3 uV 10 Maximum Power 0 5 V 20 uV 8 Spurious Signals Harmonic Harmonics Standard 8 lt 50 MHz 20 dBc 1 75 dB 8 gt 50 MHz to lt 2 0 GHz 25 dBc 1 75 dB 12 gt 2 0 to lt 20 GHz 25 dBc 1 75 dB Harmonics Opt 006 8
44. Retry If Retry fails to start the program press Abort and start the program over Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 23 Menu Overview The following menu choices are displayed Calco Utility This is the instrument calibration factors utility Use it to store and retrieve instrument calibration factors The following menu choices will allow you to enter and store calibration factors 1 Review CALS in Disk File 2 Review CALS from UUT Working CALS 3 Store UUT Working CALS to Disk File 4 Load CALS From a Disk File to UUT Working CALS 5 Copy UUT Working CALS to UUT Protected CALS 6 Copy UUT Protected CALS to UUT Working CALS Pmtr Config This is the power meter configuration utility Use it to enter serial numbers for the power sensors which are listed in the Sensor ID column For example when the program requires an HP Agilent 8487D power sensor it will use the calibration factor data that is stored for whichever power sensor has been listed in the Serial column If HP Agilent 8487A D power sensors are used to test synthesizers with maximum stop frequencies of lt 26 5 GHz enter their serial numbers for the HP Agilent 8485A D choices The Sensor ID and Name columns identify the frequency range and power level over which the power sensor is used The HP Agilent 8487A D can substitute for an HP Agilent 8485D however the reverse is not true After you select a power sensor move the arr
45. STORE N_CYC INT 6 STORE N DIG DISP Set the DVM to measure DC volts 6 Increase the synthesizer power level until the already out leave the power level at 36 dBm 7 On the synthesizer press mom Record the DVM reading on the test record and compare the reading to the specification message turns off If it is Note If the message turns on before reaching 4 dBm set the stop frequency to a low enough frequency where the specified output power is gt 4 dBm If you don t get an unleveled message disconnect the BNC tee temporarily to make sure that the unleveled message turns on Then reconnect the equipment and continue with the test 8 Press POWER LEVEL Increase the synthesizer power level until the 4 on Decrease power just until the message goes out 9 Record the DVM reading on the test record and compare the reading to the specification message turns Related Adjustments Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Amplifier Filter Adjustments Power Flatness In Case of Difficulty 1 Be sure you are externally leveling with a negative crystal detector 2 If the DVM readings are not within the specifications perform an external detector calibration under the USER CAL key 3 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 31 External Leveling 8 Spurious
46. Single Sideband Phase Noise 7 Offsets at 6 99 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 1 97 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 18 0 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 60 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 68 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 76 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 97 dBc 2 dB 1 83 dB if the Invertron is not used Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 113 Agilent 83620B 22B Test Record Table 2 33 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 6 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 12 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio 12 On Off Ratio 80 dB 1 dB 13 Pulse Performance Standard 10 Risetime 25 ns 0 9 ns 10 Falltime 25 ns 0 9 ns 21 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 0 1 dB Option 006 10 Risetime 10 ns 0 4 ns 10 Falltime 10 ns 0 4 ns 21 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 0 1 dB 14 Pulse Performance Alternate 12 Risetime 25 ns 12 Falltime 25 ns 24 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 15 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21 lt 2 GHz lt 10 dBm 2 0 22 gt 10 dBm 5 0 4 26 gt 2 and lt 20 0 GHz Standard 0 2 0 03 Option 006 1 0 07 2 114 Performance Tests Agi
47. The power amplifier ensures a sufficient signal level into the oscilloscope to make the measurement 1 Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2 18 and Figure 2 20 Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour Rise and Fall Times lt 20 GHz Note This procedure is not valid for fast pulse option Option 006 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 18 2 60 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Pulse Performance Alternate SYNTHESIZER LOCAL OSCILLATOR PULSE GENERATOR aN Ss gago ooo000 oo a aoan O000 0000 Doo ooo D 0 o 05 0900 n o 0 D oo Doon RF OUTPUT OUTPUT 10DB ATTENUATOR Figure 2 18 Pulse Performance Test Setup lt 20 GHz Equipment Local Oscillator Synthesized Sweeper 83620A B Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54111D Preamplifier HP Agilent 8447F Mixer P N 0955 0307 Attenuator 6 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 006 Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 83640B 50B Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 010 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 61 Pulse Performance Alternate 3 On the synthesizer press First synthesizer frequency in Table 2 19 POWER LEVEL 5 dBm ALC Leveling Point Internal asterisk on Leveling Mode Search asterisk on 4 On the local oscillator 83620A B set t
48. YO Driver Gain and Linearity 6 YO Loop Gain Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure 1 Turn the synthesizer on and press PRESET Let the instrument warm up for at least one hour 2 Select the assembly adjustment menu Press SERVICE Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu 3 Select the A5 loop gain adjustment A5 Loop Gain 4 On the A5 assembly set all five switches on A551 to the closed position See Figure 3 10 ASS ASRSO TEST GAIN Figure 3 10 Switch and Adjustment Locations 5 Adjust A53R80 see Figure 3 10 to center the needle on the display 6 Select Done T Set all A5 switches to open and select Done Related Performance Tests None In Case of Difficulty 1 Be sure to close the A551 switches before making the adjustment and open the switches when the adjustment is complete 2 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 17 YO Loop Gain 7 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Description This procedure maximizes RF power by tracking the tuned filter in the amplifier multiplier to the RF output frequency The amplifier filter output is also monitored Initial tracking is done in single band sweeps at slow sweep speeds to eliminate the effects of bandcross and hysteresis in the tuning coil Those will be corrected with delay and risetime calibration
49. constants A squegging clamp adjustment limits the power into the amplifier multiplier and is adjusted in the amplifier filter adjustments for maximum output power without squegging A squegg is a distortion in the RF output caused by too much power to the amplifier multiplier and characterized by a power dropout in a portion of the trace or a power dropout over a broad frequency range The SRD bias adjustments are made to optimize the efficiency of the frequency multiplication The YTM delay compensation adjustments maximize power for fast single and multi band sweeps Note If you have replaced either the YO the YO driver or the multiplier filter driver first initiate an auto tracking press USER CAL Tracking Menu Auto Track If auto tracking passes and the instrument passes the Maximum Leveled Power performance test do not continue with this procedure If auto tracking fails an error message is displayed continue with this procedure 3 18 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Adjustment Help The following explanations are provided for a better understanding of the amplifier multiplier adjustments Refer to these explanations as often as necessary They will help make these adjustments easier The adjustment procedure follows Offset and Gain Adjustments m For all offset and gain adjustments adjust through the bandpass Keep adjusting until the power peaks and then drops off Then re
50. greatest duration for this frequency in Table 2 8 for power levels lt 10 dBm and if your synthesizer is capable for power levels gt 10 dBm 12 On the synthesizer set the power level to 10 dBm 13 Repeat steps 8 through 11 for the remaining frequencies in Table 2 8 not to exceed the maximum specified frequency of your synthesizer Remember to delete the 10 dB of attenuation for power levels below 0 dBm 14 Record the worst case measured values for each frequency range and power range on the test record Related Adjustments Modulator Offset and Gain ALC Power Level Accuracy ALC Power Flatness 2 24 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Power Accuracy In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 25 Power Accuracy 5 Power Flatness Description and Procedure This procedure uses the user flatness correction array to automatically measure power flatness The power meter is connected directly to the synthesizer s RF output The synthesizer controls the power meter via GPIB while the power meter measures the RF output There cannot be another controller on the GPIB during this test If the synthesizer has a step attenuator it is set to O dB so that any input into the flatness array indicates the RF output power flatness Note This performance test requires an HP Agilent 437B power
51. lt 2 GHz 1 2 dB 1 2 dB 0 21 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 3 dB 1 3 dB 0 46 dB 5 Power Flatness 5 lt 2 GHz 1 0 dB 0 13 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 2 dB 0 25 dB gt 20 and lt 26 5 GHz 1 6 dB 0 27 dB 6 Maximum Leveled Power Standard 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 10 0 dBm 1 7 dB 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 13 0 dBm 1 7 dB 2 156 Performance Tests Agilent 83630L Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 35 Test Record for 83630L 4 of 5 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty Option 001 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 8 0 dBm 1 7 dB 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 11 5 dBm 1 7 dB 7 External Leveling 7 Minimum Power 0 2 mV 3 pV 10 Maximum Power 0 5 V 20 uV 8 Spurious Signals Harmonic Harmonics 8 0 01 to lt 2 0 GHz 30 dBc 1 75 dB 21 gt 2 0 and lt 26 5 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB Subharmonics 12 gt 7 and lt 20 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 21 gt 20 and lt 26 5 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 9 Spurious Signals Non harmonic 11 Spur Frequency 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 125 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 500 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 16 Spur Frequency 100 MHz Fixed 60 dBc 1 dB 100 MHz Offset 60 dBc 1 dB LO Feedthrough 60 dBc 1 dB 20 Low Band Mixer Spur 60 dBc 1 85 dB Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 157 Agilent 83630L Test Record Table 2 35 Test Reco
52. lt 50 GHz 0 dBm 2 3 dB 0 01 to lt 40 GHz 3 0 dBm 1 3 dB 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 8 0 dBm 1 7 dB 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 8 5 dBm 1 7 dB 7 External Leveling 7 Minimum Power 0 2 mV 3 pV 10 Maximum Power 0 5 V 20 uV 8 Spurious Signals Harmonic Harmonics lt 50 MHz 20 dBc 1 75 dB gt 50 MHz to lt 2 0 GHz 30 dBc 1 75 dB 21 gt 2 0 to lt 26 5 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 37 26 5 to 50 GHz 40 dBc 2 22 dB Subharmonics 12 gt 7 to lt 20 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 29 gt 20 to lt 40 GHz 40 dBc 1 55 dB 37 gt 40 to lt 50 GHz 35 dBc 2 22 dB 9 Spurious Signals Non harmonic 11 Spur Frequency 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 125 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 500 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 2 144 Performance Tests Agilent 83650B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650B 5 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 16 Spur Frequency 100 MHz Fixed 60 dBc 1 dB 100 MHz Offset 60 dBc 1 dB LO Feedthrough 60 dBc 1 dB 20 Low Band Mixer Spur 60 dBc 1 85 dB 10 Spurious Signals Line Related 10 At 6 99 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB At 1 9 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB
53. not proceed beyond a warning note until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met CAUTION Caution denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure that if not correctly performed or adhered to would result in damage to or destruction of the instrument Do not proceed beyond a caution sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met General Safety Considerations WARNING m These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only To avoid electrical shock do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so The opening of covers or removal of paris is likely to expose dangerous voltages Disconnect the instrument from all voltage sources while it is being opened The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its power supply This is a Safety Class product provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact Any interruption of the protective conductor inside or outside the instrument is likely to make the instrument dangerous Intention
54. of full scale 2 mV Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz 40 mV p p Trigger amp Timebase Jitter lt 2 5 ps 5E 5 x delay setting Time Interval Accuracy lt 10 ps 40 1 of reading Channel Input Reflection lt 5 for 30 ps risetime P N 08360 10001 HP Agilent 3456A2 HP Agilent 3457A HP Agilent 54110A HP Agilent 54111D2 HP Agilent 54222A HP Agilent 54750A HP Agilent 54752A HP Agilent 54124T HP Agilent 54750A HP Agilent 54752A Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA External Leveling P AM Accuracy P AM Bandwidth P AM Dynamic Range P FM Bandwidth P odulation Meter P Low Power SRD Bias A AM Accuracy A AM Delay A ADC AA nternal Timebase Aging Rate P Swept Frequency Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P FM Bandwidth P nternal Pulse Accuracy P 10 MHz Standard A odulator Offset and Gain A odulation Generator Flatness A Pulse Performance P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83620B 22B 1 3 Table 1 1 Required Equipment for 83620B 22B continued
55. or the manual set part numbers listed in Chapter 9 Rack Flange Kit With Handles Add Option 913 Option 913 contains a pair of flanges and the necessary hardware to mount the synthesizer with handles attached in an equipment rack with 482 6 mm 19 in horizontal spacing Instructions for installation are in the installation note included in the retrofit kit Agilent Retrofit Kit Part Number Model Number All models 08360 60145 Agilent 8360 Option Retrofits 11 7 12 Instrument History How to Use Instrument History This manual documents the current production versions of the standalone Agilent 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator This manual will be modified to apply to future versions of these instrument models Information provided in this chapter will then allow you to adapt this manual to the earlier versions If your instrument is one of the earlier versions you may have to modify your manual using the information in this chapter Check the serial number prefix attached to your synthesizer s rear panel and then locate it in the following tables The tables tell you which changes to make Incorporate the changes in reverse alphabetical order Agilent 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B 40B 50B Serial Number Prefix Required Changes 3844A No Change Needed 3722A and below A Agilent 83623L 30L 40L 50L Serial Number Prefix Required Changes 3844
56. press MAE POWER LEVEL 0 dBm 5 On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 6 99 GHz Frequency Span 2 kHz Reference Level 10 dBm Scale Log 5 dB Division Resolution Bandwidth 300 Hz Sweep Time Auto Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 45 Spurious Signals Line Related Marker Set to 6 99 GHz 6 On the spectrum analyzer set the marker to the highest peak and note the frequency difference of the marker from the center frequency Calibrate the spectrum analyzer frequency offset so that the signal peak is in the center of the display 7 Note the signal amplitude on the spectrum analyzer This is the carrier amplitude to which the spurs are referenced dBm Carrier Amplitude Note This procedure is written for a line frequency of 60 Hz For a 50 Hz line frequency look for spurs at frequencies of 50 Hz times the harmonics in Table 2 14 and set the spectrum analyzer frequencies accordingly 8 On the spectrum analyzer set the center frequency to the first spur frequency from Table 2 14 Then set Reference Level 50 dBm Frequency Span 100 Hz Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz Marker Same as spectrum analyzer frequency Video Averaging On 100 samples 9 Locate the spur corresponding to the spectrum analyzer frequency see Table 2 14 and use the marker to measure its amplitude If the spur is in the noise level use the noise level amplitude this gives a worst case value dBm Spur Absolute Amplitude 10
57. viii Preface This manual provides service information for the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series swept signal generator and Agilent Technologies 8360 L Series swept CW generator Manual Conventions This represents a key physically located on the instrument Softkey This indicates a softkey a key whose label is determined by the firmware of the instrument Screen Text This indicates text displayed on the instrument s screen Instruments Covered By This Manual This manual applies to instruments having a serial number prefix listed on the title page behind the Documentation Map tab Some changes may have to be made to this manual so that it applies directly to each instrument refer to Chapter 12 Instrument History to see what changes may apply to your instrument A serial number label Figure 0 1 is attached to the instrument s rear panel A prefix four digits followed by a letter and a suffix five digits unique to each instrument comprise the instrument serial number SERIAL NUMBER O PREFIX SUFFIX SER 1234UA 12345 T INSTALLED OP OPTIONS Ga HEWLETT PACKARD MADE IN USA Figure 0 1 Typical Serial Number Label This manual applies to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series swept signal generator and Agilent Technologies 8360 L Series swept CW generator having a model number and serial number prefix listed on the title page behind the Documentation Map ta
58. 0 Hz 18 to 36 Sampler Assembly 424 Loop Gain 215 5 Hz 18 to 36 Sampler Assembly 425 Loop Gain 216 0 Hz 19 to 38 Sampler Assembly 426 Loop Gain 216 5 Hz 20 to 40 Sampler Assembly 427 Loop Gain 217 0 Hz 22 to 44 Sampler Assembly 428 Loop Gain 217 5 Hz 23 to 46 Sampler Assembly 429 Loop Gain 218 0 Hz 24 to 48 Sampler Assembly 430 Loop Gain 218 5 Hz 28 to 56 Sampler Assembly 431 Loop Gain 219 0 Hz 30 to 60 Sampler Assembly 432 Loop Gain 219 5 Hz 32 to 64 Sampler Assembly 433 Loop Gain 220 0 Hz 32 to 64 Sampler Assembly 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 Doubler Amp Mode 0 441 Phuoc Magic Enable 0 442 Sweeptime Range 0 3750 to 6250 Sweep Ramp 443 Sweeptime Range 1 19655 to 32755 Sweep Ramp 444 Sweeptime Range 2 9360 to 15600 Sweep Ramp 445 446 447 448 449 DAmp Clamp 1 75 to 250 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 450 DAmp Clamp 2 75 to 250 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 23 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 451 DAmp Clamp 3 75 to 250 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 452 DAmp Clamp 4 75 to 250 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 453 DAmp Clamp 5 75 to 255 454 DAmp Clamp 6 75 to 255 455 DAmp Clamp 7 75 to 255 456 457 458 459 460 Debugs 0 461 Serial Numb Prefix See footnote 1 462 463 Hardware Config 1 See footnote 1 464 Hardware Config 2 See footnote 1 465 466 467 468 469 47
59. 08360 69008 08360 60166 08360 69166 1258 0124 1258 0124 08360 60294 08360 60222 08360 69222 08360 60206 08360 69206 1258 0124 08360 60011 8159 0005 FRONT PANEL KEYBOARD ASSEMBLY SOURCE MODULE INTERFACE ASSEMBLY POWER ON OFF FRONT PANEL PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY FRACTIONAL YO LOOP ASSE YO LOOP ASSE SWITCH ASSEMBLY BLY BLY Rebuilt Exchange SAMPLER ASSEMBLY SAMPLER ASSEMBLY Rebui REFERENCE ASSEMBLY REFERENCE ASSEMBLY Re MODULATION GENERATION ASSEMBLY Option 002 Agilent 8360 B series only MODULATION GENERATION ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange 8360 B series only JUMPER A NPUT IMPEDANCE 8360 B series only JUMPER F NPUT IMPEDANCE 8360 B series only PULSE ASS Installation Note BH ALC ASSEMBLY Agilent 82620B 22B 24B ALC ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange ALC ASSEMBLY Agi ALC ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange BLY REPLACE JUMPER AM INPUT IMPEDANCE FM DRIVER ASSEMBLY 8360 B series only ZERO OHM RESISTOR FM INPUT IMPEDANCE 8360 B series only t Exchange uilt Exchange ENT KIT Contains 08360 60292 and ent 83640B L and Agilent 83650B L 23L 30L 9 10 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Table 9 2 Major Assemblies continued Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number A12 08360 60212 1 MULTIPLIER FILTER DRIVER ASSEMBLY A12 08360 69212 MULTIPLIER FILTER DRIVER ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange A13 08360 60
60. 1 P N 08360 10001 HP Agilent 3456A2 HP Agilent 3457A HP Agilent 54110A HP Agilent 54111D2 HP Agilent 54222A HP Agilent 54750A HP Agilent 54752A HP Agilent 54124T HP Agilent 54750A HP Agilent 54752A HP Agilent 10437A Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA External Leveling P AM Accuracy P AM Bandwidth P AM Dynamic Range P FM Bandwidth P odulation Meter P Low Power SRD Bias A AM Accuracy A AM Delay A ADC AA Internal Timebase Aging Rate P Swept Frequency Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P FM Bandwidth P Internal Pulse Accuracy P 10 MHz Standard A Modulator Offset and Gain A Modulation Generator Flatness A Pulse Performance P Internal Pulse Accuracy P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 24 Required Equipment Agilent 83640B Agilent 8360 Table 1 4 Required Equipment for 83640B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Oscilloscope Probes Pulse Generator Function Generator Function Generator Power Meter Power Meter Power Meter Division Ratio
61. 10 0 16 0 29 01 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability On the function generator set Function Sine wave Frequency 1 MHz Amplitude 480 8 mV p p 169 96 mV rms DC Offset OV On the spectrum analyzer set Reference Level O dBm Attenuator Auto Center Frequency Same frequency as in step 3 Frequency Span 50 kHz Resolution Bandwidth 3 kHz Video Bandwidth 1 kHz Sweep Time Auto Sweep Continuous Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer display using the center frequency function Turn on the synthesizer modulation Press MOD FM On Off 100 kHz asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 press MOD FM Menu FM On Off Ext asterisk on Adjust the function generator amplitude to minimize the amplitude of the signal on the spectrum analyzer Calculate the percentage of error as follows Error 480 8 mV p p New Amplitude 480 8 mV p p x 100 Record the error in Table 2 27 Turn off the synthesizer FM modulation Press FM On Off 100 kHz asterisk off or for synthesizers with Option 002 press FM On Off Ext asterisk off Repeat steps 6 through 11 at the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer frequencies in Table 2 27 Record the worst case value from Table 2 27 on the test record Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 93 FM Accuracy Internal FM Option 002 only 14 On the synthesizer press First synthesizer freque
62. 12 9 13 9 14 9 15 10 1 10 2 10 3 12 3 12 4 12 5 12 6 Major Assemblies Major Assemblies Major Assemblies Major Assemblies Cables 1 of 19 Cables 2 of 19 Cables 3 of 19 Cables 4 of 19 Cables 5 of 19 Cables 6 of 19 Cables 7 of 19 Cables 8 of 19 Cables 9 of 19 Cables 10 of 19 Cables 11 of 19 Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 12 of 19 13 of 19 14 of 19 15 of 19 16 of 19 Cables 17 of 19 Cables 18 of 19 Cables 19 of 19 RR cr Motherboard Screws Module Exchange Program Major Assemblies 1 of 5 2 of 5 3 of 5 4 of 5 5 of 5 Front Panel Hardware Front Panel Casting and Keypad Front Panel Attaching Hardware 1 of 3 Front Panel Attaching Hardware 2 of 3 Front Panel Attaching Hardware 3 of 3 Rear Panel Hardware Rear Panel Fan Assembly Bottom View Attaching Hardware Top View Attaching Hardware Left Side View Attaching Hardware Right Side View Attaching Hardware RF Deck Right Side View Attaching Hardware RF Connector and Attaching Hardware Chassis Parts Removing the Fan Filter Replacing the Line Fuse AI15BT1 Battery Location Major Assembly and Cable Locations A4L1 Location Fractional N Reference and API Spur Adjustment Setup Fractional N Reference and API Spurs Adjustment Locations Agilent 8360 Service 7 75 9 4 9 5 9 6 9 7 9 8 9 9
63. 12 Set the synthesizer to standby Reinstall the A6 assembly in the instrument and connect all cables IF Gain Adjustment 13 Turn the synthesizer on Select A6 IF Gain 14 Adjust A6R73 see Figure 3 6 to center the needle on the display GAIN ABR S Figure 3 6 IF Gain Adjustment Location 15 Select Done 16 If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting see Calibration Constants to store the calibration constants as protected data in EEPROM Related Performance Tests Self tests In Case of Difficulty 1 Make sure the 40 MHz reference input cable is connected while the A6 assembly is on the analog extender board 2 For the IF gain adjustment if the needle registers on the far left or right ensure that all coax cables including semi rigid are connected and that no unlocked message is displayed 3 12 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Sampler Assembly 3 There is some interaction between the adjustments in this procedure Try an alternate order of adjustments 4 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 13 Sampler Assembly 4 YO Driver 10 V Reference Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure As the internal DVM monitors the 10 V reference you make the adjustment 1 Turn the synthesizer on and press PRESET Let the instrument warm u
64. 2 27 Millimeter Band Power Flatness gt 20 GHz and lt 40 GHz Ce 2 27 Millimeter Band Power Flatness gt 40 GHz 2 2 ae 2 27 Related Adjustments 0 a a a a a a 2 27 In Case of Difficulty 2 a a a a a A 2 27 6 Maximum Leveled Power aoao a a a a a a 2 28 Description and Procedure ll 2 28 Related Adjustments 2 2 a a 2 29 In Case of Difficulty 2 2 2 A 2 29 7 External Leveling 2 2 a 2 30 Description and Procedure a a a a a a a 2 30 Related Adjustments 0 a a a a a a 2 31 In Case of Difficulty e 2 31 8 Spurious Signals Harmonics amp Subharmonics Core 2 32 Description and Procedure 2 a a a 1 ee ee 2 32 Harmonic Measurement lt 20 GHz 04 2 33 Harmonic Measurement 20 to 26 5 GHz 0 4 2 35 Harmonic Measurement 26 5 to 40 GHz 2 2 2 37 Harmonic Measurement 38 to 50 GHz Loe ee 2 37 Harmonic Subharmonic Verification Procedure lt 20 GHz re 2 38 Harmonic Subharmonic Verification Procedure gt 20 GHz 2 39 Related Adjustments 0 a a a a a a 2 40 In Case of Difficulty 2 a a a a a A 2 40 9 Spurious Signals Non Harmonic 2 2 a e e 2 41 Description and Procedure a a a a a a 2 41 Fixed Spurious Signals CA 2 41 Low Band Offset Spurious Signals CA 2 43 Low Band Mixer Spurs lc 2 44 Related Adjustments 2 2 a a 2 44 In Case of Difficulty Lo 2 44 10 Spurious Signals Line Related Cor e a
65. 7 12MM LG 5 0515 2086 SCREW SPCL M4 x 0 7 7MM LG 90 DEG FLH HD 9 54 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 RF Deck Right Side View Attaching Hardware 11 PLACES A20 RF INTERFACE ASSEMBLY 856256 24B and S5625L brdg10s Figure 9 13 RF Deck Right Side View Attaching Hardware Table 9 13 RF Deck Right Side View Attaching Hardware Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 1 0515 0372 17 SCREW MACH E ASSEMBLY M3 x 0 5 8MM LG 2 3050 0169 4 WASHER SPR CRVD NO 6 143 IN ID 3 0515 2011 4 SCREW MACH E ASSEMBLY M3 5 x 0 060 12MM LG 4 2360 0370 4 SCREW MACH 6 32 375 LG PAN HD POZI 5 0515 0372 SCREW MACH E ASSEMBLY M3 x 0 5 8MM LG 6 08360 20141 1 RF DECK CASTING 7 0515 0372 SCREW MACH E ASSEMBLY M3 x 0 5 8MM LG 8 0515 0458 2 SCREW MACH E ASSEMBLY M3 x 0 6 8MM LG Option 006 9 0515 0430 2 SMM3 0 6 PN TX Used for bridge detector regardless of its position on the RF deck Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 55 RF Connector and Attaching Hardware FRONT PANEL Figure 9 14 RF Connector and Attaching Hardware REAR PANEL Table 9 14 RF Connector and Attaching Hardware Part Number Qty Description J1 08360 20095 08360 20096 08360 20088 2950 000
66. 8360 Table 2 35 Test Record for Agilent 83630B 1 of 8 Test Facility Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature C Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency Hz nominal Firmware Revision Special Notes Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 125 Agilent 83630B Test Record Table 2 35 Test Record for 83630B 2 of 8 Model Report Number Date Test Equipment Used Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date 1 Digital Oscilloscope 2 Measuring Receiver 3 Power Sensor 4 Power Meter 5 Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 6 Function Generator 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 2 126 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Agilent 83630B Test Record Table 2 35 Test Record for 83630B 3 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 7 Calculated Rate 5x10710 day 5 6x10711 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value 10 Start Freq 0 1 of 0 005 of Stop Freq sweep sweep 3 Frequency Switching Time 8 CW Step 50 ms 10 us 16 Stepped Sweep 5 5 ms 1 us 25 Frequency List 50 ms 10 us 4 Power Accuracy 14 gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 0 6 dB 0 6 dB 0 19 dB gt 2 and lt 20
67. 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 81 AM Delay 17 FM Gain 8360 B Series Only Description and Procedure This adjustment sets the gain on the FM driver assembly to match the YO FM coil sensitivity and to provide a 10 MHz V FM input sensitivity The function generator is set to provide FM at a 1 MHz rate and a 2 404 MHz deviation This corresponds to a modulation index of 2 404 which should result in no power in the carrier FM gain is adjusted to minimize the RF output power 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 33 Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour SYNTHESIZER SPECTRUM ANALYZER O88 o oa d ae oo od lt 2d ooo dd oc ooo o ADAPTER FUNCTION GENERATOR Figure 3 33 FM Gain Adjustment Setup Equipment Function Generator HP Agilent 3325A Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B Note The function generator specified is accurate enough to set the amplitude without using a DVM If you use a different function generator use a wide bandwidth DVM such as an HP Agilent 3458A to accurately set the voltage 2 On the function generator press Function Sinewave 3 82 Adjustments Agilent 8360 FM Gain Frequency 1 MHz DC Offset OV Amplitude 480 8 mV p p 169 96 mV
68. 83640L Test Record Table 2 36 Test Record for the 83640L 4 of 5 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty Option 001 0 01 to lt 40 GHz 4 dBm 1 4 dB 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 8 dBm 1 8 dB 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 8 5 dBm 1 8 dB 7 External Leveling 7 Minimum Power 0 2 mV 3 pV 10 Maximum Power 0 5 V 20 uV 8 Spurious Signals Harmonic Harmonics 8 lt 50 MHz 20 dBc 1 75 dB 8 gt 50 MHz and lt 2 0 GHz 30 dBc 1 75 dB 21 gt 2 0 and lt 26 5 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 29 gt 26 5 to 40 GHz 40 dBc 1 75 dB Subharmonics 12 gt 7 and lt 20 GHz 50 dBe 1 75 dB 29 gt 20 and lt 40 GHz 40 dBc 1 55 dB 9 Spurious Signals Non harmonic 11 Spur Frequency 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 125 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 500 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 16 Spur Frequency 100 MHz Fixed 60 dBc 1 dB 100 MHz Offset 60 dBc 1 dB LO Feedthrough 60 dBc 1 dB 2 162 Performance Tests Agilent 83640L Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 36 Test Record for the 83640L 5 of 5 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 20 Low Band Mixer Spur 60 dBc 1 85 dB 10 Spurious Signals Line Related 10 At 6 99 GHz 120 Hz 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz
69. 83650B L only 3 27 Band 5 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 2 2 3 28 Band 6 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 2 2 3 29 Band 7 Adjustment 83650B L only Cr 3 29 Multi band Amplifier Multiplier Delay Compensation Loe 3 29 Band 4 Multi band Amplifier Multiplier Delay Compensation 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L only Loe Loe eee 3 30 Verification Lo 3 31 Related Performance Tests Co a 3 31 In Case Of Difficulty 2 2 A 3 31 8 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Lo 3 32 Description Ce e 3 32 Adjustment Help Lo 3 33 Offset and Gain Adjustments Lo 3 33 Squegg Clamp Calibration Constants 2 2 3 33 Adjusting for the Center of the Passband 24 3 33 Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments 2 2 3 34 Setting the Fastest Sweep Time 2 2 1 3 34 Sweep Speed Related Adjustments 3 34 YTF Bandcross Delay Terms lc 3 34 Procedure Lo 3 37 Amplifier Filter Offset and Gain Adjustment Lo 3 41 Band 1 Adjustment 2 2 ee 3 41 Band 2 Adjustment 2 2 a a ee 3 43 Band 3 Adjustment Loe 3 44 Band 4 Adjustment 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L only Rr 3 46 Band 5 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 2 2 3 47 Agilent 8360 Contents 5 Service Band 6 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 2 3 48 Band 7 Adjustment 83650B L only clic 3 48 Auto Tracking Verification oe 3 49 Sin
70. 9 15 9 16 9 17 9 18 9 19 9 20 9 21 9 22 9 23 9 24 9 25 9 26 9 27 9 28 9 29 9 30 9 31 9 32 9 33 9 40 9 42 9 43 9 44 9 45 9 46 9 49 9 50 9 51 9 53 9 54 9 55 9 56 9 57 10 3 10 5 10 6 12 3 12 4 12 6 12 7 Contents 15 Tables 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 17 2 18 2 19 2 20 2 21 2 22 2 23 2 24 2 25 2 26 2 27 2 28 2 29 2 30 2 33 2 33 2 33 2 33 2 33 2 33 2 33 2 33 2 34 2 34 2 34 2 34 2 34 Contents 16 Operation Verification Form 2 4 Swept Frequency Accuracy Instrument Settings 2 14 Additional Instrument Settings 2 15 Additional Instrument Settings 2 16 Additional Instrument Settings 2 16 Additional Instrument Settings 2 17 CW Frequency Switching Time Settings 2 19 Power Accuracy Frequencies 2 24 Start and Stop Frequencies 2 33 Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output Frequencies 2 33 Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output Frequencies 2 36 Determining the Actual Spur Frequencies Loe ee ee 2 42 Low Band Spurious Signals 2 43 Spectrum Analyzer Frequencies and Line Spur Frequencies and Harmonics 2 46 Phase Noise Measurement System Parameters 2 50 Frequency Setting for Phase Noise Measurements 2 51 Pulse On Off Center Frequencies 2 53 Synthesizer Frequencies 2 56 Synthesizer and LO Frequencies 2 62 Riseti
71. A Bandwidth 100 MHz AM Offset A Controller 4 Mbyte RAM HP Agilent 9836 Step Attenuator Flatness AP BASIC 5 1 HP Agilent 9920 Power Flatness and GPIB HP Agilent 310 Accuracy AP HP Agilent 320 Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA Software No Substitute P N 08360 10001 Step Attenuator Flatness AP Shipped with instrument Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA DVM Range 50 to 50 VDC HP Agilent 3456A2 External Leveling P Accuracy 0 01 HP Agilent 3457A Low Power SRD Bias A Input Impedance gt 10 MQ ADC AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 48 Required Equipment Agilent 83640L Agilent 8360 Table 1 8 Required Equipment for 83640L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Digitizing Dual Channel HP Agilent 54110A Internal Timebase Aging Oscilloscope Bandwidth DC to 300 MHz HP Agilent 54111D2 Rate P Input Impedance 1 MQ and 502 HP Agilent 54222A Swept Frequency Vertical Sensitivity lt 5 mV Div HP Agilent 54750A Accuracy P Horizontal Sensitivity 50 ns Div HP Agilent 54752A Frequency Switching Time P Trigger Event Triggerable 10 MHz Standard A Oscilloscope Division Ratio 10 1
72. A warning message is displayed informing you that the adjustment menus will no longer be accessible To verify that you do wish to set the password select Yes Confirm The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns on indicating the password is set 4 4 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Bypassing the Password If you require access to the adjustment menu for calibration purposes a password is set and you do not know the password perform the following 1 Turn off line power to the synthesizer 2 Open A1551 switch 5 set the switch to the 1 position 3 Turn on line power to the synthesizer and press SERVICE The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns off enabling access to the adjustment menu When access to the adjustment menu is no longer desired enable the previously set password Perform the following 4 Turn off line power to the synthesizer 5 Close A15S1 switch 5 set the switch to the 0 position 6 Turn on line power to the synthesizer and press SERVICE The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns on indicating that you cannot access the adjustment menu If you have forgotten the password and wish to set a new one perform steps 1 through 3 and then steps 7 through 10 7 On the synthesizer select Disable Adjust The following message is displayed 8 Enter the desired password using the numeric keypad Up to 14 numeric digits are allowed Terminate the entry by pressing ENTE
73. AM On Off 100 V asterisk off or for synthesizers with Option 002 instead press MOD AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk off Set the function generator to the front panel output Set the power meter to read relative power dB Set the function generator to 1 0 V DC offset Verify the correct voltage on the DVM On the synthesizer press AM On Off 10dB V asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 instead press AM On Off Ext asterisk on AM Type 10dB V asterisk on Adjust A10R35 EXP AM CAL for a 10 dB power meter reading See Figure 3 29 for the location of A10R35 3 76 Adjustments Agilent 8360 AM Accuracy A10R35 A10R39 mA 7 Figure 3 29 A10R35 and A10R39 Locations Linear AM Accuracy 16 17 18 19 20 21 On the synthesizer press AM On Off 10dB V asterisk off or for synthesizers with Option 002 instead press AM On Off Ext asterisk off On the synthesizer press POWER LEVEL 5 dBm Set the power meter to measure linear mode watts For power meters without a relative linear mode adjust the synthesizer power level for a 3 16 mW power meter reading For power meters with relative linear mode set the power meter to relative Set the function generator for a 0 8 V DC offset Verify the correct voltage on the DVM On the synthesizer press AM On Off 100 V asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 instead press AM On Off Ext ast
74. Adjustments 4 28 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 608 609 610 611 YTF Bx Dly Term C 1 0 612 YTF Bx Dly Term C 2 0 613 YTF Bx Dly Term C 3 0 614 YTF Bx Dly Term C 4 0 615 YTF Bx Dly Term C 5 0 616 YTF Bx Dly Term C 6 0 617 YTF Bx Dly Term C 7 0 618 619 620 621 YTF Gain Band 1 1500 to 2500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 622 YTF Gain Band 2 1000 to 2500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 623 YTF Gain Band 3 500 to 2500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 624 YTF Gain Band 4 500 to 2500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 625 YTF Gain Band 5 500 to 2500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 626 YTF Gain Band 6 500 to 2500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 627 YTF Gain Band 7 500 to 2500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 628 629 630 631 YTF Offset Band 1 1500 to 2500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 632 YTF Offset Band 2 1500 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 633 YTF Offset Band 3 1500 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 634 YTF Offset Band 4 1500 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 635 YTF Offset Band 5 1500 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 636 YTF Offset Band 6 1500 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 637 YTF Offset Band 7 1500 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 638 639 640 Agilent 8360 Calibration Co
75. Buyer Buyer supplied software or interfacing unauthorized modification or misuse operation outside of the environmental specifications for the product or improper site preparation or maintenance NO OTHER WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY Assistance Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements are available for Agilent Technologies products For any assistance contact your nearest Agilent Technologies Sales and Service Office Copyright Agilent Technologies 1996 1997 1999 2000 All Rights Reserved Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws 1400 Fountaingrove Parkway Santa Rosa CA 95403 1799 USA Safety Notes The following safety notes are used throughout this manual Familiarize yourself with each of the notes and its meaning before operating this instrument WARNING Warning denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in injury or loss of life Do
76. CONNECTOR SCREWS Figure 7 10 Removing RF Output Connector Front Panel Note When you re attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer first loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector Then reverse steps 1 and 2 Finally tighten the nut between cable W43 and the connector to 10 in lb Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 13 Front Panel 8 Front Panel BNC Connectors Removal Refer to Figure 7 11 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 2 Front Panel Removal 3 A3 Front Panel Processor Removal and 5 A2 Source Module Interface Removal before continuing 2 Remove the two screws on each of the four PC assemblies attached to the back of the front panel 3 Slide out the connectors Note If the washer on the front of the connector is not centered properly loosen the nut to slide the connector out PC ASSEMBLY 4 PLACES ER a A a a a a Ed a ao a a a ae a Pa a ra a Figure 7 11 Front Panel BNC Locations 7 14 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Front Panel 9 A1 Keyboard Removal Refer to Figure 7 12 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 2 Front Panel Removal 3 A3 Front Panel Processor Removal 4 A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal and 5 A2 Source Module Interface Removal before continuing 2 Remove the nine screws from the keyboard assembly 3 Lift off the
77. Calculate the spur level in dBc as follows Spur Level dBc Carrier Amplitude dBm Spur Level Record the result on the test record Compare the result to the specification Note The odd harmonics will normally be higher than the even harmonics 11 Repeat steps 8 through 10 for each of the spurs and spectrum analyzer frequencies in Table 2 14 Change the spectrum analyzer reference level as indicated in the table Table 2 14 Spectrum Analyzer Frequencies and Line Spur Frequencies and Harmonics Line Spur Line Spur Spectrum Analyzer Reference Level Harmonic Frequency Hz Frequency Hz dBm 2 120 6 990 000 120 50 3 180 6 990 000 180 50 4 240 6 990 000 240 50 12 For synthesizers capable of frequencies down to 10 MHz set the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer to 1 9 GHz and repeat steps 6 through 11 for this frequency 2 46 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Spurious Signals Line Related Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 47 Spurious Signals Line Related 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise Description and Procedure This procedure uses a phase noise measurement system It is the fastest and most accurate method for measuring phase noise 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 13 Pres
78. Detector Cal Modulation Generator Flatness AM Offset L Models ALC Power Level Accuracy Detector Cat ALC Power Level Accuracy Detector Cat ALC Power Level Accuracy Detector Cat 4 18 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 ALC Log Brkpt Lo ALC Log Brkpt Xtal ALC Log Brkpt 2nd ALC ALC ALC ALC ALC ALC ALC ALC gt PF pe gt p p p od Gain Ban od Gain Ban od Gain Ban od Gain Ban od Gain Ban od Gain Ban od Gain Ban od Gain Ban od Ofs Band 0 od Ofs Band 1 od Ofs Band 2 od Ofs Band 3 od Ofs Band 4 od Ofs Band 5 od Ofs Band 6 od Ofs Band 7 O to 255 O to 255 O to 255 100 to 200 100 to 200 70 to 200 70 to 200 100 to 200 50 to 150 50 to 150 50 to 150 50 to 150 50 to 150 150 to 220 150 to 220 100 to 200 100 to 200 100 to 200 100 to 200 ALC Power Level Accuracy Detector Cal odulator Offset And Gain odulator Offset And Gain odulator Offset And Gain odulator Offset And Gain odulator Offset And Gain odulator Off
79. Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 61 RF Deck Motherboard Disassembly and Reassembly Tools Required T 15 Torx Screwdriver 2 x 4 Pozidriv Screwdriver 5 16 in Open End Wrench 5mm Ball and Socket Driver Description and Procedure To disassemble the motherboard follow this procedure in the order given To reassemble the motherboard follow this procedure in the reverse order CAUTION Cable routing may affect instrument performance Refer to Figure 7 1 for a diagram of the instrument cable routing Refer to the flowchart in Figure 7 51 to determine the necessary disassembly steps for a given assembly 7 62 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Motherboard Agilent 8360 PRELIMINARY STEPS STEP 1 FRONT PANEL STEP 2 J1 RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR STEP 3 REAR PANEL STEP 4 MAJOR ASSEMBLIES STEP 5 RF DECK STEP 6 MOTHERBOARD STEP 7 Figure 7 51 Motherboard Disassembly Flowchart Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Motherboard 7 63 1 Preliminary Steps CAUTION You can easily blow the fuse for the 13 5 V supply on the preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power cord Also the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is connected Dok WN HH T Disconnect the AC power line cord Remove the screw from each of the four feet on the rear panel Remove the four rear feet Remove the four bottom feet To remove the sid
80. Equipment Spectrum Analyzer with HP Agilent 3585A B Tracking Generator Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54111D Digital Voltmeter HP Agilent 3456A Microwave Amplifier HP Agilent 8348A 33620B 22B 23B 24B 30B Power Splitter HP Agilent 11667C 83640B 50B Power Splitter HP Agilent 11667B 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B Mixer P N 0955 0307 Attenuator 10 dB 2 HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 83640B 50B Attenuator 10 dB 2 HP Agilent 8493C Option 010 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B Delay Line P N 08503 20038 Discriminator cable 3 ft On the spectrum analyzer clear trace A memory Change the reference level using the RPG knob to position the trace on the center horizontal graticule When a full sweep is completed store trace A into trace B memory Then display A minus B turning off trace B A straight line should be displayed Find Quadrature 7 Connect the tracking generator output to the synthesizer s FM input and connect the mixer s IF output to the DVM s VOLTS HI LO input C Set the DVM to measure DC volts On the synthesizer press cw First synthesizer frequency in Table 2 28 ALC Leveling Point ExtDet Coupling Factor 16 dB POWER LEVEL Set the power so that the microwave amplifier displays an output of 16 dBm Table 2 28 Synthesizer Frequencies Synthesizer Frequencies Maximum GHz Difference 1 51 5 0 9 0 18 0 23 02 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesiz
81. Equipment Attenuator 20 dB HP Agilent 8490D Option 020 83640B L and 83650B L Attenuator 20 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 020 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L 2 To achieve peak power initiate auto tracking on the synthesizer as follows Terminate the RF OUTPUT with a good 50 ohm impedance match such as a 20 dB attenuator or a power sensor not necessary for synthesizers with a step attenuator Press POWER MENU Tracking Menu Auto Track Wait for the synthesizer to complete auto tracking before continuing to the next step 3 On the synthesizer press POWER LEVEL Set the power to 1 dB below the specified maximum leveled power for the synthesizer s full frequency range RE ON OFF On amber light is on CONT SWEEP TIME 0 ms minimum 2 28 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Maximum Leveled Power 4 Increase the power level until the unleveled status indicator comes on then reduce the power level until the indicator just goes off Power is leveled 5 Set the sweep to and initiate several sweeps If necessary reduce the power level until the unleveled status indicator does not turn on while sweeping 6 On the synthesizer press SWEEP TIME 0 5 sec Initiate several sweeps If necessary reduce the power level until the unleveled status indicator does not turn on while sweeping Record the power level on the test record 7 On the synthesizer press CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec minimum 8 F
82. FIRMWARE UPGRADE KIT 9 62 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 10 Preventive Maintenance Introduction This chapter contains the following information on care and maintenance of the synthesizer m How to Clean the Fan Filter a How to Clean the Display Filter m How to Replace the Line Fuse How to Replace the CPU Battery m Connector Care WARNING _ This is a Safety Class product provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact Any interruption of the protective conductor inside or outside the instrument is likely to make the instrument dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited Agilent 8360 Preventive Maintenance 10 1 How to Clean the Fan Filter The cooling fan located on the rear panel has a thin foam filter How often the filter must be cleaned depends on the environment in which the synthesizer operates As the filter collects dust the fan speed increases to maintain airflow as the fan speed increases so does the fan noise If the filter continues to collect dust after the fan reaches maximum speed airflow is reduced and the synthesizer s internal temperature increases If the internal temperature reaches 90 C the synthesizer automatically turns off and the amber standby LED turns on WARNING _ The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting d
83. Flatness 2 2 2 ee ee 3 72 Related Performance Tests 2 2 2 ee a ee 3 72 In Case of Difficulty a 3 72 13 AM FM DAC Offset and Gain Option 002 360 B Series Out co 3 73 Description and Procedure Loe 3 73 Related Performance Tests 2 2 2 ee a ee 3 74 In Case of Difficulty Co 3 74 14 AM Accuracy 8360 B Series Only rn 3 75 Description and Procedure Co 3 75 AM Offset 2 2 2 2 2 A 3 76 Log AM Accuracy 2 ee 3 76 Linear AM Accuracy lc 3 77 Related Performance Tests 2 2 2 ee a ee 3 77 In Case of Difficulty Co 3 77 15 AM Offset 8360 L Series Only Corea a 3 78 Description and Procedure a a a a a a a 3 78 Contents 6 Agilent 8360 Service 16 AM Delay 8360 B Series Only Description and Procedure Related Performance Tests In Case of Difficulty 17 FM Gain 8360 B Series Only Description and Procedure Related Performance Tests In Case of Difficulty 18 Square Wave Symmetry Description and Procedure High Band Adjustment Low Band Adjustment Related Performance Tests In Case of Difficulty 19 AM Input Impedance 8360 B Series 8 Only Description and Procedure A A10 Jumper B A8 Jumper Related Performance Tests In Case of Difficulty 20 FM Input Impedance 8360 B Series s Only Description and Procedure A All Jumper B A8 Jumper Related Performance Tests In Case of Difficulty 21 Modulation Generator
84. For a CW Frequency of 6 0 GHz a Step the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer in 50 MHz steps from 6 0 to 7 0 GHz b Note the frequency of the highest amplitude signal Set the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer to this frequency c Set the marker to the highest peak and note the maximum marker amplitude 12 Record the worst case value from Table 2 17 on the test record Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty 1 A failure can be caused by a spur Move the center frequency of both the spectrum analyzer and the synthesizer by 1 kHz and retest at that point If the on off ratio is bad it will be bad over greater than a 100 kHz region 2 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 54 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio 13 Pulse Performance For B Series Only Description and Procedure In this procedure the synthesizer s RF output is displayed directly on a high bandwidth digitizing oscilloscope where the rise and fall times are measured and a comparison of pulsed and CW power level accuracy is made Power level accuracy is checked at a 10 Hz pulse repetition rate to verify its operation at the slowest specified rate Rise and Fall Times 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 15 Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour SYNTHESIZER
85. GHz 83630B L and 83650B L sTOP 25 5 GHz 83640B L CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec POWER LEVEL 25 dBm 120 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop 121 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division If not adjust the appropriate rise term steps 122 and 123 and then repeat this step 122 On the synthesizer set SWEEP TIME 0 msec 123 a Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps Note any drop in power b Press SINGLE RE ON OFF Then press RF ON OFF again LED on and note any drop in power c The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division 1 5 dB increase the A term of the delay adjustment 564 to put the A term at the high end of the peak Then repeat from step 119 If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b skip the rest of Band 4 Adjustment and continue with Band 5 Adjustment 124 Adjust calibration constant 564 Y TF Dly Term A Hrm 4 to maximize power for the low end of band 4 125 Adjust calibration constant 574 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 4 to maximize power for the high end of band 4 Band 5 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 126 On the synthesizer set START 25
86. Handles Agilent 8360 Option Retrofits 11 1 Add Attenuator Add Option 001 Option 001 adds an attenuator to the RF deck to provide the capability of setting a wider range of output power To add the attenuator the RF deck must be reconfigured Adjustments and performance tests that are required after installation of the attenuator are listed in Chapter 8 and in the installation note Because the step attenuator flatness test requires very specific test equipment that is not part of the standard microwave test system and because several expensive microcircuits must be handled in the procedure it is recommended that the instrument be returned to an Agilent service center for retrofitting Agilent Model Number Retrofit Kit Part Number 83620B 83622B 83630B L 08360 60218 83623B L 83624B 08360 60252 83640B L 83650B L 08360 60220 Delete Attenuator Delete Option 001 Agilent Model Number Retrofit Kit Part Number 83620B 83622B 83623B L 83624B 83630B L 83640B L 83650B L None 11 2 Option Retrofits Agilent 8360 Add Modulation Generator Add Option 002 Option 002 adds a digitally synthesized internal modulation source and AM depth and FM deviation meters Because this is a complex procedure it is recommended that the instrument be returned to an Agilent service center for retrofitting Purchase of the retrofit kit includes installation at
87. J10 0000 W23 M1941 82218 A19J2 A10J3 w28 A14J2 19 W30 A22J7 A23J2 aa W20 not visible A7J7 A2Z4J2 W24 careut A17413 A24J3 A10J5 W14 A5J3 A26J2 w18 w26 A7J4 A14J1 A11J2 A26J3 C W22 A38J13 A10J6 w17 WS 1 A7J2 A23J1 u AT3J2 FL2J1 u u u u DS m C W19 DO A7J2 J7 J6 A7U1 W15 A7J6 A6U1 a w25 W13 Cc CR1 A10U7 AGJ2 A5J1 W54 w11 FL2J2 A6J3 A7J5 A4J1 W12 A4J3 A5J2 to 9b Figure 9 3 Cables 2 of 19 9 16 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Cables Top View 8360 B Series Option 002 W62 W63 welt W68 W67 W66 W15 W65 Figure 9 3 Cables 3 of 19 Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 17 Cables 83640B L and 83650B L RF Deck No Options W24 w52 W47 w58 W36 w59 N wi4 W33 W26 x NOT INSTALLED SERIES HP 8360 L W73 W25 so 1b Figure 9 3 Cables 4 of 19 Agilent 8360 9 18 Replaceable Parts Cables 83640B L and 83650B L RF Deck Option 001 not visible WS8 W36 w359 w25 Figure 9 3 Cables 5 of 19 Replaceable Parts 9 19 Agilent 8360 Cables 83640B 50B RF Deck Option 006 W24 w52 W47 D D W48 w69 W32 Underneath A42 W38 NE ey Wis ee OA Les 4 RANE AM SS f N EV Sey F
88. Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83650L 1 53 Table 1 9 Required Equipment for 83650L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Digitizing Dual Channel HP Agilent 54110A Internal Timebase Aging Oscilloscope Bandwidth DC to 300 MHz HP Agilent 54111D2 Rate P Input Impedance 1 MQ and 502 HP Agilent 54222A Swept Frequency Vertical Sensitivity lt 5 mV Div HP Agilent 54750A Accuracy P Horizontal Sensitivity 50 ns Div HP Agilent 54752A Frequency Switching Time P Trigger Event Triggerable 10 MHz Standard A Oscilloscope Division Ratio 10 1 HP Agilent 10431A Swept Frequency Probes Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 436A Power Accuracy P Accuracy 0 02 dB HP Agilent 437B Amp Filt Adjustments A HP Agilent 438A ALC Power Level Accuracy A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 437B Power Flatness P Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Flatness A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 438A Power Flatness and Accuracy 0 02 dB Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Sensor Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 3 GHz HP Agilent 8482A Power Flatness P Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Power
89. Maximum Input Power 300 mW Opt 010 Spurious Signals Attenuation 10 dB Harmonic P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 26 5 GHz HP Agilent 8493C Maximum Leveled Power P Maximum Input Power 300 mW Option 020 Attenuation 20 dB Tool Kit No Substitute P N 08360 60060 Invertron California Spurious Signals nstruments 501TC Line Related P Capacitor 1000 pf P N 0160 4574 External Leveling P Microwave Frequency Range 2 to 8 GHz HP Agilent 11975A Spurious Signals Amplifier Leveled Output Power 16 dBm Harmonic P Harmonic Frequency Range 20 to 26 5 GHz HP Agilent 11970K Spurious Signals Mixer Harmonic P K Band Coax WR42 to APC 3 5 mm f K281C Spurious Signals Adapter Harmonic P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 1 46 Required Equipment Agilent 83630L Agilent 8360 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments SMA m to SMA m adapter SMA f to SMA f adapter SMB m to SMB m adapter SMB f to SMB f adapter SMB tee f m m 3 5 mm f to 3 5 mm f adapter 3 5 mm f to N type m adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 92 mm f adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 4 mm f adapter 2 4 mm m to 3 5 mm f adapter BNC f
90. Measurement AM Detector Peak 2 both on Automatic Operation 17 On the synthesizer turn on AM modulation Press MOD AM On Off 100 V asterisk on For instruments with Option 002 instead press MOD AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk on AM Type 1004 V asterisk on 18 On the test record record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver For Instruments with Option 002 only 19 On the synthesizer turn external AM off and internal AM on Press AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk off AM On Off Int asterisk on 20 On the synthesizer press Internal AM Rate 1 kHz Internal AM Depth 30 enter 21 On the test record record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver High Band gt 20 GHz Doubler Engaged Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 22 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 25 Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 81 AM Accuracy 10MH z REF OUT SYNTHESIZER RF OUTPUT MIXER ADAPTER FUNCTION GENERATOR O Figure 2 25 AM Accuracy Test Setup gt 20 GHz HARMONIC SPECTRUM ANALYZER OMHz EXT REF INPUT O80 ooo od d oo od d ooo dA ood oad o ooaqad 90000 ada Moqaa ooo0op0 goo oo 0000 soaado ood ood ea nonna MICROHAVE AMPLIFIER 10MHz REF IN
91. Procedure In CW at specified maximum leveled power the synthesizer is pulse modulated using a pulse generator The synthesizer s RF output is filtered only the video feedthrough passes amplified and displayed on an oscilloscope Because of the low amplitude of the video feedthrough a preamplifier is used in the test setup system gain must be considered when making this measurement When video feedthrough is expressed as a percentage the following equation is used Video feedthrough video Vp carrier Vp x 100 video gain 1 Preset all the instruments shown in Figure 2 21 and let them warm up for at least one hour 2 To achieve peak power turn on RF peaking USER CAL Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 21 with the pulse generator connected directly to channel 1 of the oscilloscope A PULSE GENERATOR SYNTHESIZER DIGITIZING OSCILLOSCOPE 3 7 GHZ FILTER 130 MHZ FILTER Figure 2 21 Video Feedthrough Test Setup Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 71 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Equipment Pulse Generator Digitizing Oscilloscope Preamplifier 130 MHz Filter 500 MHz Low Pass Filter 3 7 GHz Filter Attenuator 6 dB Attenuator 20 dB HP Agilent 8116A HP Agilent 54111D HP Agilent 8447F K amp L Microwave 5LL30 130 BT2400 BP Mini Circuits SLP 550 P N 9135 0191
92. Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB HP Agilent 10431A HP Agilent 8112B HP Agilent 811642 HP Agilent 3325A B HP Agilent 8111A HP Agilent 8116A HP Agilent 8175A HP Agilent 436A HP Agilent 437B HP Agilent 438A HP Agilent 437B HP Agilent 438A Swept Frequency Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A odulator Offset and Gain A Pulse Performance P Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video eedthrough P Accuracy P Dynamic Range P Accuracy P aximum FM Deviation P odulation Meter P Accuracy A Delay A Gain A eres gt Maximum FM Deviation P Power Accuracy P AM Dynamic Range P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A AM Accuracy A Power Flatness P Power Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 18 Required Equipment Agilent 83630B Agilent 8360 Table 1 3 Required Equipment for 83630B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Power Sensor Power Sensor Power Sensor Attenuator Measuri
93. Rate 1 kHz Internal AM Depth 80 enter 32 On the test record record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver Related Adjustments Modulator Offset and Gain In Case of Difficulty 1 The AM input impedance is internally selectable to either 50 Q or 2 KQ the factory set value is 50 Q If the AM input is set for 2 kQ and the function generator requires a 50 Q system use a DVM to measure the AM input signal level while it is connected to the synthesizer 2 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 83 AM Accuracy 17 AM Bandwidth For B Series Only Description and Procedure This test verifies that the peak RF output power does not vary more than a specified amount over the specified amplitude modulation rate frequency range The spectrum analyzer with the tracking generator operates as a network analyzer to measure the flatness Flatness errors associated with the tracking generator and spectrum analyzer are calibrated out of the measurement 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 26 with the tracking generator output connected to the 50 ohm input of the spectrum analyzer and to the DVM Press PRESET and let the equipment warm up for at least one hour SYNTHESIZER Ooo OOOO AM RF OUTPUT ADAPTER g DETECTOR SPECTRUM ANALYZER WI
94. Record for the 83640L 5 of 5 Test Record for Agilent 83650L 1 of 6 Test Record for 83650L 2 of 6 Test Record for 83650L 3 of 6 Test Record for 83650L 4 of 6 Test Record for 83650L 5 of 6 Test Record for 83650L 6 of 6 Calibration Constant Descriptions Start and Stop Frequencies GHz Amplifier Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values Agilent 8360 Service 2 122 2 123 2 124 2 125 2 126 2 127 2 128 2 129 2 130 2 131 2 132 2 133 2 134 2 135 2 136 2 137 2 138 2 139 2 140 2 141 2 142 2 143 2 144 2 145 2 146 2 147 2 148 2 149 2 150 2 151 2 152 2 153 2 154 2 155 2 156 2 157 2 158 2 159 2 160 2 161 2 162 2 163 2 164 2 165 2 166 2 167 2 168 2 169 3 22 3 31 3 39 Contents 17 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 4 9 4 10 4 11 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 8 1 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 9 5 9 6 9 7 9 7 9 8 9 9 9 10 9 11 9 12 9 13 9 14 9 15 9 16 12 1 12 2 12 3 12 4 Frequency Ranges ALC Offset Calibration Constant Default Values Center Frequencies and Calibration Constants ALC Calibration Constants and Default Values Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment Calibration Constant Descriptions Hardware Configuration Cal Constants 463 and HAGA Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions Required Binaries Test Equipment Required Te
95. Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number A31 33326 60003 STEP ATTENUATOR 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L A31 33326 60002 1 STEP ATTENUATOR 83640B L A31 33326 60005 1 STEP ATTENUATOR 83650B L A32 5086 7607 1 DOUBLER 83640 B L A32 5086 6607 DOUBLER Rebuilt Exchange A32 5086 7604 1 DOUBLER 83650B L A32 5086 6604 DOUBLER Rebuilt Exchange A33 5086 7465 1 AMPLIFIER SWITCH 83623B A33 5086 6465 1 AMPLIFIER SWITCH Rebuilt Exchange A33 5086 7510 1 AMPLIFIER 2 20 GHz 83624B A33 5086 7610 1 AMPLIFIER 2 20 GHz Rebuilt Exchange A34 08360 60061 1 RP FLOATING BNC ASSEMBLY Option 004 A34W1 08360 60099 1 EXTERNAL LEVELING A34J3 A10J4 Option 004 A34W2 08360 60100 1 AM INPUT A34J1 A10J8 Option 004 A34W3 08360 60101 1 FM INPUT A34J2 A11J1 Option 004 A34 08360 60186 1 RP FLOATING BNC ASSEMBLY Option 002 and 004 A34W1 08360 60099 1 EXTERNAL LEVELING A34J3 A10J4 Option 002 and 004 A34W2 08360 60178 1 AM INPUT A34J1 A8J7 Option 002 and 004 A34W3 08360 60179 1 FM INPUT A34J2 A8J10 Option 002 and 004 A35 OT USED A36 OT USED A38 5086 7602 1 DUAL MODULATOR B Model A38 5086 7634 1 AM MODULATOR 8360 B series Option 006 and 83623L A38 5087 7017 1 od Doubler Amp 83630L 40L 50L A39 0955 0098 1 COUPLER 2 0 8 4 GHZ A40 11742A 1 DC BLOCKING CAPACITOR 83623L A41 5086 7327 1 DIODE SWITCH All models except 83624B Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 13 Table 9 2 Major Assemblies continued
96. Sensor Configuration and Calibration Factor File Lo 5 21 Description Ce 5 21 Loading Sensor Calibration Factors So 5 21 To Load Sensor Cal Factors 2 2 2 1 ee 5 21 Menu Overview 1 2 a ee 5 24 6 Menu Maps ALC Menu 2 A 6 3 Frequency Menu 2 ww ee a a 6 5 Marker Menu 2 a a a 6 7 Modulation Menu 2 a a 6 9 Power Menu 1 ww 6 11 Service Menu 2 1 A 6 13 Sweep Menu aoaaa 6 15 System Menu Lc A 6 17 User Cal Menu cc A 6 19 7 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Introduction 1 a a a 7 1 Tools Required Co 7 3 Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly PP 7 4 Tools Required 2 a a 7 4 Description and Procedure 2 1 ee ee 7 4 1 Preliminary Steps 2 ee A 7 6 2 Front Panel Removal Co 7 7 3 A3 Front Panel Processor Removal Co 7 9 4 A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal 2 a 2 7 10 5 A2 Source Module Interface Removal 2 2 2 eee 7 11 6 RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator Removal 2 a a a a ee 7 12 7 J1 RF Output Connector Removal 2 2 2 eee 7 13 8 Front Panel BNC Connectors Removal a a a a a a a a 7 14 9 Al Keyboard Removal a u a a a a a ee 7 15 10 Display Filter Removal 2 a a a 7 17 11 Al Keyboard Reassembly a a a a a a 7 18 12 Front Panel Reassemblies PP 7 20 Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly PP 7 21 Tools Required 2 a a 7 21 Description and Procedure 2 1 ee ee 7 21 1 Preliminary S
97. Signals Harmonics amp Subharmonics Description and Procedure Use this procedure to measure the synthesizer s harmonics and subharmonics over its entire frequency range Harmonics are integer multiples of the synthesizer RF output frequency and subharmonics are fractional multiples of the YO frequency Subharmonics do not exist at all frequencies In low band mixer spurs and fundamental feedthrough are the most significant harmonically related signals The mixer spur YO frequency relationship is as follows X 5 4 GHz fixed oscillator Y YO frequency Mixer Spur Frequency where X and Y are integers Other harmonics are typically direct multiples of the YO frequency In this procedure the synthesizer is manually swept over its frequency range while the spectrum analyzer measures the harmonics and subharmonics in each frequency band Any harmonics or subharmonics that are within 5 dB of the specification are subsequently verified with a more accurate procedure 1 Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2 9 and Figure 2 10 Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour On the HP Agient 8566B connect the CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT Press SHIFT w to calibrate the spectrum analyzer SYNTHESIZER SPECTRUN ANALYZER e 10 MHz REF 10 MHz EXT Ooo oooo OUTPUT REF INPUT d Soo0d lt ooo oo Seer oodd ooo o aoan 35000
98. an Agilent service center Agilent Retrofit Kit Model Number Model Number All B series models Agilent 83602A Agilent 8360 Option Retrofits 11 3 Rear Panel RF Output Add Option 004 Option 004 moves the RF output external ALC input pulse input output AM input and FM input connectors from the front panel to the rear panel Due to the unique design of the RF deck there is no loss of output power with the rear output option Adjustments and performance tests that are required after installation are listed in Chapter 8 and in the installation note included in the retrofit kit Agilent Model Number Retrofit Kit Part Number 83620B 83622B 83623B 83624B 83630B 08360 60236 83640B 83650B 08360 60237 Front Panel RF Output Delete Option 004 Agilent Model Number Retrofit Kit Part Number 83620B 83622B 83623B 83624B 83630B 08360 60235 83640B 83650B 08360 60238 11 4 Option Retrofits Agilent 8360 1 Hz Capability Add Option 008 Option 008 provides 1 Hz frequency resolution 1 kHz resolution is standard HP BASIC 5 1 and an HP 9000 series 200 or 300 computer are required to run the software to retrofit the instrument Agilent Retrofit Kit Part Number Model Number All models 08360 60141 MATE Compatibility Add Option 700 Option 700 adds CIIL program commands to the instrument for MATE system compat
99. bao ab 820 o oono aana ma m o ooo ooo g Gogo ooo000 ao a ooo 9900 cm 0 ao 0000 oo0o000 goo o0 0000 soaadao od an a nonna RF OUTPUT a goed q ADAPTER OUTPUT 4 emas Figure 3 35 Square Wave Symmetry Adjustment Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B 2 On the synthesizer press ctz POWER LEVEL 5 dBm 3 On the spectrum analyzer press Center Frequency 5 GHz Frequency Span 200 kHz Make sure the signal is centered on the display 4 On the synthesizer press MOD Pulse On Off Scalar asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 instead press MoD Pulse Menu Pulse On Off Scalar asterisk on 5 Set the spectrum analyzer marker to the peak of either 2nd sideband 56 kHz away 6 Press the marker to center frequency key adjusts the 2nd sideband to the center of the display 7 On the spectrum analyzer press Frequency Span O Hz 3 84 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Square Wave Symmetry 8 Adjust calibration constant 330 Slow Sym High Band for a minimum reading on the spectrum analyzer Press Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal Use the rotary knob or arrow keys to select calibration constant 330 Press Modify Cal and use the rotary knob to adjust the calibration constant Low Band Adjustment Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s c
100. by 15 counts b Increment calibration constant 121 SRD Bias B Band 4 to maximize high end power Then decrease the power by one third division 1 2 dB Repeat steps 28 through 33 until the entire band is peaked Record the value of calibration constant 241 YTM Offset Band 4 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 26 through 34 Change calibration constant 241 back to its original value Band 5 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 36 37 38 39 40 41 On the synthesizer press START 25 5 GHz 83640B L START 26 5 GHz 83650B L TOP 2 GHz 8364051 Eror 335 Git 3650B 1 Adjust calibration constant 229 YTM Gain Band 5 for maximum power at the high end of band 5 The high end power may peak twice If it does adjust the calibration constant to the lower peak where the value of the calibration constant is the lower number Modify calibration constant 242 YTM Offset Band 5 to maximize low end power Power may peak twice Adjust to the lower peak Set the band 5 SRD bias calibration constants as follows a Increment calibration constant 109 SRD Bias A Band 5 to maximize low end power Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts b Increment calibration constant 122 SRD Bias B Band 5 to maximize high end power Then decrease the
101. count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 7 through 10 until it is Then change calibration constant 631 back to the recorded value 12 On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL 0 dBm 13 Adjust calibration constant 131 Squegg Clamp 1A to maximize RF output power across the band The clamp is adjusted correctly when the following is true a An increase in the calibration constant value decreases the output power b A small decrease in the calibration constant value results in no change in output power 14 If you have an 83623B or an 83624B continue with Band 2 Adjustment If you have an 83623L continue with the next step Otherwise adjust calibration constant 131 Squegg Clamp 1A as described here to protect the bridge detector from excessive power a Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace b On the synthesizer set SWEEP MENU Manual Sweep asterisk on c Using the rotary knob find the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope d If the power level of the peak point is greater than 21 5 dBm for 83620B 22B and 83630B L or 23 5 dBm for 83640B L and 83650B L as displayed on the power meter decrease Squegg Clamp 1A until the power level is less than these values If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease Squegg Clamp 1A
102. dB V asterisk off 22 Step the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer CW and center frequencies in 1 GHz steps Turn modulation back on and repeat steps 19 through 21 to the highest frequency from Table 2 26 that applies to your synthesizer 23 Record the worst case values from step 20 on the test record a For the 83630B record worst case values for frequencies lt 20 GHz and for frequencies gt 20 GHz b For the 83640B 50B record worst case values for frequencies lt 20 GHz and for frequencies gt 20 GHz c For all other instruments record the worst case value for all frequencies tested 2 90 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 AM Dynamic Range Related Adjustments Modulator Offset and Gain Modulation Generator Adjustment Option 002 In Case of Difficulty 1 Make sure that the most negative voltage without an OVERMOD message is applied 2 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 91 AM Dynamic Range 19 FM Accuracy For B Series Only Description and Procedure Use this procedure to measure the FM accuracy of the synthesizer With the synthesizer set to an FM sensitivity of 10 MHz V and the function generator providing an FM modulation index of 2 404 the RF output should be a null The function generator amplitude is adjusted for the Bessel null and the difference between signals is recorded
103. dBc 1 85 dB 10 Spurious Signals Line Related 10 At 6 99 GHz 120 Hz 55 dBe 1 dB 180 Hz 55 dBc 1 dp 240 Hz 55 dBc 1 dB At 1 9 GHz 120 Hz 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz 55 dBc 1 dB 240 Hz 55 dBc 1 dB 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7 Offsets at 6 99 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB Offsets at 2 23 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB Offsets at 18 0 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 60 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 68 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 76 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 97 dBc 2 dB 1 83 dB if the Invertron is not used Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 137 Agilent 83640B Test Record Table 2 36 Test Record for the 83640B 6 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 12 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio 12 On Off Ratio 80 dB 1 dB 13 Pulse Performance Standard 10 Risetime 25 ns 0 9 ns 10 Falltime 25 ns 0 9 ns 21 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 0 1 dB Option 006 10 Risetime 10 ns 0 4 ns 10 Falltime 10 ns 0 4 ns 21 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 0 1 dB 14 Pulse Performance Alternate 31 Risetime 25 ns 31 Falltime 25 ns 40 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 15 P
104. e a a 2 45 Description and Procedure 2 1 ee ee 2 45 Related Adjustments 0 a a a a a a 2 47 In Case of Difficulty 2 a a a a a A 2 47 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise aoo a a a ee ee 2 48 Description and Procedure 2 a a a ee 2 48 Related Adjustments 0 a a a a a a 2 51 In Case of Difficulty a 2 51 12 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio For B Series s Only a 2 52 Description and Procedure Ca 2 52 Related Adjustments 2 2 a a 2 54 In Case of Difficulty Lo ee 2 54 13 Pulse Performance For B Series Only Corra e ea a a 2 55 Contents 2 Agilent 8360 Service Description and Procedure Rise and Fall Times Pulse Leveling Accuracy Related Adjustments In Case of Difficulty 14 Pulse Performance Alternate Procedure For B Series Oniy Description and Procedure Rise and Fall Times lt 20 GHz Pulse Leveling Accuracy lt 20 GHz Rise and Fall Times gt 20 GHz Procedure gt 20 to lt 26 5 GHz Procedure gt 26 5 to lt 40 GHz Procedure gt 40 GHz to lt 50 GHz Pulse Leveling Accuracy gt 20 GHz Procedure gt 20 to lt 26 5 GHz Procedure gt 26 5 to lt 40 GHz Procedure gt 40 to lt 50 GHz Related Adjustments In Case of Difficulty 15 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough For B B Series Only Description and Procedure System Calibration Video Gain Low Band Video Feedthrough Video Feedthrough gt 2 GHz Related Adjustments In Case of
105. for a power sweep of its full ALC range For example if your synthesizer s specified maximum leveled power at this frequency is 10 dBm then set the power sweep to 30 dB sweep 20 dBm to 10 dBm 30 dB Press POWER MENU POWER SWEEP 30 dB Continue to set up the synthesizer as follows SWEEP TIME 100 msec Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on Adjust the oscilloscope timebase so the Z axis input goes high at the right edge of the display This signal is low during the power sweep Change the value of the band 0 calibration constant 315 to adjust the signal variation during the power sweep while Z axis is low as follows Adjust the calibration constant so that the trace in the last three farthest right graticules is as flat as possible Initiate an AM bandwidth calibration press USER CAL AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Once Repeat the adjustment and calibration until the last three graticules are as flat as possible Set the synthesizer to each of the center frequencies in Table 3 7 Change the power sweep as appropriate to sweep the full ALC range Perform an AM bandwidth calibration and then repeat step 14 for each corresponding calibration constant Table 3 7 Center Frequencies and Calibration Constants Center Frequencies Calibration Constants GHz 5 0 316 Band 1 9 0 317 Band 2 19 0 318 Band 3 25 01 319 Band 4 30 01 320 Band 5 35 01 321 Band 6 45 01 322 Band 7
106. for at least one hour 4 Select the A6 adjustment menu Press SERVICE Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A6 Adj Menu 3 10 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Sampler Assembly 200 MHz Loop VCO Tune Check 5 In the A6 adjustment menu select the A6 VCO tune check A6 VCO Tune 6 The following message should be displayed If this message is not displayed refer to troubleshooting Note If the three tuning voltages at the bottom of the display V200 Vavg and V 220 are all equal the 200 MHz phase locked loop is unlocked 7 Select Done Sampler Match Adjustment 8 In the A6 adjustment menu select the A6 sampler match adjustment A6 Smplr Match Note The sampler match display is a graphic representation of the sampler match over the full frequency range of the 200 MHz loop The more asterisks displayed at a frequency the more output signal and the better the match at that frequency Make the adjustment for best match over the full frequency range of the loop 9 Adjust A6C82 and A6C83 Figure 3 5 for best overall sampler match AGCS2 AGCSS a Figure 3 5 Sampler Match Adjustment Locations 10 Select Done Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 11 Sampler Assembly 200 MHz Loop Gain Adjustment 11 In the A6 adjustment menu select the A6 loop gain adjustment A6 Loop Gain The synthesizer automatically performs the adjustment When the message is displayed the adjustment is complete Continue with the next step
107. for the high end of band 5 133 Adjust calibration constant 215 YTM Rise Band 5 to minimize power dropout at the start of band 5 Band 6 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 134 On the synthesizer set START 32 GHz 83640B L START 83 5 GHz 83650B L STOP 40 GHz 83640B L stop 38 GHz 83650B L CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec POWER LEVEL 25 dBm 135 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop 136 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB If not adjust the appropriate rise or delay term steps 137 through 139 and then repeat this step 137 On the synthesizer set SWEEP TIME 0 msec 138 a Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps Note any drop in power b Press SINGLE RF ON OFF Then press RF_ON OFF again LED on and note any drop in power c The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division 1 5 dB increase the A term of the delay adjustment 566 to put the A term at the high end of the peak Then repeat from step 134 If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b skip the rest of Band 6 Adjustment and continue with Band 7 Adjustment 139 Adjust cali
108. keyboard assembly Note It is important that the top of the keyboard be kept clean Dirt on the contacts will affect the performance of the keypad 4 Disconnect ribbon cable W5 from the keyboard KEYBOARD ASSEMBLY SCREWS 9 PLACES RIBBON CABLE W5 Figure 7 12 Keyboard Assembly Removal Refer to Figure 7 13 Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 15 Front Panel CAUTION The following steps can degrade keypad performance If you separate the anti rock sheets from the keypad you must replace both the anti rock sheets and the keypad 5 Remove the keypad 6 Remove the anti rock sheets ANTI ROCK SHEET KEYPAD FACE UP ANTI ROCK SHEET Figure 7 13 Keypad and Anti rock Sheets 7 16 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Front Panel 10 Display Filter Removal Refer to Figure 7 14 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 2 Front Panel Removal 3 A3 Front Panel Processor Removal 4 A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal 5 A2 Source Module Interface Removal and 9 Al Keyboard Removal before continuing 2 With all other assemblies removed lift out the display filter DISPLAY FILTER ASI BV Z DES R FESS SQA SSL 7200 7 ELA Dom zZ D gt GK Sp LLE Figure 7 14 Display Filter Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 17 Front Panel 11 A1 Keyboard Reassembly
109. measurement with without the card The software uses the value of each attenuator card to calculate what the actual attenuation is when set to a specific value For example the attenuator value for the 30 dB setting is the sum of the 10 dB and the 20 dB cards The effect of digital ALC correction is accounted for by the software The following test equipment is required for this performance test No substitutions are allowed Table 5 2 Test Equipment Required Instrument HP Agilent Model Number 10 dB Attenuator 8493C 30 dB Attenuator 11708A Power Meter 438A Power Sensor 50 MHz to 26 5 GHz 8485Al Power Sensor 50 MHz to 26 5 GHz 8485D Power Sensor 100 kHz to 4 2 GHz 8482A 1 Substitute HP Agilent 8487A D for 40 GHz synthesizers Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 5 Procedure Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 5 1 Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour Note This program requires that power sensor calibration factors be stored in a file If the calibration factors have not been entered previously refer to the utility 4 Power Sensor Configuration and Calibration Factor File Select the step attenuator flatness test and follow the prompts on the display SYNTHESIZER POWER METER Gaga oooo00 aooo aoon 0900 cm RF OUTPUT POWER REF PONER SENSOR ADAPTER 30DB REFERENCE i ATTENUATOR C 10DB ATTENUATOR Figure 5 1 St
110. must adjust the gain first then adjust the break points Figure 3 8 YO Gain and Linearity Break Points 1 Turn the synthesizer on and press PRESET Let it warm up for at least one hour 2 Select the A13 gain menu Press SERVICE Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A13 Adj Menu A13 Gain Menu Note If the following message is displayed i i e adjust the potentiometer until the locked indication is displayed Continue with step 3 3 Select the gain potentiometer adjustment Gain Pot 4 Adjust A13R54 see Figure 3 9 to center the needle on the display Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 15 YO Driver Gain and Linearity A1SR54 A13R90 A13R92 GAIN LOBKPT HIBKPT Figure 3 9 YO Gain and Linearity Adjustment Locations 5 Select the low break point potentiometer adjustment Lo Bk Pot 6 Adjust A13R90 see Figure 3 9 to center the needle on the display 7 Select the high break point potentiometer adjustment Hi Bk Pot 8 Adjust A13R92 see Figure 3 9 to center the needle on the display 9 Select Done 10 If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting see Calibration Constants to store the calibration constants as protected data in EEPROM Related Performance Tests Self tests In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 3 16 Adjustments Agilent 8360
111. nent rrenan 3 25 8 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 0 0 0 0 cece e cece eee eee nen e tence eees 3 43 9 Low Power SRD Bias 2 20 ccc rrenan 3 79 10 Modulator Offset and Gain ccc ccc ccc eee erre 3 81 11 ALC Power Level Accuracy 2 0 00 ec cece ence nee een e ee eneenens 3 86 12 Power Flatness 2 0 0 0 cece errar narra 3 92 this adjustment may be replaced with the automated power flatness adjustment in Chapter 5 13 AM FM DAC Offset and Gain Option 002 0 cece eee eee eee 3 95 14 AM Accuracy woe ieee cence eee ence near arena 3 97 15 AM Offset Agilent 8360 L Series Only 0 e cece eee eee 3 101 16 AM Delay foo cc cee cee nee e een teen n te tn eee eee tenes 3 103 17 FM Gain Pi 3 106 18 Square Wave Symmetry 2 0 2 cece eee cence teen eet e teen e eens 3 109 19 AM Input Impedance f 0 cece ce cence eee nett erroreen 3 111 20 FM Input Impedance f 2 eee eee nee teen ene e eens 3 114 21 Modulation Generator Flatness Option 002 f 0 cece eee eee 3 117 22 External Trigger Edge Selection 1 0 0 00 cece cece eee een eens 3 120 23 Volts GHZ cece cece beeen enn renan 3 122 24 A9 Pulse Board Jumper W1 0 cece eens 3 124 25 Selftest Patches 8360 L Series Only 20 0 0 0 e cece cence eee ee 3 125 Adjustments for 8360 B Series Only The adjustments that apply to the 8360 B series swept signal generators only are marked
112. not perform this adjustment or test on the 8360 L Series swept CW generator 2 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly The replacement assembly 8 4 Post Repair Agilent 8360 Table 8 1 Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly continued Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A30 Bridge Detector A31 Step Attenuator A32 Doubler A33 Amplifier Switch A33 Amplifier A34 Rear Panel BNC A38 Dual Modulator A38 Mod Doubler Amp ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness ALC Power Level Accuracy Step Attenuator Flatness automated Power Flatness Power Flatness Power Flatness None Amp Filter Adjustments Modulator Offset and Gain ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness AM Accuracy AM Offset Full Self Test Power Accuracy Maximum Leveled Power Full Self Test Maximum Leveled Power Attenuator Verification only if data is required Full Self Test Power Accuracy Power Flatness Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals Harmonics Full Self Test Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals Harmonics Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio Full Self Test Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals Harmonics Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio Full Self Test Maximum leveled Power Spurious Signals Harmonics Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio Pulse Performance Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough A
113. on the test record Procedure gt 26 5 to lt 40 GHZ 38 Replace the HP Agilent 11970K Mixer with the HP Agilent 11970A Mixer 39 Repeat steps 13 through 22 for CW frequencies of 30 and 35 GHz and record the level accuracy in Table 2 20 40 For 83640B only record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2 19 and Table 2 20 on the test record Procedure gt 40 to lt 50 GHz 41 Replace the HP Agilent 11970A Mixer with the HP Agilent 11970Q Mixer 42 Repeat steps 13 through 22 for a CW frequency of 45 GHz and record the level accuracy in Table 2 20 43 For 83650B only record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2 19 and Table 2 20 on the test record Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 69 Pulse Performance Alternate Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty 1 A noisy amplifier can cause a noisy trace that is too wide to measure Substitute amplifiers to verify a problem with the amplifier 2 If there is no change in amplification the amplifier may be saturated operating in compression The 0 3 dB variation should be approximately equal on both sides Try a lower synthesizer power level to get the amplifier out of saturation 3 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 70 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Pulse Performance Alternate 15 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough For B Series Only Description and
114. or for synthesizers with Option 002 press MOD Pulse Menu Pulse On Off Ext asterisk on 2 58 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Pulse Performance 13 On the oscilloscope set Channel 3 Volts Division 30 mV Timebase Time Division 100 ns Delay Reference At left Trigger Trigger Level 50 mV Increase the oscilloscope sensitivity to 5 mV division Adjust the delay and timebase so that the pulse waveform takes up the entire display Adjust the oscilloscope channel 3 offset to position the top of the pulse envelope near the center graticule 14 On the synthesizer turn off external pulse and set the power level to 0 3 dBm Press Pulse On Off Ext asterisk off POWER LEVEL 3 dBm 15 Use the oscilloscope s waveform math maximum function to determine the peak power level if the waveform math function was previously on clear the display before executing this step Use the oscilloscope s delta V feature and position marker at the center of the peak power as displayed by the math waveform the width of the waveform is caused by noise in the system Leave the marker at that position 16 Set the synthesizer s power level to 0 3 dBm Press POWER LEVEL 3 dBm 17 Clear the oscilloscope display and use the oscilloscope s waveform math maximum feature to determine the peak power level Use the oscilloscope s delta V feature and position marker 2 at the center of the peak power as displayed by the math wave
115. output power across the band If you have an 83623B L or an 83624B continue with Band 4 Adjustment Otherwise adjust calibration constant 133 Squegg Clamp 3A as described here to protect the bridge detector from excessive power a Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace b On the synthesizer set SWEEP MENU Manual Sweep asterisk on c Using the rotary knob find the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope d If the power level of the peak point is greater than 21 5 dBm for 83620B 22B and 83630B L or 22 3 dBm for 83640B L and 83650B L as displayed on the power meter decrease Squegg Clamp 3A until the power level is less than these values If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease Squegg Clamp 3A just until the peak point begins to drop this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 45 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 42 43 If you have any instrument except an 83640B L and 83650B L continue with Band 4 Adjustment Otherwise adjust calibration constant 451 DAmp Clamp 3 as described here to protect the bridge detector from excessive power while in doubler amp mode a On the synthesizer set SERVICE Tools Menu Disable Doubler asterisk off POWER MENU Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On asterisk on b Set the oscilloscop
116. power by one third division 1 2 dB Repeat steps 37 through 39 until power is optimized over the full band Record the value of calibration constant 242 YTM Offset Band 5 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 37 through 40 Change calibration constant 242 back to its original value 3 28 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Band 6 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 42 On the synthesizer press G2 Gta 836408 L START 83 5 GHz 83650B L 836 10B L 83650B L 43 Adjust calibration constant 230 YTM Gain Band 6 for maximum power at the high end of band 6 The high end power may peak twice If it does adjust the calibration constant to the lower peak where the value of the calibration constant is the lower number 44 Modify calibration constant 243 YTM Offset Band 6 to maximize low end power Power may peak twice Adjust to the lower peak 45 Set the band 6 SRD bias calibration constants as follows a Increment calibration constant 110 SRD Bias A Band 6 to maximize low end power Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts Increment calibration constant 123 SRD Bias B Band 6 to maximize high end power Then decrease the power by one third division 1 2 dB 46 Repeat steps 43 through 45 until power is optimized over th
117. sixth YO harmonics Compare the amplitude of the harmonics and subharmonics to the specifications listed in the test record If any harmonics or subharmonics are within 5 dB of the specification make a more accurate measurement using the Harmonic Subharmonic Verification Procedure gt 20 GHz that follows Note the worst case harmonic and the worst case subharmonic from 20 to 26 5 GHz For the 83630B L only Record on the test record the worst case subharmonic from gt 20 to lt 26 5 GHz For the 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L only From steps 12 and 20 determine the worst case harmonic from gt 2 0 to lt 26 5 GHz and record this value on the test record Table 2 11 Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output Frequencies Model YO Frequencies YO Harmonic YO Harmonic RF Output GHz From Amp Mult at RF Output Frequencies GHz 83630B L and 5 0 to 6 625 4 4 20 to 26 5 83650B L 83650B L 4 41667 to 5 5667 3 6 26 5 to 33 4 83650B L 5 5667 to 6 333 3 6 33 4 to 38 83650B L 4 75 to 6 25 4 8 38 to 50 83640B L 5 0 to 6 375 2 4 20 to 25 5 83640B L 4 25 to 5 0 3 6 25 5 to 30 83640B L 5 0 to 6 667 3 6 30 to 40 2 36 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Spurious Signals Harmonics Subharmonics Harmonic Measurement 26 5 to 40 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Replace the HP Agilent 11970K mixer with the HP Agilent 11970A Mix
118. the needle on the display A8R111 A8R105 3 Y sasasaasals A8 ASSEMBLY Figure 3 27 ASR 111 and ABR 105 Adjustment Locations 5 Select EM DAC asterisk on 6 Adjust A9R105 see Figure 3 27 to center the needle on the display Select Done The synthesizer will display the following message If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting see Calibration Constants to store the calibration constants as protected data in EEPROM Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 73 AM FM DAC Offset and Gain Related Performance Tests AM Accuracy FM Accuracy In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 3 74 Adjustments Agilent 8360 AM FM DAC Offset and Gain 14 AM Accuracy 8360 B Series Only Description and Procedure This procedure consists of three adjustments Calibration constant 277 AM Offset is adjusted for no change in RF output power when AM is enabled but no voltage is applied EXP AM CAL is adjusted for a 10 dB change in power when 1 00 V is applied and AM 10 dB V is selected LIN AM CAL is adjusted so that a 0 80 V AM input 100 V AM selected causes the RF output to decrease to 4 00 of its initial value 1 Turn on the instruments shown in Figure 3 28 and let them warm up for at least one hour 2 Zero and calibrate the power meter sensor 3 Conne
119. the end of band 2 Adjust calibration constant 211 YTM Rise Band 3 A2 to minimize power dropout at the start of band 3 On the synthesizer set START 10 Git POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Adjust calibration constant 212 YTM Rise Band 3 B2 to minimize power dropout at the start of band 3 On the synthesizer set SWEEP TIME 0 msec Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep readjust the appropriate delay term for the location of the problem On the synthesizer set START 2 0 GHz CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec MARKER Marker M2 7 GHz asterisk on POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Adjust calibration constant 591 YTF Bx Dly Term Al to maximize power at the start of band 1 Adjust calibration constant 601 YTF Bx Dly Term B1 to maximize power at the high end of band 1 Adjust calibration constant 206 YTM Rise Band 2 Al to minimize power dropout at the start of band 2 Adjust calibration constant 209 YTM Rise Band 3 Al to minimize power dropout at the start of band 3 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 1s sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB across all ba
120. the frequencies affected by the calibration constants 3 34 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments CALIBRATION CONSTANT Agilent 8360 Delay Delay Rise Delay Delay Rise Delay Delay Rise Delay Delay Delay Delay Rise Delay Delay Rise Delay Delay Rise 2 0GHz 7GHz 13 5GHz 20CHz 26 5GHzZ 33 4GHz 38GH2 50CHz Term Term Band Term Term Band Term Term Band Term Term JD FF 9 DO F GF oO F OF oO oO PF Ss OF gt m B gt 40GHz for the HP 83640B L EN Frequencies affected by calibration constant R Start of sweep frequencies that enable calibration constants V Riseti A isetime affects start of sweep when sweep starts in this frequency range Ns Range of possible sweep Example 1 Example 2 Start of sweep frequencies that enable calibration constants for the start of the affected band YTM Rise Band 3 B1 affects the beginning of Band 3 when the sweep starts in the second half of Band 1 and ends in Bands 3 through 7 YTM Rise Band 4 affects the beginning of Band 4 when the sweep starts in Bands 1 through 3 or it affects the frequency of the start of sweep when the start of sweep is anywhere in Band 4 Figure 3 16 Single Band Delay and Risetime Compensation Adjustments 3 35 Amplifier Filter Adjustments CALIBRATION CONSTAN i 20GH2 GHz 15 9GHz 20GHz 26 5GHz 53 4CHz 30CHz 506Hz ra YTF Bx Diy Term Al YIF Bx Diy Term BI YTF Bx
121. to BNC f adapter BNC m to BNC m adapter BNC f to SMA m adapter BNC f to SMB m adapter BNC tee m SMB f to BNC m flexible cable SMA semi rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable GPIB cable 2 meters Agilent 8360 1250 1159 1250 1158 1250 0669 1250 0672 1250 1391 5061 5311 1250 1745 1250 2187 1250 2188 11901C 1250 0080 1250 0216 1250 1200 1250 1237 1250 0781 85680 60093 08340 20124 8120 2582 HP Agilent 10833B Required Equipment Agilent 83630L 1 47 Agilent 83640L Required Equipment Table 1 8 Required Equipment for 83640L Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Spectrum Frequency Range 10 MHz to 22 GHz HP Agilent 8566B2 Swept Frequency Analyzer 40 GHz with external mixers Accuracy P Frequency Span 0 Hz 100 Hz to 22 GHz Spurious Signals Amplitude Range 20 to 100 dBm Harmonic F Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Spurious Signals Video Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Non harmonic P Log Fidelity 0 1 dB dB over 0 to Spurious Signals 80 dB display 1 0 dB maximum Line Related P Video Output DC voltage proportional Fractional N Reference to vertical position of trace on display and API Spurs A Capable of phase locking to external Square Wave Symmetry A 10 MHz reference Analog A vs B Sweep Mode HP Agilent 1740A Amp Mult Adjustments A Oscilloscope Vertical Sensitivity 5 mV Div HP Agilent 54600B Amp Filt Adjustments
122. to N type m adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 92 mm f adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 4 mm f adapter 2 4 mm m to 3 5 mm f adapter BNC f to BNC f adapter BNC m to BNC m adapter BNC f to SMA m adapter BNC f to SMB m adapter BNC tee m SMB f to BNC m flexible cable SMA semi rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable GPIB cable 2 meters Agilent 8360 1250 1159 1250 1158 1250 0669 1250 0672 1250 1391 5061 5311 1250 1745 1250 2187 1250 2188 11901C 1250 0080 1250 0216 1250 1200 1250 1237 1250 0781 85680 60093 08340 20124 8120 2582 HP Agilent 10833B Required Equipment Agilent 83650B 1 37 Agilent 83623L Required Equipment Table 1 6 Required Equipment for 83623L Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Spectrum Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP Agilent 8566B2 Swept Frequency Analyzer Frequency Span 0 Hz 100 Hz to 20 GHz Accuracy P Amplitude Range 20 to 100 dBm Spurious Signals Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Harmonic F Video Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Spurious Signals Log Fidelity 0 1 dB dB over 0 to Non harmonic P 80 dB display 1 0 dB maximum Spurious Signals Video Output DC voltage proportional Line Related P to vertical position of trace on display Fractional N Reference Capable of phase locking to external and API Spurs A 10 MHz reference Square Wave Symmetry A Analog A vs B Sweep Mode HP Agilent 1740A Amp Mul
123. use by qualified personnel only To avoid electrical shock do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so The opening of covers or removal of paris is likely to expose dangerous voltages Disconnect the instrument from all voltage sources while it is being opened The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its power supply This is a Safety Class product provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact Any interruption of the protective conductor inside or outside the instrument is likely to make the instrument dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse only with same type and rating F 5A 250V The use of other fuses or material is prohibited CAUTION m Perform the following procedures only at a static safe work station The attenuators and printed circuit assemblies in this instrument are very sensitive to static electricity damage Wear an anti static wrist strap that is connected to earth ground When re
124. 0 471 472 473 Power Spec Band 0 See footnote 2 474 Power Spec Band 1 See footnote 2 475 Power Spec Band 2 See footnote 2 476 Power Spec Band 3 See footnote 2 477 Power Spec Band 4 See footnote 2 478 Power Spec Band 5 See footnote 2 479 Power Spec Band 6 See footnote 2 480 Power Spec Band 7 See footnote 2 481 482 483 4 24 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 Max Sweep Rate Max Sweep Rate 8516 Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 AT A8 Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision 300 100 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote
125. 0 0 2 985 10 0 1 000 2 76 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 18 19 20 21 j PdBm 1 Peak Carrier Voltage 10 Este Record the video feedthrough in Table 2 21 Repeat steps 16 through 18 for the remaining CW frequencies in Table 2 21 For synthesizers capable of gt 10 dBm set the maximum specified leveled power and repeat steps 16 through 18 for all of the CW frequencies in Table 2 21 Record the worst case value from Table 2 21 for each power range on the test record Video Feedthrough gt 2 GHz 22 23 24 25 Replace the 130 MHz low pass filter with a 500 MHz low pass filter Repeat steps 7 through 10 to check video gain once more On the oscilloscope reset channel 1 to 0 01 volts division Set the synthesizer to its maximum specified leveled power and repeat steps 13 and 16 through 17 the oscilloscope and pulse generator are already set up for the CW frequencies in Table 2 23 Do not exceed the maximum frequency of your synthesizer Record the video feedthrough in Table 2 23 Table 2 23 Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies Frequency Video GHz Feedthrough 5 0 10 0 15 0 20 0 23 0 28 0 35 0 45 0 26 Record the worst case value in Table 2 23 on the test record Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubl
126. 0 02 dB HP Agilent 54111D2 HP Agilent 54222A HP 54750A HP 54752A HP 10431A P Agilent 436A P Agilent 437B P Agilent 438A oom HP Agilent 437B HP Agilent 438A Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Digitizing Dual Channel HP Agilent 54110A Internal Timebase Aging Rate P Swept Frequency Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P 10 MHz Standard A Swept Frequency Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Power Accuracy P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A Power Flatness P Power Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83623L 1 39 Table 1 6 Required Equipment for 83623L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Power Sensor Power Sensor Power Sensor Attenuator Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency Standard Crystal Detector Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 3 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 20 GHz Power Range 100 pW to 10 uW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 20 GHz Power Ra
127. 00 183 YTM Bx Dly Term B1 300 Default values for all 184 YTM Bx Dly Term B2 300 terms except B3 and B4 Delay compensation for 185 YTM Bx Dly Term B3 300 multi band sweeps only 186 YTM Bx Dly Term B4 300 Adjust for maximum power at 187 YTM Bx Dly Term B5 300 lower 50 of band Affects fast sweep speeds only 188 YTM Bx Dly Term B6 300 189 YTM Bx Dly Term B7 300 195 YTM Kick Threshold 110 Default values are not altered 196 YTM CW Kick Max 600 Numbers should remain unchanged 197 YTM Mono Band Kick 2000 198 YTM Stereo Band Kick 2000 199 YTM Slew Rate 400 200 YTM Slew Max 50 201 YTM Slew Min 0 202 YTM Neg Kick Wait 203 YTM Fwd Kick Pct 50 204 YTM Fwd Kick Wait 30 Adjustments 3 23 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Table 3 1 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Default Adjustment Value Description 205 YTM Rise Band 1 15 Minimize power dropouts at the 206 YTM Rise Band 2 Al 20 start of band Adjustment is only effective at fast sweep speeds 207 YTM Rise Band 2 B1 2 Adjusted in the Amplifier 208 YTM Rise Band 2 A2 15 Filter Adjustments 209 YTM Rise Band 3 A1 70 210 YTM Rise Band 3 B1 7 211 YTM Rise Band 3 A2 15 212 YTM Rise Band 3 B2 15 213 YTM Rise Band 3 A3 15 214 YTM Rise Band 4 15 215 YTM Rise Band 5 15 216 YTM Rise Band 6 10 217 YTM Rise Band 7 10 225 YTM Gain Band 1 2048 Maximize power over higher 10 226 YTM Gain Band 2 2048 of band Adjust at
128. 0B 1 POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Modify calibration constant 626 Y TF Gain Band 6 to maximize high end power Modify calibration constant 636 Y TF Offset Band 6 to maximize low end power Repeat steps 70 and 71 until the entire band is peaked Note the value of calibration constant 636 YTF Offset Band 6 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 70 through 72 until it is Then change calibration constant 636 back to the recorded value On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL 0 dBm Adjust calibration constant 136 Squegg Clamp 3A to maximize RF output power across the band Band 7 Adjustment 83650B L only 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 On the synthesizer set 65 6 Go Giz POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Modify calibration constant 627 YTF Gain Band 7 to maximize high end power Modify calibration constant 637 YTF Offset Band 7 to maximize low end power Repeat steps 79 and 80 until the entire band is peaked Note th
129. 1 08360 20133 2190 0016 08360 00004 08360 00024 FRONT MOUNTING BRACKET 3 5 MM CONNECTOR FRONT MOUNTING BRACKET 2 4 MM CONNECTOR SPACER FOR 3 5 MM CONNECTOR UT HEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 3 5 mm connector UT HEX DBL CHAM M10 X1 2 4 mm connector WASHER LK INTL 3 8 IN PL RR CONN 3 5 Option 004 PL RR CONN 2 4 Option 004 RF CONNECTOR See Table 9 2 9 56 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Chassis Parts 4 PLACE 2 PLACE 2 PLACE 2 PLACE 2 PLACES 4 PLACES Figure 9 15 Chassis Parts Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 57 Table 9 15 Chassis Parts Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 1 5062 3736 1 COVER TOP 2 0515 1245 1 SCREW COVER 3 5021 5838 2 SIDE RAILS 4 5041 8802 1 TRIM STRIP 5 5021 8405 1 FRONT FRAME 6 5062 3800 2 HANDLE ASSEMBLY 7 0515 0943 4 HANDLE SCREWS 8 5021 8497 2 TRIM FRONT HANDLE 9 5041 8801 4 FOOT FM 5M 10 5062 3748 1 COVER BOTTOM 11 1460 1345 2 TILT STAND 12 5062 3843 2 COVER SIDE 13 5041 8819 2 CAP FRONT 14 0515 0707 4 STRAP SCREW 15 5041 8820 2 CAP REAR 16 5062 3705 2 STRAP HANDLE 17 08360 20040 1 SIDE FRAME 18 5021 5806 1 REAR FRAME 19 54110 40502 4 FOOT REAR 20 0515 1444 4 SCREW REAR FOOT 21 08360 20253 1 INSULATED BOTTOM COVER 9 58 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Table 9 16 Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories Re
130. 1 6 V Events Positive Edge Trig 3 33 events Positive edge Channel 2 Real time Freq Cal Menu Swp Span Cal Always asterisk on First start frequency in Table 2 2 First stop frequency in Table 2 2 Note Set the frequency range first or you cannot set the sweep time properly CONT SWEEP TIME 200 ms For Option 006 set to 150 ms POWER LEVEL 0 dBm For the 83640B L and 83650B L only also press SERVICE Tools Menu Disable Doubler asterisk on Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 13 Swept Frequency Accuracy Table 2 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Instrument Settings Synthesizer Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency Frequency GHz Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent T GHz Start Stop 0 01 20 5 357325 429 0 01 9 1 5 98099375 1052 2 7 2 10 33 2 7 3 20625 387 2 7 3 26875 407 2 7 5 215625 1030 2 7 5 653125 1170 2 7 6 90625 1571 7 13 5 7 1990625 50 7 13 5 13 296875 1551 15 20 15 20 65 15 20 19 696875 1504 2 13 5 2 100625 15 2 13 5 6 8875 681 2 13 5 7 203750 725 2 13 5 13 385 1585 7 20 7 195 25 7 20 13 3375 781 7 20 13 76 833 7 20 19 805 1577 5 Tune the spectrum analyzer center frequency to find and center the video signal on the oscilloscope See Figure 2 3 Align the video input with the trigger output at center screen 2 14 Performance Tests Swept Frequency Accurac
131. 1 dB 500 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 16 Spur Frequency 100 MHz Fixed 60 dBc 1 dB 100 MHz Offset 60 dBc 1 dB LO Feedthrough 60 dBc 1 dB 20 Low Band Mixer Spur 60 dBc 1 85 dB 2 152 Performance Tests Agilent 83623L Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623L 5 of 5 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 10 Spurious Signals Line Related 10 At 6 99 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 4B 180 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 4B 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 4B 10 At 1 9 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 4B 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7 Offsets at 6 99 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 1 97 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 18 0 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 60 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 68 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 76 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 97 dBc 2 dB 1 83 dB if the Invertron is not used Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 153 Agilent 83623L Test Record Table 2 35 Test Record for Agilent 83630L 1 of 5 Test Facility Report Number
132. 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7 Offsets at 6 99 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 1 97 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 1 83 dB if the Invertron is not used Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 145 Agilent 83650B Test Record Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650B 6 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 7 Offsets at 18 0 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 60 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 68 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 76 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 97 dBc 2 dB 12 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio 12 On Off Ratio 80 dB 1 dB 13 Pulse Performance Standard 10 Risetime 25 ns 0 9 ns 10 Falltime 25 ns 0 9 ns 21 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 0 1 dB Option 006 10 Risetime 10 ns 0 4 ns 10 Falltime 10 ns 0 4 ns 21 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 0 1 dB 14 Pulse Performance Alternate 33 Risetime 25 ns 33 Falltime 25 ns 43 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 15 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21 lt 2 GHz lt 10 dBm 2 0 22 26 gt 2 and lt 50 0 GHz 1 0 06 2 146 Performance Tests Agilent 83650B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 37 Test
133. 11 1250 1745 1250 2187 1250 2188 11901C 1250 0080 1250 0216 1250 1200 1250 1237 1250 0781 85680 60093 08340 20124 8120 2582 HP Agilent 10833B Agilent 8360 Agilent 83623B 24B Required Equipment Table 1 2 Required Equipment for 83623B 24B Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Spectrum Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP Agilent 8566B2 Swept Frequency Analyzer Frequency Span 0 Hz 100 Hz to 20 GHz Accuracy F Amplitude Range 20 to 100 dBm Spurious Signals Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Harmonic F Video Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Spurious Signals Log Fidelity 0 1 dB dB over 0 to Non harmonic P 80 dB display 1 0 dB maximum Spurious Signals Video Output DC voltage proportional Line Related P to vertical position of trace on display Pulse Modulation On Off Capable of phase locking to external Ratio P 10 MHz reference AM Dynamic Range P FM Accuracy P Maximum FM Deviation P Fractional N Reference and API Spurs A FM Gain A Square Wave Symmetry A Analog A vs B Sweep Mode HP Agilent 1740A Amp Mult Adjustments A Oscilloscope Vertical Sensitivity 5 mV Div HP Agilent 54600B Amp Filt Adjustments A Bandwidth 100 MHz Local 83620 Pulse Performance Alt P Oscillator HP Agilent 8340A B2 AM Accuracy P Synthesized Sweeper Spectrum Frequency Range 20 Hz to 10 MHz HP Agilent 3585A B AM Bandwidth F Analyzer with FM Bandwidth F Tracki
134. 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 Squegg Clamp 1A 15 to 200 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 132 Squegg Clamp 2A 255 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 133 Squegg Clamp 3A 255 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 134 Squegg Clamp 4A 255 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 135 Squegg Clamp 5A 255 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 136 Squegg Clamp 6A 255 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 137 Squegg Clamp 7A 255 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 1 600 to 2000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 145 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 2 600 to 2500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 146 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 3 600 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 147 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 4 600 to 2500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 148 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 5 600 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 149 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 6 600 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 150 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 7 600 to 3000 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 13 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 YT Dly Term B Hrm 200 to 500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 158 Y1 Dly Term B Hrm 200 to 500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 159 Y1 Dly Term B Hrm 200 to 500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 160 Y1 Dly Term B Hrm 200 to 500 Amplifier Filter Adjustmen
135. 16 17 2 142 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Agilent 83650B Test Record Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650B 3 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 7 Calculated Rate 5x10710 day 5 6x10711 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value 10 Start Freq 0 1 of 0 005 of Stop Freq sweep sweep 3 Frequency Switching Time 8 CW Step 50 ms 10 us 16 Stepped Sweep 5 5 ms 1 us 25 Frequency List 50 ms 10 us 4 Power Accuracy 14 gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 0 6 dB 0 6 dB 0 22 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 0 7 dB 0 7 dB 0 35 dB gt 20 and lt 40 GHz 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 0 38 dB gt 40 GHz 1 7 dB 1 7 dB 0 79 dB 5 Power Flatness 5 lt 2 GHz 1 0 dB 0 15 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 2 dB 0 25 dB gt 20 and lt 40 GHz 1 6 dB 0 38 dB gt 40 GHz 3 0 dB 0 57 dB 6 Maximum Leveled Power Standard or Opt 006 0 01 to lt 50 GHz 2 5 dBm 2 3 dB 0 01 to lt 40 GHz 5 0 dBm 1 3 dB 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 10 0 dBm 1 7 dB 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 10 0 dBm 1 7 dB Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 143 Agilent 83650B Test Record Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650B 4 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty Opt 001 or Opts 001 and 006 0 01 to
136. 2 12 LOW RETRACE TRIGGER OUTPUT RECORDER a SYNTHESIZER RF INPUT RF OUTPUT ADAPTER so 2a Figure 2 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54111D Oscilloscope Probes HP Agilent 10431A 2 On the spectrum analyzer set the center frequency to the first center frequency listed in Table 2 2 Then set Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 11 Swept Frequency Accuracy Span O Hz Reference Level O dBm Scale Log 10 dB div Resolution Bandwidth 100 kHz 3 Set the oscilloscope as follows Note Trigger 3 is a trigger enable that ensures that channel 2 the true trigger triggers only on a forward sweep after the specified number of events Channel 1 Display On Volts Division 300 mV Input Coupling dc Input Impedance 1 MQ Offset 1 V Channel 2 Display On Volts Division 1V Offset 2 V Input Coupling dc Input Impedance 1 MQ 2 12 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Swept Frequency Accuracy Timebase Time Division Delay Delay Reference Sweep Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Mode Trigger After Trigger On Trigger On Trigger Of Trigger On Mode Src Level Src Level Display Display Mode 4 On the synthesizer press 25 us Os At center Triggered Edge Chan 2 1 6 V Trig 3
137. 20 10 to 23 10 to 45 2 to 14 5 2 to 14 5 2 to 14 5 2 to 23 2 to 23 Compare sweeps of 0 ms and 1 s and also single sweeps at fast speed If a power drop of 0 5 division or greater is noted readjust the appropriate calibration constant 195 If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting see Calibration Constants to store the calibration constants as protected data in EEPROM Related Performance Tests Maximum Leveled Power In Case Of Difficulty 1 See Adjustment Help in this procedure 2 Verify the oscilloscope ALC board calibration When calibrated the voltage on the oscilloscope is scaled to 33 mV dB 3 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 59 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 9 Low Power SRD Bias Description and Procedure The synthesizer is set to 10 GHz Then the A9 pulse board MIN adjustment sets the source voltage of the FET for the proper SRD bias level 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 21 Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour AQTP2 SOURCE DIGITAL VOLTNETER a oooaodaaada a 000000 Q odoodooodaoaadadaaa Q SYNTHESIZED SWEEPER Figure 3 21 Low Power SRD Bias Adjustment Setup Equipment DVM HP Agilent 3456A 2 On the synthesizer
138. 20 MHz 0 4 dB Amplitude Range gt 16 V p p Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB HP Agilent 10431A HP Agilent 8112B HP Agilent 811642 HP Agilent 3325A B HP Agilent 8111A HP Agilent 8116A HP Agilent 8175A HP Agilent 436A HP Agilent 437B HP Agilent 438A HP Agilent 437B HP Agilent 438A Swept Frequency Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A odulator Offset and Gain A Pulse Performance P Pulse Modulation Video eedthrough P Accuracy P Dynamic Range P Accuracy P ximum FM Deviation P dulation Meter P Accuracy A Delay A Gain A o eres gt Maximum FM Deviation P Power Accuracy P AM Dynamic Range P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A AM Accuracy A Power Flatness P Power Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83623B 24B 1 11 Table 1 2 Required Equipment for 83623B 24B cont
139. 207 1 YO DRIVER ASSEMBLY A13 08360 69207 YO DRIVER ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange A14 08360 60014 1 SWEEP GENERATOR ASSEMBLY A14 08360 69014 SWEEP GENERATOR ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange A15 08360 60264 1 CPU ASSEMBLY A15 08360 69264 CPU ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange 08360 60201 1 FIRMWARE UPGRADE KIT A15BT1 1420 0394 1 BATTERY Used with CPU Assembly 08360 60264 A16 08360 60016 1 POSTREGULATOR ASSEMBLY A16 08360 69016 POSTREGULATOR ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange 0400 0018 1 GROMMET CHAN 052 TH Part of A16 A16F1 2110 0047 1 FUSE INCH 1A 125V NTD BI A16F2 2110 0618 3 FUSE INCH 5A 125V NTD BI A16F3 2110 0713 2 FUSE SUBMINIATURE 10A 125V NTD AX A16F4 2110 0713 FUSE SUBMINIATURE 10A 125V NTD AX A16F5 2110 0618 FUSE INCH 5A 125V NTD BI A16F6 2110 0618 FUSE INCH 5A 125V NTD BI A16F7 2110 0425 2 FUSE INCH 2A 125V NTD BI A16F8 2110 0425 FUSE INCH 2A 125V NTD BI A17 08360 60017 1 RECTIFIER FILTER ASSEMBLY A17 08360 69017 RECTIFIER FILTER ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange A17F1 2110 0303 1 FUSE INCH 2A 250V TD FE UL A18 08360 60198 1 SWITCHING REGULATOR ASSEMBLY A18 08360 69198 SWITCHING REGULATOR ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange A18F1 2110 0201 1 FUSE INCH 0 25A 250V TD FE UL Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 11 Table 9 2 Major Assemblies continued Ref Desig Part Number Qty Description A20 A20F1 A21 A22 A23 A23 A24 A24 A25 A26 A26 A27 A28 A28 A29 A29 A29 A29
140. 22A and above E3 E4 all other models and prefix E1 E2 Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 97 A9 Pulse Board Jumper W1 25 Selftest Patches 8360 L Series Only Description and Procedure No test is required After completing the A9 Pulse Board jumper selection verify that the following test patches are set for L models with the following prefix and above No patches are required for L models below the prefix listed Model 83623L 83630L 83640L 83650L Prefix 3722A and above 3722A and above 3722A and above 3722A and above Test Datum Minimum Maximum Number Number Value Value 107 2 3740 1740 107 5 150 7500 108 1 3740 1740 108 2 150 7500 108 3 6000 3000 108 4 3740 1740 283 3 skip To Access Selftest Patch Menu Press Service more 1 3 Adjust Menu Enter password if requested factory password is 8360 and then press Adjust Menu more 1 2 TestPatch Menu 3 98 Adjustments Selftest Patches Agilent 8360 To Add a Test Patch Press Specs and the following messages will appear on the display TEST NUMBER TO PATCH 0 Enter the test number 107 then press HZ sec ENTER TEST DATUM POINT TO PATCH O Enter the datum number 2 then press HZ sec ENTER MIN SPECIFICATION 0 Enter minimum value 3740 then press HZ sec ENTER MAX SPECIFICATION 0 Enter maximum value 1740 then press HZ sec ENTER To Skip a Selftest
141. 23B L 83624B 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L 2 0 5086 7634 AM Modulator Option 006 and 83621B 31B 51B 2 0 5087 7017 Mod Doubler Amp Agilent 83630L 40L 50L 4 36 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 11 Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions continued Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number Description A42 676 0 653 0 5086 7628 5086 7629 5086 7630 5086 7631 83620B 22B 24B and 83623B L 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L Pulse Mod Switched Filter 83620B 22B Option 006 Pulse Mod Switched Filter 83623B 24B Option 006 Pulse Mod Switched Filter 83630B Option 006 Pulse Mod Switched Filter 83640B 50B Option 006 Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 37 Automated Tests Introduction This chapter explains how to load and run the Agilent 8360 Service Support Software revision A 02 00 These tests require operator interaction This software requires that the synthesizer is set to the SCPI programming language This is set by the rear panel switch or by the front panel Refer to the Installation chapter of your synthesizer s user s guide for further information After using the software return the synthesizer to its original setting This chapter contains the following information on using the software Setting Up the System Installing the Software Running the S
142. 240 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 dB 1 83 dB if the Invertron is not used 2 168 Performance Tests Agilnet 83650L Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650L 6 of 6 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7 Offsets at 6 99 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBe 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 1 97 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 18 0 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 60 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 68 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 76 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 97 dBc 2 dB Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 169 Agilnet 83650L Test Record Adjustments How To Use This Chapter Perform these adjustments only if directed by the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide or if a performance test fails Menu Maps Fold out menu maps are located in Chapter 6 Some menus have more than one page of softkeys Select the More softkey to view the next page of softkeys More is not included in the keystrokes given in these procedures Note In all cases where you are instructed t
143. 2B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L Option 004 ATTEN RF OUT A31J2 J1 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L Option 014 DIR COUPLER RF OUT A30J2 J1 83640B L and 83650B L ATTEN RF OUT A31J2 J1 83640B L and 83650B L Option 001 004 ATTEN RF OUT A31J2 J1 83640B L and 83650B L Option 014 and 006 006 001 AMP FILTER BRIDGE DET A29J3 A30J4 83620B 22B and 83630B L AMP FILTER BRIDGE DET A29J3 A30J4 83620B 22B and 83630B L Option 001 DC BLOCKING CAPACITOR DIR COUPLER A40J2 A30J1 83623L DC BLOCKING CAPACITOR DIR COUPLER A40J2 A30J1 83623L Option 001 DIR COUPLER RF OUT A30J2 J1 83640B L and 83650B L Option BRIDGE DET ATTEN A30J5 A31J1 83620B 22B 30B Options 001 DIR COUPLER ATTEN A30J2 A31J1 83623B 24B Options 001 and BRIDGE DET ATTEN A30J5 A31J1 83640B L and 83650B L Option 9 36 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Table 9 3 Cables continued Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number W 46 NOT USED War 08360 20075 1 LOWBAND AMP SWITCH A24J4 A33J3 83623B War 08360 20163 1 LOWBAND AMP FILTER A24J4 A29J2 83620B 22B 83623L and 83630B L war 08360 20139 1 LOWBAND DOUBLER A24J4 A32J3 83640B L and 83650B L War 08360 20246 1 LOWBAND PLS MOD SW FILT A24J4 A42J7 83620B 23B 30B Option 006 W48 08360 20235 1 AMP ULT AUX OUTPUT A28J4 J14 W48 08360 20236 1 AMP ULT AUX OUTPUT A28J4 J14 Option 004 W49 08360 20171 1 DIODE SWITCH AMP MULT A41J3 A28J5 All mod
144. 3 3 75 3 77 3 79 3 80 3 81 3 82 3 83 3 84 3 87 3 88 3 90 3 91 3 92 3 94 3 95 5 6 5 11 6 3 6 5 6 7 6 9 6 11 6 13 6 15 6 17 6 19 7 3 7 5 7 6 1 7 7 8 7 9 7 10 7 11 7 12 7 13 Contents 13 7 11 7 12 7 13 7 14 7 15 7 16 7 17 7 18 7 19 7 20 7 21 7 22 7 23 7 24 7 25 7 26 7 27 7 28 7 29 7 30 7 31 7 32 7 33 7 34 7 30 7 36 7 37 7 38 7 39 7 40 7 41 7 42 7 43 7 44 7 45 7 46 7 47 7 48 7 49 7 50 7 51 7 52 7 53 7 54 7 50 7 56 7 57 7 58 7 59 7 60 7 61 Contents 14 Front Panel BNC Locations 7 14 Keyboard Assembly Removal 7 15 Keypad and Anti rock Sheets 7 16 Display Filter 8 7 17 Keyboard Reassembly 7 18 Keyboard Assembly Screw Locations 7 19 Rear Panel Disassembly Flowchart 7 22 B1 Rear Panel Fan Assembly 7 24 Rear Panel BNC Connector Locations 7 25 Removing RF Output Connector 7 26 Rear Panel Removal 7 27 Rear Panel Cable Locations 7 28 Reference Standard Mountings 7 29 Transformer Removal 7 30 A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal 7 31 Voltage Selection Switch Removal 7 32 Fuse Line Filter and Ground Wires 7 33 Rear Panel Fuse Housing 7 34 Line Filter Removal 7 35 Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal 7 36 RF Deck Disassembly Flowchart 7 38 Removing RF Output Connector 7 40 W51 RF Cable Location 7 41 RF Deck in the Service Position 7 42 A20 RF Interface 7 43 RF Deck Cable Locations 83640
145. 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 25 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 Specia Specia Specia Specia Specia Specia Specia Specia Specia Specia Hibernation Time Bandcross Time 1 Bandcross Time 2 Bandcross Time 3 Bandcross Time 4 Bandcross Time 5 Bandcross Time 6 Bandcross Time 7 Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Option 5 Option 6 Option 7 Option 8 Option 9 Option 10 90 42 32 28 26 28 20 20 4 26 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 Display FIFO Time Display FSCC Time YT YT YT YT YT YT z z z z CO 0 Oo UV UV UV oO z z z z z z z z z z
146. 4 Set the default values given in Table 3 4 into the corresponding amplifier filter calibration constants On the synthesizer set SERVICE Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal Enter the number of the first calibration constant from Table 3 4 and terminate the entry with ENTER When using the front panel emulator software pressing the arrow keys will allow you to vary the calibration constants The calibration constant shown at the top of the display window is the active constant Modify Cal Enter the default value from Table 3 4 and terminate the entry with ENTER Using the up down arrow keys select each of the rest of the calibration constants in Table 3 4 and set their default values by entering the value on the numeric keypad Terminate your entry with the key 3 38 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Table 3 4 Amplifier Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values Number Description Default Adjustment Value Description 131 Squegg Clamp 1A 255 Maximize power across the 132 Squegg Clamp 2A 255 band without squegging Adjusted at slow sweep speeds 153 Squegg Clamp 3A 255 and single sweep mode where the 134 Squegg Clamp 4A 255 SYTM sphere is most likely to 135 Squegg Clamp 5A 255 ques 136 Squegg Clamp 6A 255 137 Squegg Clamp 7A 255 205 YTM Rise Band 1 15 Minimize power dropouts at the 206 YTM Rise Band 2 Al 20 start of band Adjustment is only effective at fast sweep sp
147. 4 Adjustment 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L only 25 26 27 On the synthesizer press TART 65 GHz sTOP 26 5 GHz 83630B L and 83650B L TOF 55 GHz 3640B L See Figure 3 12 and set A12R23 B4BP1 fully clockwise A12R24 BP2 fully clockwise A12R26 B4S1 fully clockwise A12R27 52 fully clockwise Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 27 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments 28 29 Modify calibration constant 241 YTM Offset Band 4 to maximize power at the very low end Power may peak twice Adjust to the lower peak Modify calibration constant 228 YTM Gain Band 4 to maximize power at the first division on the display Power may peak twice Adjust to the lower peak Note If there is no noticeable increase in power in the next two adjustments leave the potentiometers at their preset position fully clockwise 30 31 32 33 34 35 Adjust A12R26 B4S1 for maximum high end power Power may peak twice Adjust to the lower peak Adjust A12R23 B4BP1 for maximum power to optimize the 3rd through the 7th divisions Stop when the power begins to decrease Power may peak twice Adjust to the lower peak Repeat step 30 Adjust band 4 SRD bias calibration constants as follows a Increment calibration constant 108 SRD Bias A Band 4 to maximize low end power Then decrease the calibration constant value
148. 5 GHz 83640B L START 26 5 GHz 83650B L STOP GI GHz 83640B L TOF 55 He 83650B L CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec POWER LEVEL 25 dBm 127 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop 128 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB If not adjust the appropriate rise or delay term steps 129 through 131 and then repeat this step 129 On the synthesizer set SWEEP TIME 0 msec 130 a Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps Note any drop in power b Press SINGLE RF ON OFF Then press RF_ON OFF again LED on and note any drop in power c The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division 1 5 dB increase the A term of the delay adjustment 565 to put the A term at the high end of the peak Then repeat from step 126 3 54 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b skip the rest of Band 5 Adjustment and continue with Band 6 Adjustment 131 Adjust calibration constant 565 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 5 to maximize power for the low end of band 5 132 Adjust calibration constant 575 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 5 to maximize power
149. 5 1250 2187 1250 2188 11901C 1250 0080 1250 0216 1250 1200 1250 1237 1250 0781 85680 60093 08340 20124 8120 2582 HP Agilent 10833B Agilent 8360 Agilent 83640B Required Equipment Table 1 4 Required Equipment for 83640B Oscilloscope Local Oscillator Synthesized Sweeper Spectrum Analyzer with Tracking Generator Controller Vertical Sensitivity 5 mV Div Bandwidth 100 MHz Frequency Range 20 Hz to 10 MHz 4 Mbyte RAM BASIC 5 1 GPIB Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Spectrum Frequency Range 10 MHz to 22 GHz HP Agilent 8566B2 Swept Frequency Analyzer 40 GHz with external mixers Accuracy F Frequency Span 0 Hz 100 Hz to 22 GHz Spurious Signals Amplitude Range 20 to 100 dBm Harmonic F Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Spurious Signals Video Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Non harmonic F Log Fidelity 0 1 dB dB over 0 to Spurious Signals 80 dB display 1 0 dB maximum Line Related P Video Output DC voltage proportional Pulse Modulation On Off to vertical position of trace on display Ratio P Capable of phase locking to external Pulse Performance Alt P 10 MHz reference AM Accuracy P AM Dynamic Range P FM Accuracy P aximum FM Deviation P Fractional N Reference and API Spurs A FM Gain A Square Wave Symmetry A Analog A vs B Sweep Mode HP Agilent 1740A Amp Mult Adjustments A HP Agilent 54600B HP Agilent 83620 H
150. 5 20 Index 1 checksum verification 4 2 connector care 10 7 coupler removal 7 44 D DC blocking capacitor removal 7 42 7 44 diode switch removal 7 44 directional coupler removal 7 44 disassembly front panel 7 4 motherboard 7 62 rear panel 7 21 RF deck 7 37 display filter cleaning 10 4 display filter removal 7 17 display removal 7 10 doubler removal 7 44 dual modulator removal 7 44 E EEPROM storage calibration constants 4 2 external ALC input removal 7 36 external leveling 2 30 external trigger edge selection adjustment 3 94 F fan noise 10 2 speed 10 2 fan filter cleaning 10 2 fan removal 7 24 filter display 10 4 filter removal 7 44 FM accuracy 2 92 FM bandwidth 2 95 FM gain adjustment 3 82 FM input impedance adjustment 3 89 fractional N reference and API spurs adjustment 12 5 fractional N VCO adjustment 12 4 frequency switching time 2 18 front panel BNC connectors removal 7 14 front panel disassembly 7 4 front panel emulation 5 17 front panel processor removal 7 9 front panel removal 7 7 7 65 fuse line fuse replacement 10 5 rear panel 10 5 fuse housing removal 7 34 Index 2 internal pulse accuracy 2 105 internal timebase aging rate 2 7 J J10 removal 7 25 J14 removal 7 25 J1 RF output connector removal 7 18 7 26 J1 RF output connector removal front panel 7 67 J1 RF output connector removal Option 004 7 69 J6 removal 7 25 J7 remov
151. 5 V supply on the preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power cord Also the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is connected Disconnect the AC power line cord Remove the screw from each of the four feet on the rear panel Remove the four feet To remove the side straps remove the two screws on each side panel Remove the instrument top bottom and side covers gue goto Note An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top and bottom of the instrument When you reassemble the instrument be sure the braids remain in the side cover channels Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 23 Rear Panel 2 B1 Fan Removal Refer to Figure 7 18 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps before continuing Remove both screws item 1 from the fan shroud Remove items 2 through 5 Remove the four screws item 7 from the rear panel fan brackets Unplug the fan harness Tip the fan and angle it out through the opening in the rear panel Remove the four screws item 7 attaching the two brackets to the fan and remove the brackets item 10 TE OUR WN be 2 places 4 places 8 places Figure 7 18 B1 Rear Panel Fan Assembly 7 24 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Rear Panel 3 Rear Panel BNC Connectors Removal and Aux Output Disconnection Refer to Figure 7 19 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps before continuing 2 Remove the
152. 6 0515 0382 6 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0 7 12MM LG 17 08360 40004 RFI SEAL 3 FT 18 08360 20045 1 POWER SUPPLY COVER 19 2200 0103 2 SCREW MACH 4 40 25 IN LG PAN HD POZI 2190 0105 2 WASHER LK HLCL NO 6 141 IN ID 1520 0205 3 SHOCK MOUNT 31 EFF HGT 20 0515 1539 4 SCREW MACHINE M3 x0 5 16MM LG 21 08360 00052 1 MOUNTING BRACKET COUPLER DIODE SWITCH 22 08360 00031 1 MOUNTING BRACKET STEP ATTENUATOR 23 0515 0430 2 SMM 3 0 6 PN TX 9 52 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Left Side View Attaching Hardware 15 PLACES Figure 9 11 Left Side View Attaching Hardware Table 9 11 Left Side View Attaching Hardware Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 1 os15 2086 4 SCREW SPCL M4 x 0 7 7MM LG 90 DEG FLH HD 2 0515 0382 15 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0 7 12MM LG 3 0515 2086 SCREW SPCL M4 x 0 7 7MM LG 90 DEG FLH HD Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 53 Right Side View Attaching Hardware 17 PLACES CARDCAGE AND REGULATOR BOX SCREWS 16 PLACES CHASSIS SCREWS Figure 9 12 Right Side View Attaching Hardware Table 9 12 Right Side View Attaching Hardware Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 1 0515 0382 33 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0 7 12MM LG 2 0515 2086 8 SCREW SPCL M4 x 0 7 7MM LG 90 DEG FLH HD 3 0515 0433 2 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0 7 8MM LG 4 0515 0382 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0
153. 60 60222 ALC 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L All None 503 0 08360 60011 FM Driver Al2 672 504 1 0 08360 60212 Multiplier Filter Driver A13 None 505 3 08360 60213 YO Driver Quick Step 4 08360 60207 YO Driver 83621B 31B 51B Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 33 Table 4 11 Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions continued Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number Description Al4 None 3506 0 08360 60014 Sweep Generator A15 None 507 1 08360 60264 CPU Battery 2 ROM Chip Set A16 None 508 0 08360 60016 Post Regulator A17 None 509 0 08360 60017 Rectifier Filter A18 None 510 0 08360 60198 Switching Regulator A19 None 511 0 08360 60019 Rear Panel Interface A20 670 512 0 2 08360 60266 RF Interface A21 None 513 0 1990 1295 Alphanumeric Display A22 None 514 0 08360 60196 Motherboard A23 None 515 0 HP Agilent 10811E 10 MHz Reference Standard A24 None 641 0 5086 7463 Low Band A25 None 642 1 Directional Coupler A26 None 643 0 5086 7515 YO A27 None 644 0 4 34 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 11 Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions continued Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number Description A28 673 645 1 0 5086 7596 Switched Amp Mult 83621B 31B 2 1 5086 7622 Amp Mult 83630B L and 83650B
154. 630B L Power Sensor HP Agilent 8487A 83640B L and 83650B L Low Band Power Flatness Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 2 On the synthesizer press SERVICE Adjust Menu DigALC Menu Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 71 Power Flatness 5 Cal Freq Range Lo Bnd asterisk on AtnStep to Cal 0 dB Load and select the calibration factors for the correct power sensor for this frequency band into the power meter Refer to the power meter manual for instructions Zero and calibrate the power meter then connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF output On the synthesizer press Pwr Mtr ALC Cal The synthesizer measures power flatness and calculates a new flatness array for the frequency band and attenuator setting On the synthesizer press SAVE and continue to the next step High Band Power Flatness 6 8 Load and select the calibration factors for the correct power sensor for this frequency band into the power meter Refer to the power meter manual for instructions Zero and calibrate the power meter then connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF output On the synthesizer press Cal Freq Range Hi Band asterisk on Repeat steps 3 through 5 Millimeter Band Power Flainess Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 9 10 11 Load and select the calibration factors for the correct power sensor for this frequency band into the power meter Refer to the power m
155. 7 AM Bandwidth fo cee cece nee era 2 107 18 AM Dynamic Range f 6 eee nen teen arena 2 111 19 FM Accuracy To ce eect e ee teen ene n teen eee nne eens 2 118 20 FM Bandwidth f 0 occ eect nee teen eee n teenies 2 122 21 Maximum FM Deviation f cece eee cece ene n cette enn e ee 2 128 22 Internal Pulse Accuracy Option 002 0 cece eee eee ee 2 135 23 Modulation Meter Option 002 eee eee 2 137 Performance Tests for B Series Only The performance tests that apply to the Agilent 8360 B series swept signal generators only are marked with the following symbol 1 Operation Verification Tests To meet the needs of most incoming inspections 80 verification and provide reasonable assurance that the instrument works see the Operation Verification section of this chapter Automated Performance Tests The automated performance tests available at time of shipment are included in Chapter 5 The Step Attenuator test is located in Chapter 5 2 2 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Equipment Required The equipment required to perform the tests in this chapter is listed in Chapter 1 You may use any equipment that meets the critical specifications given Test Record Test records are supplied at the end of this chapter Use a test record when you perform a full calibration of your synthesizer This form provides a tabulated index of the performance tests their acceptable limit
156. 7 RF Deck PRELIMINARY STEPS STEP 1 LIFT UP THE RF DECK STEP 2 A20 RF INTERFACE STEP 3 Figure 7 31 RF Deck Disassembly Flowchart 7 38 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck Agilent 8360 1 Preliminary Steps CAUTION You can easily blow the fuse for the 13 5 V supply on the preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power cord Also the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is connected Disconnect the AC power line cord Remove the screw from each of the top two feet on the rear panel Remove the top two feet Remove the instrument top cover EGO Note An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top of the instrument When you reassemble the instrument be sure this braid remains in the channel 2 Lift Up the RF Deck If your instrument has front panel RF output remove the front panel See Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly step 2 If your instrument has rear panel RF output Option 004 see step 4 of Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly then continue with step 4 of this procedure CAUTION To avoid damaging the connector do not disassemble the RF output connector assembly Only unscrew the connector on the end of the cable 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps before continuing 2 On the lower front frame edge remove the two screws that hold the RF output assembly 3 Remove the RF connector with cable W43 sti
157. 79 AM Accuracy High Band gt 2 GHz and lt 20 GHz 12 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 24 LOCAL OSCILLATOR SYNTHESIZER a a ca ca ooo oooo0o00 cooo aooS000 Eq 10 MHz REF RF OUTPUT RF OUTPUT 10 MHz REF oooooa a Doaa ooooo 00000 Fooaa goa a000 o O 0 ooopop oa Doda SIGNAL 50 OHMS DIGITAL VOLTMETER VOLTS HI LO Figure 2 24 AM Accuracy Test Setup lt 20 GHz Equipment Function Generator HP Agilent 3325A Digital Voltmeter HP Agilent 3456A Local Oscillator Synthesized Sweeper 83620A B Measuring Receiver HP Agilent 8902A Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 83640B 50B Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 010 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B Mixer P N 0955 0307 13 On the synthesizer press E ctz POWER LEVEL 0 dBm AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Always asterisk on 14 On the local oscillator set CW Frequency 5 1 GHz RF On Power Level 10 dBm 2 80 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 AM Accuracy 15 On the function generator set Function Sine wave Frequency 1 kHz DC Offset O mV Set the amplitude to 600 mV p p and verify this amplitude with the DVM Note that the DVM measures in V rms V rms x 1 414 x 2 V p p 16 On the measuring receiver set HP Filter 300 Hz LP Filter 3 kHz
158. A No Change Needed 3722A and below A Agilent Technologies Internal Use Only PCO 3844A 11159 Agilent 8360 Instrument History 12 1 Service Change A Change A The A4 Fractional N Assembly has Changed All Agilent 8360 B Series and 8360 L Series instruments with serial prefix numbers 3722A and below have a Fractional N assembly that is different than the one documented in this manual As a result you must apply the changes described in this section in order for this manual to conform to your instrument Replaceable Parts The part numbers listed in Table 12 1 are correct for your instrument Use these part numbers instead of the part numbers having the same reference designators in the Replaceable Parts chapter Refer to Figure 12 3 for assembly and cable locations Table 12 1 Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number A4 08360 60010 1 FRACTIONAL N ASSEMBLY A4 08360 69010 FRACTIONAL N ASSEMBLY Rebuilt Exchange W11 08360 60074 1 125 KHZ REF A7J3 A4J1 W12 08360 60075 1 30 60 MHZ A4J2 A5J2 W19 08360 60096 1 10 MHZ REAR PANEL A7J5 J7 12 2 Instrument History Agilent 8360 Service Change A W19 A7J5 J7 W11 A7J3 A4J1 A4 W12 A4J2 A5J2 to78b Figure 12 3 Major Assembly and Cable Locations Agilent 8360 Instrument History 12 3 Service Change A Adjustments The foll
159. A low frequency spectrum analyzer with a tracking generator operates as a network analyzer to measure the FM flatness Flatness errors associated with the tracking generator and spectrum analyzer are calibrated out of the measurement Flatness errors due to the power splitter and microwave amplifier are minimized by external leveling at the amplifier The delay line discriminator is used to demodulate the FM from the RF carrier It also provides an input to the spectrum analyzer that is equivalent to the tracking generator frequency and proportional in power to the synthesizer RF output The delay line discriminator is formed by driving a mixer with a modulated carrier into the LO port and a delayed carrier into the RF port The delay is produced with a cable of approximately 3 feet in length With this setup the mixer responds to phase differences between the two inputs The cable has a constant time delay and as the carrier frequency is frequency modulated a linear phase shift occurs between the mixer inputs Since the mixer inputs are in quadrature the mixer operates as a phase detector that amplitude tracks the RF input synthesizer power and has an output frequency corresponding to the FM rate tracking generator frequency Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 95 FM Bandwidth 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 29 with the tracking generator output connected to the channel 1 input of the oscilloscope and to the FM input of the synt
160. AM turn on external FM set the FM sensitivity to 1 MHz V and turn on the FM meter function Press MOD AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk off PRIOR FM Menu FM On Off Ext asterisk on W rz PRIOR Monitor Menu Meter On Off FM asterisk on Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 107 Modulation Meter 11 Set the function generator for a 1 kHz 10 V p p sine wave output signal If necessary adjust the function generator amplitude for a DVM reading of 3 535 AC V rms 12 Record the FM METER value on the test record 13 Set the function generator for a 100 kHz 2 V p p sine wave output signal 14 Record the FM METER value on the test record Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 108 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Modulation Meter Table 2 33 Test Record for Agilent 83620B and 83622B 1 of 8 Test Facility Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature C Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency Hz nominal Firmware Revision Special Notes Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 109 Agilent 83620B 22B Test Record Table 2 33 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 2 of 8 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Model Test Equipment Used Digita
161. AM Offset A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 436A Power Accuracy P Accuracy 0 02 dB HP Agilent 437B Amp Filt Adjustments A HP Agilent 438A ALC Power Level Accuracy A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 437B Power Flatness P Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Flatness A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 438A Power Flatness and Accuracy 0 02 dB Accuracy AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Sensor Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 3 GHz HP Agilent 8482A Power Flatness P Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Power Flatness A Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 44 Required Equipment Agilent 8360 Agilent 83630L Table 1 7 Required Equipment for 83630L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel System Frequency Standard Crystal Detector Power Sensor Power Sensor Attenuator Phase Noise Measurement Frequency Range 50 MHz to 26 5 GHz Power Range 100 pW to 10 uW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 26 5 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Attenuation 30 dB 0 05 dB at 50 MHz Fr
162. B 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 10 0 dBm 1 7 dB Option 001 0 01 to lt 50 GHz 0 dBm 2 3 dB 0 01 to lt 40 GHz 3 0 dBm 1 3 dB 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 8 0 dBm 1 7 dB 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 8 5 dBm 1 7 dB 7 External Leveling 7 Minimum Power 0 2 mV 3 uV 10 Maximum Power 0 5 V 20 uV 8 Spurious Signals Harmonic Harmonics lt 50 MHz 20 dBc 1 75 dB gt 50 MHz to lt 2 0 GHz 30 dBc 1 75 dB 21 gt 2 0 to lt 26 5 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 37 26 5 to 50 GHz 40 dBc 2 22 dB Subharmonics 12 gt 7 to lt 20 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 29 gt 20 to lt 40 GHz 40 dBc 1 55 dB 37 gt 40 to lt 50 GHz 35 dBc 2 22 dB Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 167 Agilnet 83650L Test Record Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650L 5 of 6 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 9 Spurious Signals Non harmonic 11 Spur Frequency 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 125 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 500 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 16 Spur Frequency 100 MHz Fixed 60 dBc 1 dB 100 MHz Offset 60 dBc 1 dB LO Feedthrough 60 dBc 1 dB 20 Low Band Mixer Spur 60 dBc 1 85 dB 10 Spurious Signals Line Related 10 At 6 99 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 dB 240 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 dB At 1 9 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 dB
163. B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L Power Sensor HP Agilent 8487A 83640B L and 83650B L 2 Zero and calibrate the power meter sensor and set the power meter to dBm mode Connect the power sensor to the synthesizer s RF OUTPUT Set the CAL FACTOR for the power sensor 1 GHz calibration factor 3 On the synthesizer set USER CAL Tracking Menu RF Peak Always asterisk on POWER MENU Uncoupl Atten Option 001 only Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 67 ALC Power Level Accuracy 4 On the synthesizer zero the digital ALC calibration for the 0 dB attenuator setting for all frequency ranges Adjust Menu DigALC Menu AtnStep To Cal 0 4B Cal Freq Range Lo Band ALC Cal Array Atn Freq Zero Cal Freq Range Hi Band ALC Cal Array Atn Freq Zero Note The default values given in the next step are a general starting point If the current ALC power accuracy is within 1 dB fewer repetitions are required if you start with the existing calibration constants unchanged 5 Set the default values given in Table 3 8 into the corresponding ALC calibration constants On the synthesizer set SERVICE Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal Enter the number of the calibration constant from Table 3 8 and terminate the entry with ENTER Modify Cal Enter the default value from Table 3 8 and terminate the entry with ENTER Table 3 8 ALC Calibration Constants and Default Values ALC Calibration Constant Default Value Low Band 0 01
164. B L and 83650B L 7 45 RF Deck Cable Locations 83640B L Option 001 and 83650B L Option 001 7 46 RF Deck Cable Locations 83640B 50B Option 006 Loe ee 1 47 RF Deck Cable Locations 83640B 50B Options 001 and 006 7 48 RF Deck Cable Locations 83620B 22B and 83630B L Lo 7 49 RF Deck Cable Locations 83620B 22B and 83630B L Option 001 7 50 RF Deck Cable Locations 83620B 22B 30B Option 006 7 51 RF Deck Cable Locations 83620B 22B 30B Options 001 and 006 7 52 RF Deck Cable Locations 83623B rn 7 53 RF Deck Cable Locations 83623B Option 001 7 54 RF Deck Cable Locations 83624B 7 57 RF Deck Cable Locations 83624B Option 001 7 58 RF Deck Cable Locations 83623B 24B Option 006 a 7 59 RF Deck Cable Locations 83623B 24B Options 001 and 006 7 60 RF Deck Screw Locations Lo ee 7 61 Motherboard Disassembly Flowchart 7 63 Front Edge Trim Strip 7 64 Front Panel Screw Locations 7 65 Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations 7 66 Removing RF Output Connector Front Panel 7 67 Removing RF Output Connector Option 004 7 69 Rear Panel Removal Loe Loe 7 70 Rear Panel Cable Locations 7 71 Major Assemblies 7 72 W51 Location 7 73 Motherboard Cables 7 74 Agilent 8360 Service 7 62 9 1 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 4 9 5 9 6 9 6 9 6 9 7 9 8 9 9 9 10 9 11 9
165. BNC tee m f f SMB f to BNC m flexible cable SMA semi rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable GPIB cable 2 meters 1 42 Required Equipment Agilent 83623L 1250 1159 1250 1158 1250 0669 1250 0672 1250 1391 5061 5311 1250 1745 1250 2187 1250 2188 11901C 1250 0080 1250 0216 1250 1200 1250 1237 1250 0781 85680 60093 08340 20124 8120 2582 HP Agilent 10833B Agilent 8360 Agilent 83630L Required Equipment Table 1 7 Required Equipment for 83630L Input Impedance gt 10 MQ Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Spectrum Frequency Range 10 MHz to 22 GHz HP Agilent 8566B2 Swept Frequency Analyzer 26 5 GHz with external mixers Accuracy F Frequency Span 0 Hz 100 Hz to 22 GHz Spurious Signals Amplitude Range 20 to 100 dBm Harmonic F Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Spurious Signals Video Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Non harmonic F Log Fidelity 0 1 dB dB over 0 to Spurious Signals 80 dB display 1 0 dB maximum Line Related P Video Output DC voltage proportional Fractional N Reference to vertical position of trace on display and API Spurs A Capable of phase locking to external Square Wave Symmetry A 10 MHz reference Analog A vs B Sweep Mode HP Agilent 1740A Amp Mult Adjustments A Oscilloscope Vertical Sensitivity 5 mV Div HP Agilent 54600B Amp Filt Adjustments A Bandwidth 100 MHz Controller 4 Mbyte RAM HP Agilent 9836 Step Attenuator Flatn
166. Before doing any adjustment enter the password for access to the adjustment calibration constants Use the front panel or the front panel emulation program provided with this software See Chapter 4 for information on enabling the calibration constants with the password Description A power meter is used to make relative power measurements to determine the actual attenuation of each attenuator card Mismatch error is minimized by including a fixed attenuation in front of the card being measured for both parts of the relative measurement with without the card The software uses the value of each attenuator card to calculate what the actual attenuation is when set to a specific value For example the attenuator value for the 30 dB setting is the sum of the 10 dB and the 20 dB cards The effect of digital ALC correction is accounted for by the software The following test equipment is required for this adjustment No substitutions are allowed Table 5 3 Test Equipment Required Instrument HP Agilent Model Number 10 dB Attenuator 8493C 30 dB Attenuator 11708A Power Meter 438A Power Sensor 50 MHz to 26 5 GHz s485Al Power Sensor 50 MHz to 26 5 GHz 8485D Power Sensor 100 kHz to 4 2 GHz 8482A 1 Substitute HP Agilent 8487A D for 40 GHz synthesizers Procedure Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 5 2 Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour Select the step attenuator flatne
167. Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 RF Interface ID A9 Pulse Board ID A12 YTM Driver ID A28 Amp Mult ID A29 Amp Filt ID A38 Dual Mod ID A36 PM A42 PMSF ID A32 Doubler ID A10 ALC Board ID 0 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 l Specific to the synthesizer s hardware configuration The calibration constant value is set at the factory See lt xref HWCONFG gt undefined 2 Specified maximum leveled power for the band for example 7 dBm equals 700 10 dBm equals 1000 3 Specific to the synthesizer s hardware configuration The calibration constant ID number and revision vary depending on the assembly version See Table 4 11 Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 31 Table 4 10 Hardware Configuration Cal Constants 463 and 464 Synthesizer 463 Hardware 464 Hardware Model Config 1 Config 2 Number Starting Option Option Option Option Option Starting Option Cal Consta
168. DER PROBE Figure 3 23 Modulator Offset and Gain Adjustment Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54111D Oscilloscope Probes HP Agilent 10431A 2 On the synthesizer set SERVICE Adjust Menu Calib Menu 3 If you have replaced the low band assembly A24 or the dual modulator assembly A38 set the ALC offset calibration constants to the default values given in Table 3 6 Otherwise skip to step 7 for 8360 B Series or skip to the next adjustment for 8360 L Series Select Select Cal Using the numeric keypad enter the number of the first calibration constant in Table 3 6 Terminate your entry with the key 3 62 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Modulator Offset and Gain Select Modify Cal Use the numeric keypad to enter the corresponding default value in Figure 3 23 Terminate your entry with the ENTER key 4 Using the up down arrow keys select each of the rest of the calibration constants in Table 3 6 and set their default values by entering the value on the numeric keypad Terminate your entry with the ENTER key Table 3 6 ALC Offset Calibration Constant Default Values Calibration Description Default Value Constant 315 ALC Mod Ofs Band 0 100 316 ALC Mod Ofs Band 1 100 317 ALC Mod Ofs Band 2 100 318 ALC Mod Ofs Band 3 100 319 ALC Mod Ofs Band 4 100 320 ALC Mod Ofs Band 5 150 321 ALC Mod Ofs Band 6 150 322 ALC Mod Ofs Band 7 150 Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 63 Modulato
169. Difficulty 16 AM Accuracy For B Series Only Description and Procedure Low Band lt 2 GHz For Instruments with Option 002 only High Band gt 2 GHz and lt 20 GHz For Instruments with Option 002 only High Band gt 20 GHz Doubler Engaged For Instruments with Option 002 only Related Adjustments In Case of Difficulty 17 AM Bandwidth For B Series Only Description and Procedure Related Adjustments In Case of Difficulty 18 AM Dynamic Range For B Series Only Description and Procedure Normal AM Dynamic Range Deep AM Dynamic Range Related Adjustments In Case of Difficulty 19 FM Accuracy For B Series Only Description and Procedure External FM Internal FM Option 002 only Agilent 8360 Service 2 55 2 55 2 58 2 59 2 59 2 60 2 60 2 60 2 64 2 67 2 68 2 68 2 68 2 68 2 69 2 69 2 69 2 70 2 70 2 71 2 71 2 73 2 73 2 74 2 77 2 77 2 77 2 78 2 78 2 78 2 79 2 80 2 81 2 81 2 83 2 83 2 83 2 84 2 84 2 86 2 86 2 87 2 87 2 88 2 89 2 91 2 91 2 92 2 92 2 92 2 94 Contents 3 Related Adjustments o o rsss rsss 2 94 In case of Difficulty So 2 94 20 FM Bandwidth For B Series Only Co 2 95 Description and Procedure Co 2 95 Find Quadrature 2 2 ee a 2 98 DC FM Flatness Unlocked 2 a a a a e 2 99 Related Adjustments 2 2 2 a 2 99 In Case of Difficulty Lo 2 99 21 Maximum FM Deviation For B Series Only
170. Discriminator semirigid cable ixer Frequency Range 1 GHz to 20 GHz P N 0955 0307 Pulse Performance Alt P Norda 4817 AM Accuracy P FM Bandwidth P Power Splitter Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP Agilent 11667B FM Bandwidth P Crystal Frequency Range DC to 20 GHz HP Agilent 33330D External Leveling P Detector aximum Input 200 mW AM Bandwidth P Polarity Negative Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP Agilent 8493C Pulse Performance Alt P aximum Input Power 300 mW Opt 006 Pulse Modulation Video Attenuation 6 dB Feedthrough P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 1 6 Required Equipment Agilent 8360 Agilent 83620B 22B Table 1 1 Required Equipment for 83620B 22B continued 3 7 GHz Low Pass Filter Bessel Low Pass Filter 500 MHz Low Pass Filter Tool Kit Invertron Capacitor Maximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 20 dB No Substitute 1000 pf Option 020 P N 9135 0191 K amp L Microwave 5LL30 130 BT2400 BP ini Circuits SLP 550 P N 08360 60060 California nstruments 501TC P N 0160 4574 Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP Agilent 8493C Power Accuracy P Maximum Input Power 300 mW Opt 010 Spurious Signals Attenuation 10 dB Harmonic P Pulse Perf
171. Dly Term A2 YTF Bx Diy Term B2 YIM Rise Band 2 Al YIM Rise Band 2 BI YTF Bx Diy Term Ad YTF Bx Diy Term B3 YTM Rise Bond 3 Al YTM Rise Band 3 BI YTM Rise Band 3 A2 YIM Rise Band 3 B2 YTF Bx Diy Term Ad YIF Bx Dly Tem B4 YIM Rise Band 4 YTF Bx Dy Term AS YIF Bx Diy Term Bo YTF Bx Diy Term Ab YIF Bx Dly Term B6 YTF Bx Diy Term A YIF Bx Diy Tem B7 40CH2 for the B3640B L x E Frequencies affected by calibration constant Start of sweep frequencies that enable calibration constants Riselime affects start of sweep when sweep starts in this frequency range Range of possible sweep Start of sweep frequencies that enable calibration constants for the start of the affected band Example 1 YTM Rise Bond 3 B1 affects the beginning of Bond 3 when the sweep starts in the second half of Band 1 and ends in Bands 3 through 7 Example 2 YTM Rise Bond 4 affects the beginning of Bond 4 when the sweep starts in Bands 1 through 3 or it affects the frequency of the start of sweep when 3 36 Adjustments the start of sweep is anywhere in Band 4 Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments mcomp1s Figure 3 17 Multi Band Delay and Risetime Compensation Procedure 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 18 using an analog oscilloscope with A vers
172. E A22J3 A42J3 8360 B Series Option 006 W 33 08360 60088 1 PULSE MOD LO A22J4 A24J6 not used on 83623L 30L 40L 50L W 34 08360 60087 1 ALC OD LOW A22J5 A24J7 W35 08360 60225 1 ALC OD HI A22J6 A38J2 W 36 08360 60230 1 RF TERFACE AMP SWITCH A20J14 A33J1 83623B W 36 08360 60230 1 RF TERFACE AMPLIFIER A20J14 A33J1 83624B W 36 08360 60191 1 RF TERFACE DOUBLER A20J5 A32J1 83640B L and 83650B L W 37 08360 60189 1 RF TERFACE AMP MULT A20J9 A28J1 W 38 08360 60227 1 RF TERFACE DUAL MOD A20J1 A38J1 W 38 08360 60227 1 RF TERFACE A MOD A20J1 A38J1 8360 B Series Option 006 W39 08360 60046 1 RF TERFACE LOWBAND A20J4 A24J1 W 40 08360 60045 1 RF TERFACE ATTEN A20J6 A31J1 Option 001 Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 35 Table 9 3 Cables continued Ref Desig Part Number Qty Description W41 W42 W43 W43 W43 W43 W43 W43 W43 W43 W44 W44 W44 W45 Was Was Was 08360 60190 08360 60040 08360 20072 08360 20072 08360 20073 08360 20073 08360 20097 08360 20097 08360 20098 08360 20098 08360 20191 08360 20071 08360 20193 08360 20185 08360 20190 08360 20189 08360 20186 RF INTERFACE AMP FILTER A20J8 A29J1 RF INTERFACE YO A20J10 A26J1 DIR COUPLER RF OUT A30J2 J1 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L ATTEN RF OUT A31J2 J1 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L Option 001 DIR COUPLER RF OUT A30J2 J1 83620B 2
173. ER 5 0515 0382 16 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0 7 12MM LG 6 SCREW MACHINE See Table 9 4 7 SCREW MACHINE See Table 9 4 9 50 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Agilent 8360 Top View Attaching Hardware 83620B 22B 30B 40B 50B and 83623B 24B and 83623L 83630L 40L SOL 4 PLACES 2 PLACES 2 4 3 9 10 11 NOT SHOWN 12 e 1 e U U U U 19 O 16 15 14 NOT SHOWN 6 PLACES fan17s Figure 9 10 Top View Attaching Hardware Replaceable Parts 9 51 Table 9 10 Top View Attaching Hardware Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 1 08360 00015 1 POWER SUPPLY HOUSING 2 SCREW MACHINE See Table 9 8 3 08360 20044 1 END SUPPORT 4 0515 0501 2 SCREW SKT HD CAP M6 x 1 0 12MM LG 5 5021 7872 1 OUNTING BRACKET BRIDGE DETECTOR 83620B 22B 30B 40B 50B 5 08360 00008 1 OUNTING BRACKET COUPLER DETECTOR 83623B 24B 6 0515 0372 2 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0 5 8MM LG Quantity is 4 in instruments with Option 001 7 0520 0173 2 SCREW MACH 256 188 PNPD 8 0515 0430 2 SM 3 06 PN TX 9 08360 00035 1 SUPPORT CO ECTORS 10 08360 20237 1 EXTRUSION FILTER MOUNT 0515 0383 1 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0 7 16MM LG 11 08360 20042 1 CARD CAGE SUPPORT 12 SCREW MACHINE See Table 9 4 13 SCREW MACHINE See Table 9 4 14 08360 20043 3 DIVIDERS 15 8160 0539 RFI ROUND STRIP CU CLD STL SN PL 2 56 FT 1
174. FM Bandwidth 16 3 dB Bandwidth 8 MHz 320 kHz Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 131 Agilent 83630B Test Record Table 2 35 Test Record for 83630B 8 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 21 Maximum FM Deviation 12 DC FM Unlocked lt 100 Hz gt 75 MHz Deviation Pass Fail 2 3 MHz 24 AC FM Locked 100 kHz Modulation Index gt 5 1 GHz 500 kHz 21 2 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 21 2 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 42 4 kHz 17 GHz 1 5 MHz 63 6 kHz 22 GHz 2 MHz 84 8 kHz 24 AC FM Locked 1 MHz Modulation Index gt 5 1 GHz 5 MHz 212 kHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 212 kHz 24 AC FM Locked 3 MHz gt 8 MHz deviation 1 GHz 8 MHz 340 kHz 5 GHz 8 MHz 340 kHz 22 Internal Pulse Accuracy Opt 002 5 Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 110 ps 7 Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns 117 ps 23 Modulation Meter Opt 002 5 AM Meter 25 35 0 6 7 AM Meter 85 95 0 6 11 FM Meter 4 95 MHz 5 05 MHz 15 kHz 13 FM Meter 950 kHz 1 05 MHz 10 kHz 2 132 Performance Tests Agilent 83630B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 36 Test Record for Agilent 83640B 1 of 8 Test Facility Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature C Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency Hz nominal Firmware Revision Special Notes Agilent 8360 Perfor
175. FRONT PANEL STEP 2 A21 ALPHANUMERIC AS FRONT PANEL J1 RF OUTPUT DISPLAY PROCESSOR CONNECTOR STEP 4 STEP 3 STEP 7 A2 SOURCE RPGI ROTARY MODULE INTERFACE PULSE GENERATOR STEP 5 STEP 6 A1 KEYBOARD FRONT PANEL STEP 9 BNC CONNECTORS STEP 8 DISPLAY FILTER STEP 10 Figure 7 2 Front Panel Disassembly Flowchart Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 5 Front Panel 1 Preliminary Steps CAUTION You can easily blow the fuse for the 13 5 V supply on the preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power cord Also the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is connected Disconnect the AC power line cord Remove the screw from each of the top two feet on the rear panel Remove the top two feet Remove the instrument top cover E Ne Note An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top of the instrument When you reassemble the instrument be sure this braid remains in the channel 5 Remove the vinyl trim strip from the top front edge of the instrument Place a flat screwdriver in either slot in the trim strip and lift to remove see Figure 7 3 TRIM STRIP SLOT Figure 7 3 Front Edge Trim Strip 7 6 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Front Panel 2 Front Panel Removal Refer to Figure 7 4 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps before continuing 2 Remove three of the four s
176. Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 54 Required Equipment Agilent 8360 Agilent 83650L Table 1 9 Required Equipment for 83650L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Attenuator Measuring Receiver System Frequency Standard Crystal Detector Power Sensor Power Sensor Phase Noise Measurement Frequency Range 50 MHz to 50 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 50 GHz Power Range 100 pW to 10 uW Attenuation 30 dB 0 05 dB at 50 MHz Frequency Range tuned 2 5 MHz to 1 3 GHz Range 0 dBm to 127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy 0 5 dB AM Rates 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth to 99 Accuracy 1 of reading 1 count Frequency Range carrier 0 01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity lt 70 dBc at 100 Hz offset lt 78 dBc at 1 kHz offset lt 86 dBc at 10 kHz offset lt 107 dBc at 100 kHz offset Offset Frequency Range 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy 2 dB to 1 MHz offset Frequency 10 MHz Stability lt 1 x 10710 yr Frequency Range DC to 50 GHz Maximum Input 200 mW Polarity Negative HP Agile
177. Flatness Option 002 8360 B Series Only Description and Procedure Related Performance Tests In Case of Difficulty 22 External Trigger Edge Selection Description and Procedure Triggering on the Leading Edge Triggering on the Trailing Edge 23 Volts GHz Loe Description and Procedure Related Performance Tests In Case of Difficulty a 24 A9 Pulse Board Jumper W1 Description and Procedure 25 Selftest Patches 8360 L Series Only Description and Procedure Agilent 8360 Service 3 80 3 80 3 81 3 81 3 82 3 82 3 83 3 83 3 84 3 84 3 84 3 85 3 85 3 85 3 86 3 86 3 87 3 88 3 88 3 88 3 89 3 89 3 90 3 91 3 91 3 91 3 92 3 92 3 93 3 93 3 94 3 94 3 94 3 94 3 95 3 95 3 95 3 96 3 97 3 97 3 98 3 98 Contents 7 4 Calibration Constants Introduction 2 ee ee 4 1 Definition 2 a a a 4 1 Memory Areas oaoa a a A 4 2 Working Data oaoa a a 4 2 Protected Data 2 a a a a 4 2 Default Data lc a 4 2 Checksum Verification a 4 2 Calibration Constant Password a 4 3 Entering a Password a a a 4 3 Disabling a Password o a0 a a a a a 4 3 Setting a Password ouo a a a 4 4 Bypassing the Password PA 4 5 Changing Working Data Calibration Constants PP 4 6 Saving Working Data Calibration Constants 2 a a a 4 6 Loading Protected Data Calibration Constants 2 0422 4 7 Loading Default Data Calibration Constants 2 2 0422 4 7 Ca
178. GHz 0 7 dB 0 7 dB 0 35 dB gt 20 and lt 26 5 GHz 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 0 38 dB gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 1 2 dB 1 2 dB 0 21 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 3 dB 1 3 dB 0 46 dB 5 Power Flatness 5 lt 2 GHz 1 0 dB 0 13 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 2 dB 0 25 dB gt 20 and lt 26 5 GHz 1 6 dB 0 27 dB 6 Maximum Leveled Power Standard or Opt 006 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 10 0 dBm 1 7 dB 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 13 0 dBm 1 7 dB Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 127 Agilent 83630B Test Record Table 2 35 Test Record for 83630B 4 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty Opt 001 or Opts 001 and 006 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 8 0 dBm 1 7 dB 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 11 5 dBm 1 7 dB 7 External Leveling 7 Minimum Power 0 2 mV 3 pV 10 Maximum Power 0 5 V 20 uV 8 Spurious Signals Harmonic Harmonics Standard 8 0 01 to lt 2 0 GHz 30 dBc 1 75 dB 21 gt 2 0 and lt 26 5 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB Harmonics Opt 006 8 lt 50 MHz 20 dBc 1 75 dB 8 gt 50 MHz to lt 2 0 GHz 30 dBc 1 75 dB 12 gt 2 0 and lt 26 5 GHz 60 dBc 1 75 dB Subharmonics 12 gt 7 and lt 20 GHz 50 dBe 1 75 dB 21 gt 20 and lt 26 5 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 9 Spurious Signals Non harmonic 11 Spur Frequency 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 125 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 500 kHz 60
179. GHz 10 0 dBm 1 8 dB Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 135 Agilent 83640B Test Record Table 2 36 Test Record for the 83640B 4 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty Opt 001 or Opts 001 and 006 0 01 to lt 40 GHz 4 dBm 1 4 dB 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 8 dBm 1 8 dB 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 8 5 dBm 1 8 dB 7 External Leveling 7 Minimum Power 0 2 mV 3 pV 10 Maximum Power 0 5 V 20 uV 8 Spurious Signals Harmonic Harmonics Standard 8 lt 50 MHz 20 dBc 1 75 dB 8 gt 50 MHz and lt 2 0 GHz 30 dBc 1 75 dB 21 gt 2 0 and lt 26 5 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 29 gt 26 5 to 40 GHz 40 dBc 1 75 dB Subharmonics 12 gt 7 and lt 20 GHz 50 dBe 1 75 dB 29 gt 20 and lt 40 GHz 40 dBc 1 55 dB 9 Spurious Signals Non harmonic 11 Spur Frequency 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 125 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 500 kHz 60 dBc 1 dB 16 Spur Frequency 100 MHz Fixed 60 dBc 1 dB 100 MHz Offset 60 dBc 1 dB LO Feedthrough 60 dBc 1 dB 2 136 Performance Tests Agilent 83640B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 36 Test Record for the 83640B 5 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 20 Low Band Mixer Spur 60
180. HP Agilent 10431A Swept Frequency Probes Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 436A Power Accuracy P Accuracy 0 02 dB HP Agilent 437B Amp Filt Adjustments A HP Agilent 438A ALC Power Level Accuracy A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 437B Power Flatness P Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Flatness A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 438A Power Flatness and Accuracy 0 02 dB Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Sensor Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 3 GHz HP Agilent 8482A Power Flatness P Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Power Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83640L 1 49 Table 1 8 Required Equipment for 83640L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Power Sensor Power Sensor Attenuator Measuring Receiver Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency Standard Crystal Detector Frequency Range 50 MHz to 40 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100
181. Hz 3 On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency The same frequency set in step 2 Frequency Span 100 Hz Reference Level O dBm Marker On Center Frequency Step Size 50 MHz Table 2 17 Pulse On Off Center Frequencies Center Frequency GHz Pulse On Off Ratio 1 0 6 0 9 0 20 0 22 01 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 4 On the spectrum analyzer a Tune center frequency to center the signal on the display b Set the marker to highest peak c Note the marker amplitude 5 On the synthesizer turn on the external pulse Press MOD Pulse On Off Extrnl asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 press MOD Pulse Menu Pulse On Off Ext asterisk on 6 On the spectrum analyzer set the reference level to 70 dBm 7 Set the marker to the highest peak and note the maximum marker amplitude 8 The difference between the marker value in step 4 and the marker value in step 7 is the pulse on off ratio Record this value in Table 2 17 9 On the spectrum analyzer set the reference level to 0 dBm 10 On the synthesizer turn off external pulse MOD Pulse On Off Extrnl asterisk off or for synthesizers with Option 002 press MoD Pulse Menu Pulse On Off Ext asterisk off 11 Repeat steps 2 through 10 for the remaining synthesizer and spectrum analyzer frequencies in Table 2 17 with the following changes to step 7 when testing 6 0 GHz Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 53 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio
182. Hz Gain 211 0 Hz Gain 211 5 Hz Gain 212 0 Hz Gain 212 5 Hz 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 13 14 to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 24 26 28 Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp Samp er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly er Assembly 4 22 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 419 Loop Gain 213 0 MHz 14 to 28 Sampler Assembly 420 Loop Gain 213 5 Hz 15 to 30 Sampler Assembly 421 Loop Gain 214 0 Hz 16 to 32 Sampler Assembly 422 Loop Gain 214 5 Hz 17 to 34 Sampler Assembly 423 Loop Gain 215
183. Hz 5 MHz 212 kHz 24 AC FM Locked 3 MHz gt 8 MHz deviation 1 GHz 8 MHz 340 kHz 5 GHz 8 MHz 340 kHz 22 Internal Pulse Accuracy Opt 002 5 Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 110 ps 7 Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns 117 ps 23 Modulation Meter Opt 002 5 AM Meter 25 35 0 6 7 AM Meter 85 95 0 6 11 FM Meter 4 95 MHz 5 05 MHz 15 kHz 13 FM Meter 950 kHz 1 05 MHz 10 kHz 2 148 Performance Tests Agilent 83650B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 34 Test Record for Agilent 83623L 1 of 5 Test Facility Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature C Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency Hz nominal Firmware Revision Special Notes Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 149 Agilent 83623L Test Record Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623L 2 of 5 Model Report Number Date Test Equipment Used Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date 1 Digitizing Oscilloscope 2 Measuring Receiver 3 Power Sensor 4 Power Meter 5 Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 2 150 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Agilent 83623L Test Record Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623L 3 of 5 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No
184. Hz 8 MHz 340 kHz 22 Internal Pulse Accuracy Opt 002 5 Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 110 ps 7 Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns 117 ps 23 Modulation Meter Opt 002 5 AM Meter 25 35 0 6 7 AM Meter 85 95 0 6 11 FM Meter 4 95 MHz 5 05 MHz 15 kHz 13 FM Meter 950 kHz 1 05 MHz 10 kHz 2 116 Performance Tests Agilent 83620B 22B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 34 Test Record for Agilent 83623B and 83624B 1 of 8 Test Facility Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature C Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency Hz nominal Firmware Revision Special Notes Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 117 Agilent 83623B 24B Test Record Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 2 of 8 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Model Test Equipment Used Digital Oscilloscope Measuring Receiver Power Sensor Power Meter Microwave Spectrum Analyzer Function Generator Report Number Date Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date 2 118 Performance Tests Agilent 83623B 24B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 3 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec
185. If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b skip the rest of Band 7 Adjustment and continue with Multi band YTF Delay Adjust calibration constant 567 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 7 to maximize power for the low end of band 7 Adjust calibration constant 577 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 7 to maximize power for the high end of band 7 Adjust calibration constant 217 YTM Rise Band 7 to minimize power dropout at the start of band 7 Multi band YTF Delay 150 On the synthesizer set START 55 Ge Eror 20 Giz CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec POWER LEVEL 25 dBm 151 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Note Synthesizer intensity markers are set to identify the bandcross frequencies 7 0 13 5 GHz and 20 0 GHz Reduce oscilloscope trace intensity to identify these markers You can also identify bandcrosses by temporarily removing the cable from the Z AXIS BLANK MKRS connector on the synthesizer rear panel Make sure this cable is connected when making adjustments 152 On the synthesizer set MARKER Marker M1 13 5 GHz asterisk on 153 Adjust calibration constant 593 YTF Bx Dly Term A3 to maximize power at the low end of band 3 154 Adjust calibration constant 603 YTF Bx DLY Term B3 to maximize power at the high end of band 3 155 Adjust calibration constant 212 YTM Rise Band 3 B2 to minimize power d
186. L 2 2 5086 7622 Amp Mult with Aux Out 83620B 83622B 83623B L 83624B 83640B L and 83651B A29 674 646 1 1 5086 7623 Amp Filter 83630B L 83640B L 83650B L and 83651B 2 1 5086 7636 Amp Filter 83630B 40B 50B Option 006 3 0 5086 7616 Amp Filter 83620B 22B 23B 24B 4 1 5086 7637 Amp Filter 83623L A30 None 647 0 0955 0148 Directional Coupler 83623B L and 83624B 0 5086 7645 Bridge Detector 83620B 22B and 83630B L 0 0955 0125 Directional Coupler 83631B 0 5086 7656 Bridge Detector 83640B L and 83650B L 0 0955 0523 Directional Coupler 83651B A31 None 648 0 33326 60003 Step Attenuator 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L 0 33326 60002 Step Attenuator 83640B L 0 33326 60005 Step Attenuator 83650B L Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 35 Table 4 11 Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions continued Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number Description A32 677 649 0 1 5086 7607 Frequency Doubler 83640B L 1 1 5086 7604 Frequency Doubler 83650B L 1 1 5086 7513 Frequency Doubler 83651B A33 None 3650 0 5086 7465 Amplifier High Power 83623B 0 5086 7510 Amplifier High Power 83624B A34 None 651 0 08360 60061 RP Floating BNC Option 004 0 08360 60186 RP Floating BNC Option 002 and 004 A35 None 652 0 Not Used A36 676 653 0 Not Used A37 A38 675 655 1 0 5086 7602 Dual Modulator 83620B 83622B 836
187. L Tim Plated D Diameter SRD Step Recovery Diode DEG Degree STD Standard F Fuse STL Steel FE Ferrule SW Switch FL Filter T Transformer Thickness Taper FLH Flat Head Tooth FLTG Floating TD Time Delay FP Front Panel THD Thread Threaded FR Front THK Thick HD Hand Hard Heavy Duty Head TPG Tapping HEX Hexadecimal Hexagon Hexagonal TR HD Truss Head ID Inside Diameter UL Underwriters Laboratories IN Inch W Cable Wire INTL Internal International WD Width J Electrical Connector Stationary YIG Yttrium Iron Garnate Position Jack YO YIG Oscillator LBL Label Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 3 The module exchange program described here is a fast efficient economical method of keeping your instrument in service Locate the defective module using the troubleshooting procedures described in this manual Is a replacement module in stock Order a restored exchange replacement module from Agilent Technologies Refer to the replaceable parts section of this manual for appropriate part numbers of the restored exchange module When the replace ment module is received replace the defective module with the replacement module Return the defective module to Agilent Technologies formt120 9 4 Replaceable Parts Replace the defective module with the replacement module Keep the defective module for return to Agilent Technologies Order a restored exchange replacement module from Agilent Technol
188. LE POWER SUPPLY 8710 1787 5 MM HEX BALL DRIVER ACCESSORIES TOUCH UP PAINT 6010 1146 DOVE GRAY FOR FRAME AROUND FRONT PANEL amp PAINTED PORTIONS OF FRONT HANDLES 6010 1147 FRENCH GRAY FOR SIDE TOP amp BOTTOM COVERS 6010 1148 PARCHMENT GRAY FOR RACK MOUNT FLANGES RACK SUPPORT SHELVES amp FRONT PANEL 5041 9148 PC BOARD EXTRACTORS 5062 7202 CABLE SMI to 8349B ADAPTERS 1250 2187 ADAPTER 2 4 MM F TO K F 1250 2188 ADAPTER 2 4 MM F TO 2 4 MM F 1250 1745 ADAPTER TYPE N TO 3 5 MM F 5061 5311 ADAPTER 3 5 MM F TO 3 5 MM F SOFTWARE 08360 10001 1 DISK SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE 9 60 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Table 9 16 Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories continued Ref Desig Part Qty Description Number Documentation For 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 08360 90128 8360 B Series Manual Set For 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B 40B 50B This includes the following four manuals 08360 90127 User s Guide 08360 90126 Quick Reference Guide 08360 90125 Service Guide 08360 90124 Troubleshooting Guide 08360 90179 Obsolete Block Diagrams not included in manual set Documentation For 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator 08360 90135 8360 L Series Manual Set For 83623L 30L 40L 50L This includes the following four manuals 08360 90134 User s Guide 08360 90126 Quick Reference Guide 08360 90125 Service Guide 08360 90124 Troubleshooting Gui
189. M Accuracy AM Bandwidth AM Dynamic Range 1 1 This adjustment or performance test is required only for the 8360 B Series swept signal generator Do not perform this adjustment or test on the 8360 L Series swept CW generator 2 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly The replacement assembly is adjusted at the factory and is not instrument dependent 3 The entire amplifier filter adjustment procedure does not need to be performed Perform only the squegging clamp portions of this adjustment Agilent 8360 Post Repair 8 5 Table 8 1 Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly continued Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A39 Directional Coupler A41 Diode Switch A42 Pulse Mod Switched Filter B1 Fan CR1 Detector FL1 Line Module FL2 8 GHz LPF J1 RF Output Connector RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator T1 Toroid Power Transformer None None Modulator Offset and Gain None ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness None Sampler Assembly Power Flatness automated Step Attenuator automated None None Full Self Test Maximum Leveled Power Full Self Test Maximum Leveled Power Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals Harmonics Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio Pulse Performance Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough AM Bandwidth AM Dynamic Range 1 Spurious Signals
190. Non Harmonics Full Self Test Power Accuracy Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals Line Related Full Self Test Full Self Test Maximum Leveled Power Full Self Test Front Panel Self Test Full Self Test 1 This adjustment or performance test is required only for the 8360 B Series swept signal generator Do not perform this adjustment or test on the 8360 L Series swept CW generator 2 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly The replacement assembly is adjusted at the factory and is not instrument dependent 8 6 Post Repair Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts Introduction Replaceable parts include major assemblies and all chassis hardware Table 9 1 lists reference designations and abbreviations used in this chapter For information on removing and replacing assemblies see Chapter 7 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Module Exchange Program Many major assemblies are covered by the module exchange program Under the terms of the program factory repaired and tested assemblies are available on a trade in basis a defective assembly must be returned for credit Exchange assemblies meet all new assembly specifications but are less expensive Figure 9 1 illustrates the module exchange procedure In order to prevent damage when returning products to Agilent Technologies use original or comparable packaging Order spare assembly stock using the new assembly par
191. ON 001 o C o o o o o gt HP 85353624B so 1 Figure 9 2 Major Assemblies 3 of 5 Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 7 Major Assemblies RF Deck A24 A26 AT3 A39 A28 A41 AT2 A38 A29 A30 CRI A30 CR1 OPTION 001 HP 65625 so 2 Figure 9 2 Major Assemblies 4 of 5 9 8 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Agilent 8360 A24 A26 AT3 ASG Major Assemblies RF Deck A2B A41 ATZ ASB A29 A42 A30 CRI o io 5 5 85620B 22B A24 5B 24B 30B OPTIO A26 ATS A39 006 A28 A41 AT2 ASB A29 A42 A32 AZO CRI 55640B 50B OPTION 006 Figure 9 2 Major Assemblies 5 of 5 ASI OPTION 001 A31 OPTION 001 fan14s Replaceable Parts 9 9 Table 9 2 Major Assemblies Ref Desig Part Number Qty Description Al A2 A251 A3 A4 A5 A5 A6 A6 AT AT A8 A8 A8W1 A8W2 AQ A10 A10 A10 A10 A10W1 A11 A11W1 08360 60001 08360 60002 3101 2995 06360 60003 08360 60295 08360 60209 08360 69209 08360 60214 08360 69214 08360 60008
192. ON GENERATOR a SYNTHESIZER ge aP afo O oo a oo oooogo oo e Figure 3 31 AM Delay Adjustment Setup Equipment Digital Voltmeter Function Generator HP Agilent 3456A HP Agilent 3325A 2 To achieve peak power turn on RF peaking Press USER CAL Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 31 4 On the synthesizer press cw Go GHz POWER LEVEL Set to 3 dB below maximum specified leveled power MOD AM On Off 100 V asterisk on 3 80 Adjustments AM Delay Agilent 8360 or for synthesizers with Option 002 instead press MOD AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk on AM Type 100 V asterisk on Note The function generator should have a 50 Q output for an accurate output If necessary use a BNC tee and monitor the output level while the function generator is connected to the AM input 5 On the function generator press Function Sinewave Frequency 100 kHz DC Offset OV Output Front Panel Amplitude 600 mV p p 6 Adjust A10R55 see Figure 3 32 for a minimum AC voltage reading on the DVM Note You should expect to see very small changes in voltage A1OR55 AM DELAY LILI Figure 3 32 AM Delay Adjustment Location Related Performance Tests AM Bandwidth In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator
193. OU g g OU UO U g y Term A Hrm y Term A Hrm y Term A Hrm y Term A Hrm y Term A Hrm y Term A Hrm y Term A Hrm y Term B Hrm y Term B Hrm y Term B Hrm y Term B Hrm y Term B Hrm y Term B Hrm y Term B Hrm 245 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 27 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 578 579 580 581 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 1 0 582 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 2 0 583 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 3 0 584 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 4 0 585 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 5 0 586 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 6 0 587 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 7 0 588 589 590 591 YTF Bx Dly Term A 1 1000 592 YTF Bx Dly Term 2 1000 593 YTF Bx Dly Term A 3 600 to 2500 594 YTF Bx Dly Term A 4 600 to 2500 595 YTF Bx Dly Term A 5 1000 596 YTF Bx Dly Term A 6 1000 597 YTF Bx Dly Term A 7 1000 598 599 600 601 YTF Bx Dly Term B 1 300 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 602 YTF Bx Dly Term B 2 300 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 603 YTF Bx Dly Term B 3 200 to 450 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 604 YTF Bx Dly Term B 4 200 to 450 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 605 YTF Bx Dly Term B 5 300 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 606 YTF Bx Dly Term B 6 300 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 607 YTF Bx Dly Term B 7 300 Amplifier Filter
194. On the synthesizer set START 2 0 GHz stop 7 che SWEEP TIME 200 msec ALC Leveling Mode ALCoff asterisk on POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Note that the synthesizer has unleveled output power 6 On the oscilloscope set Channel A Volts Division 5 mV Division Volts Division 10 mV Division 83623B L and 83624B only Offset As required Input Coupling DC Input Impedance 1 MQ Channel B Volts Division 1 V Division Offset As required Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 41 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Input Coupling DC Input Impedance 1 MQ Sweep Mode A versus B Adjust Channel A offset volts division and horizontal position controls for a trace that fills the full horizontal display Adjust the vertical position with the A vertical position control Note In the following adjustment power dropouts may occur due to squegging Ignore the squegging the squegg clamp will be adjusted later and peak the adjustment for maximum power T 8 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Adjust A12R126 YTFG to maximize high end power last two horizontal display divisions 9 Modify calibration constant 631 YTF Offset Band 1 to maximize low end power 10 Repeat steps 8 and 9 until the entire band is peaked 11 Record the value of calibration constant 631 YTF Offset Band 1 Step down the calibration constant in 100
195. P AM Dynamic Range P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Leve Accuracy A Power Flatness A AM Accuracy A Square Wave Symmetry A Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Step Attenuator Step Attenuator atness AA atness AP AM Accuracy P Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Single Sideband Phase Noise P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 26 Required Equipment Agilent 83640B Agilent 8360 Table 1 4 Required Equipment for 83640B continued Crystal Detector Attenuator Attenuator Attenuator Power Splitter Norda 4817 Frequency Range 10 MHz to 26 5 GHz Frequency Range DC to 40 GHz aximum Input 200 mW Polarity Negative Frequency Range 10 MHz to 40 GHz aximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 6 dB Frequency Range 10 MHz to 40 GHz aximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 20 dB Frequency Range 50 MHz to 40 GHz aximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 20 dB HP Agilent 11667C HP Agilent 33330E HP Agilent 8493C Opt 006 HP Agilent 8490D Option 020 HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 Instrument Critical Speci
196. P Agilent 8340A B2 HP Agilent 3585A B HP Agilent 9836 HP Agilent 9920 HP Agilent 310 HP Agilent 320 Amp Filt Adjustments A Pulse Performance Alt P AM Accuracy P AM Bandwidth P FM Bandwidth P Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83640B 1 23 Table 1 4 Required Equipment for 83640B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Software DVM Digitizing Oscilloscope Digitizing Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes No Substitute Shipped with instrument Range 50 to 50 VDC Accuracy 0 01 Input Impedance gt 10 MQ Dual Channel Bandwidth DC to 300 MHz Input Impedance 1 MQ and 502 Vertical Sensitivity lt 5 mV Div Horizontal Sensitivity 50 ns Div Trigger Event Triggerable 3 dB Bandwidth 40 GHz DC Voltage Accuracy 0 4 of full scale 2 mV Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz 40 mV p p Trigger amp Timebase Jitter lt 2 5 ps 5E 5 x delay setting Time Interval Accuracy lt 10 ps 40 1 of reading Channel Input Reflection lt 5 for 30 ps risetime Division Ratio 1
197. R SIGNAL Figure 2 27 AM Dynamic Range Test Setup Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 87 AM Dynamic Range 3 4 5 Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B Digital Voltmeter HP Agilent 3456A Function Generator HP Agilent 3325A Power Meter HP Agilent 436A 7A 8A Power Sensor HP Agilent 8487A 83640B 50B Power Sensor HP Agilent 8485A 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B On the synthesizer turn on RF peaking and AM bandwidth calibration Press USER CAL Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Always asterisk on Zero and calibrate the power meter sensor Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 27 with the power sensor connected to the synthesizer s RF OUTPUT On the synthesizer press 1 GHz Set to 2 GHz for synthesizers with lowest start frequency of 2 GHz FREQUENCY Up Dn Size CW 1 Gr POWER MENU Uncoupl Atten Option 001 only POWER LEVEL 10 dBm MOD Verify that all modulation is off No asterisks next to key labels For synthesizers with Option 002 if modulation is on an AM FM or PLS message will be displayed On the power meter set Mode dBm Cal Factor 4 Cal factor corresponding to the synthesizer s CW frequency On the function generator turn off all waveforms and set DC Offset 1 5 V DC Normal AM Dynamic Range 8 10 On the synthesizer turn on AM modulation to 10 dB
198. R 9 A warning message is displayed informing you that the adjustment menus will no longer be accessible To verify that you do wish to set the password select Yes Confirm 10 Another warning message is displayed informing you that the A15S1 switch 5 is set open Complete steps 4 through 6 to close the switch and enable the password Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 5 Changing Working Data Calibration Constants If you need to modify the working data calibration constants the following procedure accesses the calibration constants and lets you change them 1 2 On the synthesizer set SERVICE Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Select Cal Enter the number of the calibration constant you wish to change using the up down arrow keys the rotary knob or the numeric keypad Terminate numeric keypad entries by pressing ENTER Select Modify Cal Change the value of the calibration constant using the right left arrow keys the rotary knob or the numeric keypad Terminate numeric keypad entries by pressing ENTER Exit the calibration menu using the PRIOR key or by pressing PRESET Saving Working Data Calibration Constants In some adjustment procedures you will change working data calibration constants The following procedure stores the calibration constants as protected data in EEPROM 1 On the synthesizer set SERVICE Adjust Menu Calib Menu Cal Util Menu Select Save Cal A warning i
199. REW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 X 0 5 8MM LG Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 43 Front Panel Attaching Hardware 2 PLACES 8 PLACES Figure 9 6 Front Panel Attaching Hardware 2 of 3 9 44 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Front Panel Attaching Hardware 8 PLACES Figure 9 6 Front Panel Attaching Hardware 3 of 3 Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 45 Rear Panel Hardware 2 PLACES 13 1 19 ATI 2 A19 ASSEMBLY 20 5 PLACES 18 17 2 3 4 5 6 7 N 653 5 S Z Ming Gl Y 16 i 15 ol F1 14 gt 12 13 7 PLACES 10 Figure 9 7 Rear Panel Hardware 9 46 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Rear Pan el Hardware Table 9 7 Rear Panel 1 of 2 Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 1 08360 00001 1 REAR PANEL 2 0515 1372 5 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0 5 8MM LG 3 BNC CONNECTORS Order A34 of Table 9 2 6960 0027 4 PLUG HOLE TR HD FOR 625 D HOLE NYL 4 08360 60094 1 J8 CA AY PLS INPUT Option 004 6960 0041 1 PLUG HOLE TR HD FOR 5 D HOLE NYL Standard 5 J6 CA AY 10MHZ IN See Table 9 3 Includes the following 2950 0035 4 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 15 32 32 THD 2190 0102 4 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID 6 J10 CA AY VOLTS GHZ See Table 9 3 Includes the following 2950 0035 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 15 32 32 THD 2190 0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID 7 J7 CA AY 10MHZ OUT See Table 9 3 I
200. Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 4 Required Equipment Agilent 83620B 22B Agilent 8360 Table 1 1 Required Equipment for 83620B 22B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Measuring Receiver Power Meter Power Sensor Power Sensor Power Sensor Attenuator Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 3 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 20 GHz Power Range 100 pW to 10 uW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 20 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Attenuation 30 dB 0 05 dB at 50 MHz Frequency Range tuned 2 5 MHz to 1 3 GHz Range O dBm to 127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy 0 5 dB AM Rates 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth to 99 Accuracy 1 of reading 41 count HP Agilent 438A HP Agilent 8482A HP Agilent 8485D HP Agilent 8485A HP Agilent 11708A HP Agilent 3902A2 Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness P Power Flatness A Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Accuracy P Power Flatness P AM Dynamic Range P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Leve Accuracy A Power Flatness A AM Accuracy A Pow
201. Record for 83650B 7 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 16 AM Accuracy Low Band lt 2 GHz 8 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 11 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 High Band gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 18 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 21 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 Doubled High Band gt 20 GHz 29 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 32 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 17 AM Bandwidth 10 3 dB Bandwidth 100 kHz 10 31 kHz 18 AM Dynamic Range 12 Normal 20 dBm 0 4 dB 23 Deep lt 20 GHz 40 dBm 1 65 dB 23 Deep gt 20 GHz 30 dBm 1 35 dB 19 FM Accuracy 13 Maximum FM Error 10 10 3 7 23 Maximum FM Error Opt 002 10 10 3 7 20 FM Bandwidth 16 3 dB Bandwidth 8 MHz 320 kHz Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 147 Agilent 83650B Test Record Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650B 8 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 21 Maximum FM Deviation 12 DC FM Unlocked lt 100 Hz gt 75 MHz Deviation Pass Fail 2 3 MHz 24 AC FM Locked 100 kHz Modulation Index gt 5 1 GHz 500 kHz 21 2 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 21 2 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 42 4 kHz 17 GHz 1 5 MHz 63 6 kHz 22 GHz 2 MHz 84 8 kHz 24 AC FM Locked 1 MHz Modulation Index gt 5 1 GHz 5 MHz 212 kHz 5 G
202. Series Includes the following 2190 0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID 0590 1251 UT SPCLY 15 32 32 THD 1 IN THK 562 WD 10 08360 40007 1 DISPLAY FILTER 11 1251 5436 4 SCREW LOCK KIT AMP HD CON J1 RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR See Table 9 2 RPG1 08340 60326 1 ROTARY PULSE GENERATOR RPG Includes the following 2190 0016 1 WASHER LK INTL T 3 8 IN 377 IN ID 2950 0043 1 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 094 IN THK Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 41 Front Panel Casting and Keypad Figure 9 5 Front Panel Casting and Keypad Table 9 5 Front Panel Casting and Keypad Part Number Qty Description 4 08360 60146 08360 20051 06360 20050 06360 20287 1 KEYPAD REPLACEMENT KIT FRONT PANEL CASTING FRONT PANEL CASTING models FRONT PANEL CASTING FEEDS 8360 B Series only NO FEEDS Option 004 for all 8360 B L 8360 L Series only For 2 3 and 4 also order front panel nameplate from Table 9 16 9 42 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Front Panel Attaching Hardware 11 PLACES Figure 9 6 Front Panel Attaching Hardware 1 of 3 Table 9 6 Front Panel Attaching Hardware Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 1 0515 0372 27 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0 5 8MM LG 2 0515 0664 2 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0 5 12MM LG 3 08360 00034 2 MOUNTING BRACKET DISPLAY 4 0515 0372 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 X 0 5 8MM LG 5 0515 0372 SC
203. Service Guide Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Serial Number Prefixes This manual applies to any instrument with the following model number and serial number prefix combinations You may have to modify this manual so that it applies directly to your instrument version Refer to the Instrument History chapter Agilent Technologies 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B 3844A and Below Agilent Technologies 83640B 50B 4040A and Below Agilent Technologies 83623L 30L 3844A and Below Agilent Technologies 83640L 50L 4040A and Below opie Agilent Technologies Part Number 08360 90125 Printed in USA October 2000 Copyright 1997 2000 Agilent Technologies Inc Notice The material contained in this document is provided as is and is subject to being changed without notice in future editions Further to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law Agilent disclaims all warranties either express or implied with regard to this manual and to any of the Agilent products to which it pertains including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Agilent shall not be liable for errors or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing use or performance of this document or any of the Agilent products to which it pertains Should Agilent have a written contract with the User and should any of
204. TH TRACKING GENERATOR DIGITAL VOLTNETER TRACKING 50 OHM GENERATOR INPUT f OUTPUT Figure 2 26 AM Bandwidth Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer With Tracking Generator HP Agilent 3585A B Crystal Detector HP Agilent 33330E 83640B 50B Crystal Detector HP Agilent 33330D 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B Digital Voltmeter HP Agilent 3456A 2 On the spectrum analyzer set Start Frequency 5 kHz Stop Frequency 200 kHz Sweep Manual 5 kHz 2 84 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 AM Bandwidth dB Div 1 dB Range 5 dBm Tracking Generator Amplitude Maximum 600 mV p p 212 mV rms on the DVM 3 On the spectrum analyzer clear trace A memory Change the REF LEV using the RPG knob to position the trace dot on the center horizontal graticule 4 Set the spectrum analyzer to continuous sweep When a full sweep is completed store trace A into trace B memory Then display A minus B turning off trace B A straight line should be displayed The spectrum analyzer is now calibrated 5 Connect the tracking generator output to the synthesizer s AM input and connect the synthesizer s RF output through the crystal detector to the spectrum analyzer s 50 ohm input 6 On the synthesizer press USER CAL AM CAL MENU AM BW CAL Always asterisk on cw First synthesizer frequency in Table 2 24 POWER LEVEL Set to 5 dB below spe
205. Table 2 19 on the appropriate test record Pulse Leveling Accuracy lt 20 GHz 13 On the pulse generator set Pulse Width 1 us Pulse Period 1 ms Pulse Level 5 V 2 64 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Pulse Performance Alternate 14 On the synthesizer press First synthesizer frequency in Table 2 19 POWER LEVEL 0 dBm Leveling Mode Normal Pulse On Off Extrnl asterisk on 15 On the spectrum analyzer set the center frequency to the first frequency in Table 2 19 16 On the oscilloscope set Channel 1 Volts Division 30 mV Timebase Time Division 100 ns Delay Reference At left Adjust the delay and timebase so that the pulse waveform takes up the entire display Adjust the oscilloscope channel 1 offset to position the top of the pulse envelope near the center graticule 17 On the synthesizer turn off external pulse and set the power level to 0 3 dBm Press Pulse On Off Extrnl asterisk off POWER LEVEL 0 3 dBm Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 65 Pulse Performance Alternate 18 19 Use the oscilloscope s waveform math maximum function to determine the peak power level if the waveform math function was previously on clear the display before executing this step Use the oscilloscope s delta V feature and position marker 1 at the center of the peak power as displayed by the math waveform the width of the waveform is caused by noise in the system Leave the marker
206. Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 7 Calculated Rate 5x10710 day 5 6x10711 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value 10 Start Freq 0 1 of 0 005 of Stop Freq sweep sweep 3 Frequency Switching Time 8 CW Step 50 ms 10 us 16 Stepped Sweep 5 5 ms 1 us 25 Frequency List 50 ms 10 us 4 Power Accuracy 14 gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 0 6 dB 0 6 dB 0 19 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 0 7 dB 0 7 0 35 dB gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 1 2 dB 1 2 dB 0 21 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 3 dB 1 3 dB 0 46 dB 5 Power Flatness 5 lt 2 GHz 1 0 dB 0 13 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 2 dB 0 25 dB 6 Maximum Leveled Power Standard 15 dBm 1 8 dB Option 001 13 5 dBm 1 8 dB Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 151 Agilent 83623L Test Record Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623L 4 of 5 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 7 External Leveling 7 Minimum Power 0 2 mV 3 pV 10 Maximum Power 0 5 V 20 pV 8 Spurious Signals Harmonic Harmonics 8 lt 50 MHz 20 dBc 1 75 dB 8 gt 50 MHz to lt 2 0 GHz 25 dBc 1 75 dB 12 gt 2 0 to lt 20 GHz 45 dBc 1 75 dB Subharmonics 12 gt 7 to lt 20 GHz 50 dBc 1 75 dB 9 Spurious Signals Non harmonic 11 Spur Frequency 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 60 dBc 1 dB 125 kHz 60 dBc
207. To remove the shield from the rear panel interface first remove W23 using the coax extractor tool and then remove the two screws holding the shield to the rear panel interface A19 ASSEMBLY SOURCE MODULE INTERFACE E W23 REMOVE SCREWS 5 PLACES Figure 7 25 A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 31 Rear Panel 9 Voltage Selector Switch Removal Refer to Figure 7 26 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 7 JI RF Output Connector Removal and 5 Rear Panel Removal before continuing 2 Cut the tie wraps holding the wires 3 Disconnect the 8 pin connector from the motherboard 4 Remove the two nuts bolts and washers holding in the voltage selector switch VOLTAGE SELECTOR SWITCH NUT WASHER BOLT 2 PLACE Figure 7 26 Voltage Selection Switch Removal 7 32 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Rear Panel Refer to Figure 7 27 5 Unsolder the white brown grey wire from the fuse 6 Unsolder the white grey wire from the line filter 7 Unscrew the green white ground wire from the back panel ROWN GR GREEN WHITE GROUND WIRE Figure 7 27 Fuse Line Filter and Ground Wires Note To reassemble add 3 8 in shrink tubing to each wire before soldering Then perform the above steps in
208. V MOD AM On Off 10dB V asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 press MOD AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk on AM Type 10 dB V asterisk on Decrease the function generator output just until the OVERMOD message turns on Then increase the signal until the OVERMOD message turns off The more negative the signal applied to the modulator is the more the RF output level decreases Wait for the power meter to settle then note the power meter reading in Table 2 25 If the power meter reads under range record lt 30 dB 2 88 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 AM Dynamic Range 11 12 Table 2 25 Power Meter Readings 1 GHz 12 GHz 2 GHz 13 GHz 3 GHz 14 GHz 4 GHz 15 GHz 5 GHz 16 GHz 6 GHz 17 GHz 7 GHz 18 GHz 8 GHz 19 GHz 9 GHz 20 GHz 10 GHz 21 GHz 11 GHz 22 GHz 1 83630B 40B 50B only Repeat steps 9 and 10 from 2 to 22 GHz in 1 GHz steps Change the power meter cal factor as required Record the worst case value from Table 2 25 on the test record Deep AM Dynamic Range 13 14 15 16 17 18 Disconnect the power sensor from the synthesizer and connect the spectrum analyzer as shown in Figure 2 27 On the synthesizer press cw 1 GHz Set to 2 GHz for synthesizers with lowest start frequency of 2 GHz POWER LEVEL 15 dBm AM On Off 10 dB V asterisk off or for synthesizers with Option 002 press AM Menu AM On Off Int asterisk off On the spe
209. able 1 6 Required Equipment for 83623L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP Agilent 8493C Power Accuracy P Maximum Input Power 300 mW Opt 010 Spurious Signals Attenuation 10 dB Harmonic P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP Agilent 8493C Maximum Leveled Power P Maximum Input Power 300 mW Option 020 Attenuation 20 dB Tool Kit No Substitute P N 08360 60060 Invertron California Spurious Signals Instruments 501TC Line Related P Capacitor 1000 pf P N 0160 4574 External Leveling P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83623L 1 41 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments SMA m to SMA m adapter SMA f to SMA f adapter SMB m to SMB m adapter SMB f to SMB f adapter SMB tee f m m 3 5 mm f to 3 5 mm f adapter 3 5 mm f to N type m adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 92 mm f adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 4 mm f adapter 2 4 mm m to 3 5 mm f adapter BNC f to BNC f adapter BNC m to BNC m adapter BNC f to SMA m adapter BNC f to SMB m adapter
210. access to the calibration constants by running the front panel emulation program provided with this software See Chapter 4 for information on accessing the calibration constants with the password You may need to perform several steps to reach your final goal For example to move the calibration constants from the instrument s working memory to a disk for back up you must first move them to the computer memory and then from computer memory to disk To store the calibration constants you may use the hard disk drive Disk 2 of your working disks or a separate data disk When storing data on a new disk be sure to format the disk before you begin the utility Select the calibration constants entry in the test menu and follow the prompts 3 Self Test Description This utility is executed using the front panel emulation program A full self test of the synthesizer will be executed and the results displayed on the computer Note Occasionally the self tests may fail when it is run remotely or when external cables are connected to the instrument If the self tests fail remove all cables and run the self tests from the front panel If the self tests pass under these conditions the instrument is operating properly External connections to the instrument during self test may not allow the lines to change conditions within the limits of the self test s parameters 5 20 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 4 Power Sensor Configurati
211. acking the YIG tuned filter to the RF output frequency Initial tracking is done in single band sweeps at slow sweep speeds to eliminate the effects of bandcross and hysteresis in the tuning coil Those will be corrected with delay calibration constants Auto tracking is initiated to optimize the slow sweep tracking The YTF delay compensation adjustments maximize power for fast single and multi band sweeps The YTM risetime adjustments are done in multi band fast sweeps to optimize power at the start of each frequency band A squegging clamp adjustment limits the power and is adjusted for maximum output power without squegging A squegg is a distortion in the RF output caused by too much power to the amplifier multiplier and characterized by a power dropout in a portion of the trace or a power dropout over a broad frequency range Note If you have replaced either the YO or the YO driver first initiate an auto tracking press USER CAL Tracking Menu Auto Track If auto tracking passes and the instrument passes the Maximum Leveled Power performance test do not continue with this procedure If auto tracking fails an error message is displayed continue with this procedure 3 32 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Adjustment Help The following explanations are provided for a better understanding of the amplifier filter adjustments Refer to these explanations as often as necessary They will help ma
212. activate the softkey press the function key on the keyboard that corresponds to the number X indicated by menukey Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 17 Table 5 4 Synthesizer Hardkey Emulation Hardkey Program Display To Activate Select MENU SELECT MOD mod m ALC aLc MARKER mK K USER CAT cal c CENIE Sry s PRIOR Prior P SYSTEM SAVE saVe REALI Rel GENT meNu USER DEFINED GENT ment U TESEN asgn a ENTRY ENTRY ON OFF entry off GHz dB m GHz dBm G MHz usec MHz uS M kHz msec kHz mS k Hz sec ENTER Hz ENT H 5 18 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 Table 5 4 Synthesizer Hardkey Emulation continued Hardkey Program Display To Activate Select SWEEP Gna CONT FREQUENCY ew EE CP CENTER EN POWER POWER LEVEL FLTNESS ON OFF RFONJOFF INSTRUMENT STATE PRESET GOCAr Time sIng cOnt mEnu cW stArt stop Cent span menu level flat on oFf menu preset local Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 19 2 Calibration Constants Description The calibration constants utility provides a variety of ways to manipulate the calibration constants stored in the instrument Use this utility to print out a list of the calibration constants stored in the instrument to make a back up of the calibration constants and to restore calibration constants from a backed up file Procedure Enter the password to allow
213. acy 23 Modulation Meter Option 002 For B Series Only Description and Procedure The modulation meter measures and displays the value of the externally generated amplitude or frequency modulation This procedure determines the accuracy of the modulation meter 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 32 Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour SYNTHESIZED SHEEPER FUNCTION GENERATOR DIGITAL VOLTMETER MAIN SIGNAL Figure 2 32 Modulation Meter Test Setup Equipment Function Generator HP Agilent 3325A Digital Voltmeter HP Agilent 3456A Set the DVM to measure AC Press 10 STORE N_CYC INT 6 STORE N_DIG DISP On the synthesizer press 10 GHz Set the function generator for a 100 kHz 600 mV p p sine wave output signal On the synthesizer turn on external AM modulation and turn on the AM meter function Press MOD AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk on PRIOR Monitor Menu Meter On Off AM asterisk on Record the AM METER value on the test record Set the function generator for a 1 kHz 1 800 V p p sine wave output signal If necessary adjust the function generator for a DVM reading of 0 6363 AC V rms Record the AM METER value on the test record Disconnect the BNC tee from the AM input and connect it to the FM input On the synthesizer turn off external
214. al 7 25 K keyboard reassembly 7 18 keyboard removal 7 15 L line filter removal 7 35 line fuse 10 5 lowband assembly removal 7 44 low power SRD bias adjustment 3 60 maximum FM deviation 2 100 maximum leveled power 2 28 microcircuit removal 7 44 modulation generator flatness adjustment 3 92 modulation meter 2 107 modulator offset and gain adjustment 3 62 motherboard disassembly 7 62 motherboard removal 7 74 o offices xi operation verification 2 4 operation verification form 2 4 Option 004 BNC connectors removal 7 36 P password 4 3 bypassing 4 5 disabling 4 3 entering 4 3 setting 4 4 performance tests AM accuracy 2 78 AM bandwidth 2 84 AM dynamic range 2 87 external leveling 2 30 FM accuracy 2 92 FM bandwidth 2 95 frequency switching time 2 18 internal pulse accuracy 2 105 internal timebase 2 7 maximum FM deviation 2 100 maximum leveled power 2 28 modulation meter 2 107 power accuracy 2 23 power flatness 2 26 pulse modulation on off ratio 2 52 pulse modulation video feedthrough 2 71 pulse performance 2 55 pulse performance alternate 2 60 single sideband phase noise 2 48 spurious signals harmonics amp subharmonics 2 32 spurious signals line related 2 45 spurious signals non harmonic 2 41 swept frequency accuracy 2 11 power accuracy 2 23 power flatness 2 26 power flatness adjustment 3 71 5 14 power sensor calibration factor 5 21 po
215. al interruption is prohibited For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse only with same type and rating F 5A 250V The use of other fuses or material is prohibited vi CAUTION m Always use the three prong ac power cord supplied with this instrument Failure to ensure adequate earth grounding by not using this cord may cause instrument damage Before switching on this product make sure that the line voltage selector switch is set to the voltage of the power supply and the correct fuse is installed Assure the supply voltage is in the specified range This product is designed for use in Installation Category II and Pollution Degree 2 per IEC 1010 and 664 respectively Ventilation Requirements When installing the product in a cabinet the convection into and out of the product must not be restricted The ambient temperature outside the cabinet must be less than the maximum operating temperature of the product by 4 C for every 100 watts dissipated in the cabinet If the total power dissipated in the cabinet is greater than 800 watts then forced convection must be used Before Applying Power Verify that the product is configured to match the available main power source per the input power configuration instructions provided in this manual If this product is to be energized via an autotransformer make sure the common terminal is connected to the neutral grounded side of the mains supply vii
216. alog A vs B Sweep Mode HP Agilent 1740A Amp Mult Adjustments A Oscilloscope Vertical Sensitivity 5 mV Div HP Agilent 54600B Amp Filt Adjustments A Bandwidth 100 MHz Local 83620 Pulse Performance Alt P Oscillator HP Agilent 8340A B2 AM Accuracy P Synthesized Sweeper Spectrum Frequency Range 20 Hz to 10 MHz HP Agilent 3585A B AM Bandwidth F Analyzer with FM Bandwidth F Tracking Generator Controller 4 Mbyte RAM HP Agilent 9836 Step Attenuator Flatness AP BASIC 5 1 HP Agilent 9920 Power Flatness and GPIB HP Agilent 310 Accuracy AP HP Agilent 320 Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 2 Required Equipment Agilent 8360 Agilent 83620B 22B Table 1 1 Required Equipment for 83620B 22B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Software DVM Digitizing Oscilloscope Digitizing Oscilloscope No Substitute Shipped with instrument Range 50 to 50 VDC Accuracy 0 01 Input Impedance gt 10 MQ Dual Channel Bandwidth DC to 300 MHz Input Impedance 1 MQ and 50 Vertical Sensitivity lt 5 mV Div Horizontal Sensitivity 50 ns Div Trigger Event Triggerable 3 dB Bandwidth 20 GHz DC Voltage Accuracy 0 4
217. amplitude to achieve a null of the 1st sideband Sideband Nulled Note The sidebands may not respond to increases and decreases of the FM input voltage symmetrically In this case take the average of the voltages that cause the lower sideband and upper sideband to null If the sidebands null at more than one voltage level use the lower voltage value as the null voltage 19 Record the Actual Null Voltage in the space provided in Table 2 30 20 Calculate the actual FM sensitivity using the formula Calculated Null Voltage Actual Null Voltage Record this value in the space provided in Table 2 30 Actual FM Sensitivity set FM Sensitivity 2 102 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Maximum FM Deviation 21 22 23 On the function generator increase the amplitude FM input voltage until the synthesizer displays an UNLOCK or OVERMOD message Decrease the FM Input Voltage just until the UNLOCK or OVERMOD message turns off Record the FM input voltage in the Maximum FM Voltage column of Table 2 30 Calculate the maximum FM deviation using the formula Max FM Deviation Actual FM Sensitivity 1 414 Max FM Voltage 24 Record the maximum FM deviation in the appropriate column of the test record 25 Repeat steps 13 through 24 for all the synthesizer settings indicated in Table 2 30 Note Remember to use the set FM sensitivity as a multipli
218. ange 1 GHz to 26 5 GHz P N 0955 0307 Pulse Performance Alt P Accuracy P Bandwidth P 7j FM Bandwidth P External Leveling P AM Bandwidth F Amp Mult Adjustments A Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Power Accuracy P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance P Pulse Performance Alt P AM Accuracy P FM Bandwidth P 2 Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 1 20 Required Equipment Agilent 83630B Agilent 8360 Table 1 3 Required Equipment for 83630B continued 3 7 GHz Low Pass Filter Bessel Low Pass Filter 500 MHz Low Pass Filter Tool Kit Invertron Capacitor Microwave Amplifier Harmonic Mixer K Band Coax Adapter Maximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 20 dB No Substitute 1000 pf Frequency Range 2 to 8 GHz Leveled Output Power 16 dBm Frequency Range 20 to 26 5 GHz WR42 to APC 3 5 mm f Option 020 P N 9135 0191 K amp L Microwave 5LL30 130 BT2400 BP ini Circuits SLP 550 P N 08360 60060 California nstruments 501TC P N 0160 4574 HP Agilent 11975A HP Agilent 11970K K281C Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Attenua
219. ange it to 2 kQ move the jumper to the position marked 2K The jumper can be returned to the 50 OHM position to change the AM input impedance to 50 ohms 4 Reinstall the A10 assembly wre p 2k OHM 50 OHM POSITION POSITION A10 ASSEMBLY Figure 3 36 A10 Jumper Locations Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 87 AM Input Impedance B A8 Jumper 1 On the synthesizer make sure the line power switch is set to standby 2 Lift up the A8 modulation generator assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in Figure 3 37 3 The AM input impedance is factory set to the 50 ohm position To change it to 2 kQ move the jumper to the position marked 2k The jumper can be returned to the position marked 50 to change the AM input impedance to 50 ohms 4 Reinstall the A8 assembly 2 kOHM POSITION Y e588858 88881 noto 50 OHM POSITION 50 Saja A8 ASSEMBLY Figure 3 37 A8 Jumper Locations Related Performance Tests AM Accuracy AM Bandwidth AM Dynamic Range In Case of Difficulty If the jumper is missing see Replaceable Parts 3 88 Adjustments Agilent 8360 AM Input Impedance 20 FM Input Impedance 8360 B Series Only Description and Procedure A soldering iron is required for this procedure This procedure sets the FM input impedance to either 50 Q or 600 2 The FM input impedance on All must be set to 600 Q for proper operation of the internal modulation generator Option 002 I
220. annel 3 Ext Probe Display Volts Division Offset Timebase Time Division Delay Delay Reference Trigger Trigger Slope Probe Atten Trigger Level Display 2 56 Performance Tests Pulse Performance ns us 100 kHz off enables pulse generator 10 On 15 mV Readjust as required OV 5 ns 100 ns At center Positive 20 1 2V Agilent 8360 Display Mode Persistence Display Time 1 sec Screen Single Note On the oscilloscope turn the waveform math function on Then use the waveform math maximum function to determine the pulse envelope when making the following measurements 5 On the synthesizer press Pulse On Off Extrnl asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 press Pulse Menu Pulse On Off Ext asterisk on 6 On the oscilloscope a Adjust the timebase delay to position the rising edge of the pulsed RF near the center of the display b Adjust the channel 3 volts division and offset to obtain a 5 division signal level between the RF power off and the RF power on See Figure 2 16 c Adjust the channel 3 offset to move the RF power off line one half division below the nearest horizontal graticule making the horizontal graticule cross the waveform at the 10 point d Adjust the oscilloscope timebase to widen the pulse envelope so that the measurement can be made with greater accuracy See Figure 2 17 e Use the oscilloscope s delta T function to measure the time differ
221. apability 9 Reset the spectrum analyzer frequency span to 200 kHz 10 Repeat this adjustment procedure at a frequency of 1 GHz and adjust calibration constant 329 Slow Sym Low Band for a minimum reading on the spectrum analyzer 11 If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting see Calibration Constants to store the calibration constants as protected data in EEPROM Related Performance Tests None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 85 Square Wave Symmetry 19 AM Input Impedance 8360 B Series Only Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure This procedure sets the AM input impedance to either 50 Q or 2 kQ The AM input impedance on A10 must be set to 2 kQ for proper operation of the internal modulation generator Option 002 Instruments without Option 002 should perform step A A10 Jumper Instruments with Option 002 should set the A10 jumper to the 2 kQ position using step A A10 Jumper and should perform step B A8 Jumper 3 86 Adjustments Agilent 8360 AM Input Impedance A10 Jumper On the synthesizer set the line power switch to standby Lift up the A10 ALC assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in Figure 3 36 The AM input impedance is factory set to the 50 ohm position To ch
222. ass fail results in the Operation Verification Form Table 2 1 Operation Verification Form Test Facility Date Model Customer Serial Number Tested By Options Firmware Revision Test Results Pass Fail 1 SelfTests 2 Power Accuracy 3 Power Flatness 4 Maximum Leveled Power 2 4 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Operation Verification 1 Self tests 1 Perform the full self tests contained in the instrument firmware No additional test equipment is required Press SERVICE Selftest Full The synthesizer executes a series of self tests When completed the following message is displayed if all the tests passed Note Occasionally the self tests may fail when it is run remotely or when external cables are connected to the instrument If the self tests fail remove all cables and run the self tests from the front panel If the self tests pass under these conditions the instrument is operating properly External connections to the instrument during self test may not allow the lines to change conditions within the limits of the self test s parameters 2 Record Pass on the operation verification form and continue to the next test Power Accuracy If the synthesizer fails one or more self tests a different message is displayed listing the most independent test that failed and a reference to the best entry point into the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Ser
223. assembling the instrument the cables shown in Figure 7 1 must be routed through the instrument as shown or instrument performance may be affected 7 2 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 W19 ATIS JT W18 A7J4 A141 W17 A7J2 A23J1 IMPORTANT W17 W18 W19 MUST BE ROUTED AS SHOWN Figure 7 1 Cable Routing Locations Tools Required Each procedure lists the required tools at the beginning of that section See Chapter 9 for the associated part numbers Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 3 Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly Tools Required T 10 TORX Screwdriver torque 10 in lb 0 050 Hex Driver 9 16 in Nut Driver 5 16 in Open End Wrench Coax Extractor Tool Submin D Connector Description and Procedure Some steps in this procedure may not apply to all option configurations If a particular step does not apply continue with the next appropriate step To disassemble the front panel follow this procedure in the order given To reassemble the front panel follow this procedure in the reverse order Refer to the flowchart in Figure 7 2 to determine the necessary disassembly steps for a given assembly 7 4 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Front Panel PRELIMINARY STEPS STEP 1
224. at that position Set the synthesizer s power level to 0 3 dBm Press POWER LEVEL 0 3 dBm 20 Clear the oscilloscope display and use the oscilloscope s waveform math maximum feature to determine the peak power level Use the oscilloscope s delta V feature and position marker 2 at the center of the peak power as displayed by the math waveform If the difference between marker 1 and marker 2 is less than 1 division change channel 1 volts division to a more sensitive scale and repeat steps 16 through 20 21 On the synthesizer press POWER LEVEL 0 dBm MoD Pulse On Off Extrnl asterisk on 22 Reset the oscilloscope waveform math feature to maximum and observe the peak pulse power It should stay within the two delta V markers set in steps 17 and 19 Record the value in Table 2 19 23 Repeat steps 12 through 21 at each synthesizer and LO frequency in Table 2 19 24 For the 83620B 22B and for the 83623B 24B record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2 19 on the appropriate test record 2 66 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Pulse Performance Alternate Rise and Fall Times gt 20 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability SPECTRUM ANALYZER O dd o oo od 6d d oo od d ooo dd oooo ooo o ooaqadqd oooon aco Moaooa 90000 goo o0 0000 SYNTHESIZER MICROHAVE AMPLIFIER f90000 oom ad ca onnaa a
225. ated Adjustments Power Flatness In Case of Difficulty 1 The power meter must be an HP Agilent 437B 2 The correct calibration factors for the power sensor must be loaded 3 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 27 Power Flatness 6 Maximum Leveled Power Note This performance test is not valid unless the synthesizer meets both its power accuracy and power flatness specifications Perform those tests first Description and Procedure The unleveled status indicator is displayed when the instrument is unleveled as the synthesizer sweeps over specific frequency ranges in fast continuous sweep and fast and slow single sweep operation Because of the synthesizer s power accuracy and flatness performance a power meter is not required for this measurement The following procedure tests the most likely worst case situations for maximum leveled power 1 Set up and turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2 7 Preset the synthesizer and let it warm up for at least one hour Note The 20 dB attenuator provides a good match on the RF output If the synthesizer has a step attenuator you can simulate a good match by decoupling the step attenuator from the ALC and setting the attenuator to 20 dB SYNTHESIZER RF OUTPUT 20DB ATTENUATOR i Figure 2 7 Maximum Leveled Power Test Setup
226. ation constants and repeat the adjustment b If the SRD bias calibration constants have no effect check the ALC Mod Gain calibration constant for the appropriate band 93 For the 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L repeat step 90 for each frequency range listed in Table 3 5 and a sweep time of 1 5 seconds 3 50 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 94 Set the synthesizer power level to 25 dBm and then set various frequency ranges such as 5 GHz to 50 GHz or 10 GHz to 45 GHz Set the sweep times to greater than 200 ms for single band sweeps and less than 1 5 seconds for multi band sweeps since delay compensation has not yet been adjusted For each frequency range set compare the signal levels of single sweep to continuous sweep Band frequency ranges are as follows Band 83630B L 83640B L 83650B L Frequency Range Frequency Range Frequency Range GHz GHz GHz 0 0 01 to lt 2 0 0 01 to lt 2 0 0 01 to lt 2 0 1 2 0 to 7 0 2 0 to 7 0 2 0 to 7 0 2 7 0 to lt 13 5 7 0 to lt 13 5 7 0 to lt 13 5 3 13 5 to 20 0 13 5 to 20 0 13 5 to 20 0 4 gt 20 0 to 26 5 gt 20 0 to 25 5 gt 20 0 to 26 5 5 gt 25 5 to lt 32 gt 26 5 to lt 33 5 6 gt 32 to lt 40 gt 33 5 to lt 38 7 gt 38 to 50 Problems here are typically associated with sphere heating while awaiting the start of sweep trigger If necessary adjust the squegging clamp calibration constant for the appropriate ba
227. aximize power at the first division on the display Note If there is no noticeable increase in power in the next two adjustments leave the potentiometers at their preset position fully clockwise 50 51 52 53 54 Adjust A12R109 B4S1 for maximum high end power Adjust A12R105 B4BP1 for maximum power to optimize the 3rd through the 7th divisions Stop when the power begins to decrease Repeat step 47 Repeat steps 41 through 48 until the entire band is peaked Record the value of calibration constant 634 YTM Offset Band 4 3 46 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 46 through 51 until it is Then change calibration constant 634 back to the recorded value 55 On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL 0 dBm 56 Adjust calibration constant 134 Squegg Clamp 4A to maximize RF output power across the band 57 For the 83630B L only adjust calibration constant 134 Squegg Clamp 4A as described here to protect the bridge detector from excessive power a Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace b On the synthesizer set SWEEP MENU Manual Sweep asterisk on c Using the rotary knob find the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope d If the power level of the peak point is greater t
228. ay and Risetime Compensation Amplifier Filter Adjustments Setup XA10J2 Location A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations Low Power SRD Bias Adjustment Setup A9R105 Location Modulator Offset and Gain Adjustment Setup ALC Power Level Accuracy Adjustment Setup A10R125 Location Power Flatness Adjustment Setup ASR111 and ASR105 Adjustment Locations AM Accuracy Adjustment Setup A10R35 and A10R39 Locations AM Offset Adjustment Setup AM Delay Adjustment Setup AM Delay Adjustment Location FM Gain Adjustment Setup FM Gain Adjustment Location Square Wave Symmetry Adjustment Setup A10 Jumper Locations A8 Jumper Locations FM Input Impedance Jumper Locations A8 Jumper Locations Modulation Generator Flatness Adjustment Setup External Trigger Edge Selection Location A12S1 Location Step Attenuator Flatness Test Setup Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment Setup ALC Menu Frequency Menu Marker Menu Modulation Menu Power Menu Service Menu Sweep Menu System Menu User Cal Menu Cable Routing Locations Front Panel Disassembly Flowchart Front Edge Trim Strip Front Panel Screw Locations Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations Front Panel Processor Cables Display Removal Source Module Interface Removal RPG Removal Removing RF Output Connector Front Panel Agilent 8360 Service 3 17 3 21 3 27 3 35 3 36 3 37 3 38 3 45 3 60 3 61 3 62 3 67 3 69 3 71 3 7
229. b Some changes may have to be made to this manual so that it applies directly to each instrument refer to Chapter 12 Instrument History in this manual to see what changes may apply to your instrument Compliance This instrument has been designed and tested in accordance with IEC Publication 1010 Safety Requirements for Electronic Measuring Apparatus and has been supplied in a safe condition The instruction documentation contains information and warnings which must be followed by the user to ensure safe operation and to maintain the instrument in a safe condition Sales and Service Offices Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Offices UNITED STATES Instrument Support Center Agilent Technologies 800 403 0801 EUROPEAN FIELD OPERATIONS Headquarters Hewlett Packard S A 150 Route du Nant d Avril 1217 Meyrin 2 Geneva Switzerland 41 22 780 8111 Great Britain Hewlett Packard Ltd Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle Wokingham Berkshire RG41 5DZ England 44 734 696622 France Hewlett Packard France 1 Avenue Du Canada Zone D Activite De Courtaboeuf F 91947 Les Ulis Cedex France 33 1 69 82 60 60 Germany Hewlett Packard GmbH Hewlett Packard Strasse 61352 Bad Homburg v d H Germany 49 6172 16 0 INTERCON FIELD OPERATIONS Headquarters Hewlett Packard Company 3495 Deer Creek Road Palo Alto California USA 94304 1316 415 857 5027 Japan Hewlett Packard Ja
230. be set to default conditions and left This is normal These boards contain adjustments for different vintages of the 8360 family Not all adjustments are used each time 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 11 using an analog oscilloscope with A versus B sweep capability Power on all the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour 2 On the synthesizer press PRESET OSCILLOSCOPE DET LVL DETECTOR 10 1 DIVIDER PROBE J ATTENUATOR AUX OUTPUT Z AXIS Z AXIS INPUT BLANK MKRS EE oo a i e o oo oo ooog oooo0o SWEEP OUTPUT 9000 Gooooo oooo 22000 O EXT ALC SYNTHESIZER Figure 3 11 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Setup Equipment Analog Oscilloscope HP Agilent 1740A Oscilloscope Probes HP Agilent 10431A Detector HP Agilent 33330D Agilent 83620B 22B 24B Agilent 83623B L and Agilent 83630B L Detector HP Agilent 33330E Agilent 83640B L amp Agilent 83650B L Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 010 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 83640B L and 83650B L 3 Set the default values given in Table 3 1 into the corresponding YTM calibration constants On the synthesizer press Adjust Menu Calib Menu Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 21 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Select Cal Enter the number of the first cali
231. bility Frequency GHz 7 1 6 9 2 0 13 5 20 0 26 5 40 0 l Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 19 On the oscilloscope set Channel 1 Display On Preset TTL Input Coupling dc Channel 2 Display Off Timebase Time Division 5 ms Delay Reference At left Delay 2 ms Sweep Triggered Trigger Trigger Mode Events Trigger After Negative edge Trigger Src Channel 1 Trigger On 1 events Trigger Of Positive edge Trigger On Channel 1 Display Display Mode Repetitive Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 21 Frequency Switching Time 20 On the synthesizer press SWEEP MENU Sweep Mode List 21 On the oscilloscope set a single sweep at the next trigger Press Stop Single The oscilloscope should display 22 On the synthesizer initiate a frequency list sweep Press SINGLE 23 On the oscilloscope measure the positive pulse width and note the value Pulse Width Value 1 event 2 events 3 events 4 events 5 events 6 events 1 Not applicable for all models Each event corresponds to a change in frequency in the frequency list 24 Increment the trigger on events and repeat steps 21 and 22 for a trigger on events up to and including 6 25 Record the worst case value from step 23 on the test record Related Adjustments Fractional N VCO Sampler Assembly YO Loop Gain In Case of Difficulty 1 Verify that the oscilloscope triggers when st
232. bles 83620B 22B 30B Options 001 and 006 Figure 7 43 RF Deck Cable Locations 83620B 22B 30B Options 001 and 006 7 52 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83623B No Options 00 LO o D ma LO 2 2 ED o sy M lt L 5 Eu W69 TO A20J 11 6 NCES QA Me x B of A Y amp Lo CN N LO om LO D Qee 4 a N lt L CR1 W36 Figure 7 44 RF Deck Cable Locations 83623B Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 53 Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83623B Option 001 Figure 7 45 RF Deck Cable Locations 83623B Option 001 7 54 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83623L No Options W24 w52 W47 w50 E mm A W38 19 CA R N E ES AN Sop W14 WSS W34 W43 so7Sb 83623L RF Deck Cable Locations Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 55 Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83623L Option 001 RF Deck Cable Locations 83623L Option 001 Agilent 8360 7 56 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83624B No Options W52 ATS DO q co mM lt L ee 1D ASO CRI W56 46 RF Deck Cable Locations 83624B Figure 7 Disassembly a
233. bration constant 566 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 6 to maximize power for the low end of band 6 140 Adjust calibration constant 576 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 6 to maximize power for the high end of band 6 141 Adjust calibration constant 216 YTM Rise Band 6 to minimize power dropout at the start of band 6 Band 7 Adjustment 83650B L only 142 On the synthesizer set START 88 GHz Stor 50 GHz CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec POWER LEVEL 25 dBm 143 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 55 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 144 145 146 a 147 148 149 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB If not adjust the appropriate rise or delay term steps 145 through 147 and then repeat this step On the synthesizer set SWEEP TIME 0 msec Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps Note any drop in power b Press SINGLE RF_ON OFF Then press RF_ON OFF again LED on and note any drop in power c The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division 1 5 dB increase the A term of the delay adjustment 567 to put the A term at the high end of the peak Then repeat from step 142
234. bration constant from Table 3 1 and terminate the entry with ENTER When using the front panel emulator software pressing the arrow keys will allow you to vary the calibration constants The calibration constant shown at the top of the display window is the active constant Modify Cal Enter the default value from Table 3 1 and terminate the entry with ENTER Using the up down arrow keys select each of the rest of the calibration constants in Table 3 1 and set their default values by entering the value on the numeric keypad Terminate your entry with the key Table 3 1 Calibration Constant Descriptions Number Description Default Adjustment Value Description 105 SRD Bias A Band 1 255 Maximize power over lower 30 106 SRD Bias A Band 2 130 of band Sweep speed is not a factor Adjust for 0 5 dB 107 SRD Bias A Band 3 130 below maximum power 108 SRD Bias A Band 4 130 109 SRD Bias A Band 5 130 110 SRD Bias A Band 6 120 111 SRD Bias A Band 7 120 118 SRD Bias B Band 1 255 Maximize power over higher 30 119 SRD Bias B Band 2 150 of band Sweep speed is not a factor Adjust for 0 5 dB below 120 SRD Bias B Band 3 150 maximum power 121 SRD Bias B Band 4 150 122 SRD Bias B Band 5 160 123 SRD Bias B Band 6 160 124 SRD Bias B Band 7 160 131 Squegg Clamp 1A 255 Default values are not altered 132 Squegg Clamp 2A 255 Numbers should remain unchanged 131 is adjusted 133 Squegg Clamp 3A 255 in ano
235. ccording to the following table Note No damage results from setting the volts GHz to a scale that is beyond the frequency limits given in the table however the volts GHz will be inaccurate beyond the frequency limits Volts GHz Maximum Switch Settings Scale Frequency E SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 1V GHz 20 GHz closed closed closed closed 0 5 V GHz 40 GHz open open closed closed 0 25 V GHz 50 GHz open open open open X S1 J1 A12 ASSEMBLY Related Performance Tests None Agilent 8360 Figure 3 42 A12S1 Location Adjustments 3 95 Volts GHz In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 3 96 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Volts GHz 24 A9 Pulse Board Jumper W1 Description and Procedure No test is required When replacing the A9 Pulse Board the E1 E2 E3 E4 jumper needs to be properly configured There is one configuration for all 8360A B models There are 2 possible configurations for 8360L models The L model configuration is dependent on the instrument prefix On the A9 assembly set J1 to the configuration for the specific model as defined in the following table Model Prefix Jumper 83623L 3722A and above E3 E4 83630L 3722A and above E3 E4 83640L 3722A and above E3 E4 83650L 37
236. chnologies further certifies that its calibration measurements are traceable to the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology to the extent allowed by the Institute s calibration facility and to the calibration facilities of other International Standards Organization members Warranty This Agilent Technologies instrument product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment During the warranty period Agilen Technologies Company will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective For warranty service or repair this product must be returned to a service facility designated by Agilent Technologies Buyer shall prepay shipping charges to Agilent Technologies and Agilent Technologies shall pay shipping charges to return the product to Buyer However Buyer shall pay all shipping charges duties and taxes for products returned to Agilent Technologies from another country Agilent Technologies warrants that its software and firmware designated by Agilent Technologies for use with an instrument will execute its programming instructions when properly installed on that instrument Agilent Technologies does not warrant that the operation of the instrument or software or firmware will be uninterrupted or error free LIMITATION OF WARRANTY The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance by
237. cified maximum leveled power MoD AM On Off 1004 V asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 press MOD AM On Off Ext AM Type 100 V Table 2 24 Synthesizer Frequencies Synthesizer 3 dB Frequencies GHz Bandwidth 1 51 5 0 9 0 18 0 23 01 28 01 36 0 44 01 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 7 On the spectrum analyzer clear and view trace light on Change the reference level to set the peak of the trace on the center graticule If an over range occurs turn the RPG knob in the opposite direction The display now shows the synthesizer AM flatness from 5 kHz to 200 kHz 8 Use the spectrum analyzer markers to determine the 3 dB bandwidth Record the frequency of the 3 dB bandwidth in Table 2 24 If the 3 dB bandwidth point is off the display record gt 200 kHz in Table 2 24 Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 85 AM Bandwidth 9 Set the spectrum analyzer to and repeat steps 7 and 8 for the remaining synthesizer frequencies in Table 2 24 10 Record the smallest bandwidth from Table 2 24 on the test record Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 86 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 AM Bandwidth 18 AM Dynamic Range For B Series Only Description and Procedure In this procedure a function generator is used to prov
238. cilloscope set Channel 1 Display On Preset TTL Input Coupling dc Input Impedance 1 MQ Channel 2 Display Off Timebase Time Division 10 ms Delay Reference At left Delay 10 ms Sweep Triggered Trigger Trigger Mode Edge Trigger Src Chan 1 Trigger Level 1 6 V Trigger Slope Pos Display Display Mode Repetitive Averaging Off 3 On the synthesizer set the first Initial CW Frequency in Table 2 7 5 On the synthesizer set the first Second CW Frequency in Table 2 7 Table 2 7 CW Frequency Switching Time Settings Initial CW Frequency GHz Second CW Frequency GHz Pulse Width 0 011 502 13 5 502 1 Set to 2 GHz lowest start frequency for synthesizers not capable of 0 01 GHz 2 Set to the highest stop frequency for synthesizers not capable of 50 GHz 6 On the oscilloscope note the pulse width of the Z axis blank markers signal Record this value as pulse width in Table 2 7 7 Clear the oscilloscope display and repeat steps 3 through 6 for the remaining frequencies in Table 2 7 8 On the test record record the maximum pulse width from Table 2 7 Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 19 Frequency Switching Time Stepped Sweep Frequency Switching Time Within a Frequency Band 9 On the synthesizer press FREQUENCY MENU Step Swp Menu Step Size 100 MHz Step Dwell 10 ms START 2 4 GHz STOP 69 Guz Sincte SWEEP Sweep Mode Step Grae 10 On the osci
239. continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 87 YO Swp Ver Band 0 0 88 YO Swp Ver Band 1 0 89 YO Swp Ver Band 2 0 90 YO Swp Ver Band 3 0 91 YO Swp Ver Band 4 0 92 YO Swp Ver Band 5 0 93 YO Swp Ver Band 6 0 94 YO Swp Ver Band 7 0 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 YTM Temp Coefficient 0 102 103 104 105 SRD Bias A Band 1 255 Amp tiplier Adjustments 106 SRD Bias A Band 2 30 to 230 Amp tiplier Adjustments 107 SRD Bias A Band 3 30 to 230 Amp tiplier Adjustments 108 SRD Bias A Band 4 30 to 230 Amp tiplier Adjustments 109 SRD Bias A Band 5 30 to 230 Amp tiplier Adjustments 110 SRD Bias A Band 6 30 to 230 Amp tiplier Adjustments 111 SRD Bias A Band 7 30 to 230 Amp tiplier Adjustments 112 113 114 115 116 117 4 12 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 118 SRD Bias B Band 1 255 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 119 SRD Bias B Band 2 30 to 230 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 120 SRD Bias B Band 3 30 to 230 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 121 SRD Bias B Band 4 30 to 230 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 122 SRD Bias B Band 5 30 to 230 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 123 SRD Bias B Band 6 30 to 230 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 124 SRD Bias B Band 7 30 to 230 Amp Multiplier Adjustments
240. cope The other trace is in the frequency domain like a spectrum analyzer 2 50 Performance Tests Single Sideband Phase Noise Agilent 8360 At the message tune the signal generator for minimum sine wave frequency with the frequency domain signal near the left edge 0 Hz 7 When the measurement is complete record the results on the test record and compare them to the specification 8 Repeat steps 3 through 6 for the frequencies in Table 2 16 Table 2 16 Frequency Setting for Phase Noise Measurements Synthesizer GHz Frequency Phase Noise Measurement System Carrier Frequency GHz Detector Input MHz 1 971 18 0 1 97 18 0 310 720 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability Related Adjustments Sampler Assembly In Case of Difficulty 1 Line spurs may be present in the trace which exceed the phase noise specification They should be ignored 2 Be sure that the signal generator frequency detector input is tuned close enough that a zero beat can be found 3 Note where the problem occurs carrier frequency and offset frequency from the carrier and refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 51 Single Sideband Phase Noise 12 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio For B Series Only Description and Procedure
241. crews under the trim strip 3 Remove two of the three screws on the lower front frame edge 4 Gently pry the front panel and display from the frame Note If you are removing the front panel only so that you can lift up the RF deck and if you have a flat surface in front of the synthesizer on which to lay the front panel let the front panel lie in front of the synthesizer with all the cables connected and continue with step 1 of 2 Lift Up the RF Deck If you do not have a flat surface for the front panel disconnect ribbon cables W2 and W3 from the motherboard and lay the front panel on top of the synthesizer THREE SCREWS TWO SCREWS Figure 7 4 Front Panel Screw Locations Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 7 Front Panel Refer to Figure 7 5 Note Instruments with Option 004 do not have all the cables shown 5 Cut the tie wraps holding the cables 6 From the A9 A10 and All assemblies or the A8 assembly for instruments with Option 002 disconnect the four coaxial cables W6 W7 W8 and W9 attached to the BNC connectors 7 Disconnect the source module interface cable W10 8 Disconnect ribbon cables W2 and W3 from the motherboard RIBBON CABLE COAXIAL w2 CABLE 4 PLACES SOURCE w6 MODULE WZ yg INTERFACE w9 CABLE W10 RIBBON CABLE W3 Figure 7 5 Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations 7 8 Disassembly and Replacement Proced
242. ct the equipment as shown in Figure 3 28 SYNTHESIZER POWER METER SENSOR OUTPUT ADAPTER BNC TEE DIGITAL VOLTMETER VOLTS HI LO SIGNAL Figure 3 28 AM Accuracy Adjustment Setup Equipment Digital Voltmeter HP Agielnt 3456A Function Generator HP Agilent 3325A Power Meter HP Agilent 436A 7A 8A Power Sensor HP Agilent 8485A 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L Power Sensor HP Agilent 8487A 83640B L and 83650B L Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 75 AM Accuracy 4 Set the function generator for a 0 V DC rear panel output the instrument front panel output is connected to the synthesizer s AM input 5 On the synthesizer press POWER LEVEL 15 dBm AM Offset 6 Set the power meter to read relative power dB 7 On the synthesizer press MOD AM On Off 100 V asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 instead press MOD AM Menu AM On Off Ext AM Type 1004 V 8 Adjust calibration constant 277 AM Offset for a 0 dB reading on the power meter Press Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal 277 ENTER Modify Cal Use the rotary knob to adjust the calibration constant for a 0 dB reading on the power meter Log AM Accuracy 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Set the power meter to measure absolute log power dBm On the synthesizer press POWER LEVEL 0 dBm MOD
243. ctrum analyzer set Center Frequency 1 GHz Frequency Span 1 MHz CF Step Size 1 GHz Reference Level 5 dBm Scale Log 5 dB Division Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer with the center frequency control On the synthesizer press AM On Off 100 V asterisk on Deep AM asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 press AM On Off Ext AM Type 1004 V asterisk off Deep AM asterisk on Change the spectrum analyzer reference level to 40 dBm Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 89 AM Dynamic Range Note Make the following measurements as quickly as possible since the signal amplitude is subject to drift when you use deep AM at low levels If necessary turning AM off and on again will reset the power level 19 With a 10 mV resolution adjust the function generator until you get an OVERMOD message on the synthesizer or until the signal drops into the noise level on the spectrum analyzer Decrease the function generator output just until the OVERMOD message disappears 20 Record the RF signal level or the noise level if the signal is in the noise Table 2 26 RF Signal Level 1 GHz 12 GHz 2 GHz 13 GHz 3 GHz 14 GHz 4 GHz 15 GHz 5 GHz 16 GHz 6 GHz 17 GHz 7 GHz 18 GHz 8 GHz 19 GHz 9 GHz 20 GHz 10 GHz 21 GHz4 11 GHz 22 GHz 1 83630B 40B 50B only 21 On the synthesizer turn off modulation Set AM On Off 10dB V asterisk off or for synthesizers with Option 002 press AM Type 10
244. curacy 1 of reading 1 count Frequency Range carrier 0 01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity lt 70 dBc at 100 Hz offset lt 78 dBc at 1 kHz offset lt 86 dBc at 10 kHz offset lt 107 dBc at 100 kHz offset Offset Frequency Range 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy t2 dB to 1 MHz offset HP Agilent 8482A HP Agilent 8487A HP Agilent 8487D HP Agilent 11708A HP Agilent 3902A2 HP Agilent 3048A Step Attenuator Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Step Attenuator AM Accuracy P Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator F Single Sideband Phase Noise P Power Flatness P Power Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Accuracy P Power Flatness P AM Dynamic Range P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Leve Accuracy A Power Flatness A AM Accuracy A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator F atness AA Flatness AP atness AA atness AP atness AP 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83650B 1 33 Table 1 5 Required Equipment for 83650B continued Power S
245. d and flexible cables from the microcircuit Be sure to loosen all semi rigid cables at their other connections also If you do not the cables may be damaged c Remove the microcircuits by removing the screws that hold them to the RF deck 7 44 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83640B L and 83650B L No Options w58 W36 A32 w59 W25 TO A10J7 K 2 wey amp AN A Q L7 A26 2 1 4 es lamas E Ro y REY a NE fk 3 ES a 3 E lt S 4 Joz V a PE EA 0 8 o q Par re A o AN o Wont LX 8 D Som Ze T o 7 toe qro o A T A gez 7 O z L N a ad E 225 X 00 Oon 4 FOM Mot Ro NES A S DES L 2 q x RF Deck Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 45 Figure 7 36 RF Deck Cable Locations 83640B L and 83650B L Agilent 8360 RF Deck Cables 83640B L and 83650B L Option 001 W44 A30 TO ASI not visible Figure 7 37 RF Deck Cable Locations 83640B L Option 001 and 83650B L Option 001 7 46 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck Agilent 8360 83640B 50B Option 006 RF Deck Cables N lt L lt o mo fam Se aS Z D E Le D jh IIN RF Deck w25 A10J7 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 47 W52 o A W24 TO A10J5 f Ja va ES O Z 7 gt D 00 DOM KO
246. d calibration menus 2 Select power meter configuration 3 Select the sensor to edit 4 Enter the power sensor configuration data follow the prompts on the display Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 7 Note Do not edit the Sensor ID The names set at the factory must remain unchanged for the program to run properly The factory recommended Zero Hr is 1 00 and the Cal Hr is 24 00 Use the left and right arrows to move the cursor within a field Use the up and down arrows to increment or decrement the value RETURN selects the field 5 When all changes have been made select save power meter configuration 6 Next select power meter calibration factors to add the power sensor calibration factors to the program 7 Select current to change the active power sensor to the one for which you would like to enter the data 8 Select edit header and enter the serial number of the power sensor 9 Select edit calibration factors 5 8 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 10 Enter the calibration factors from your power sensor follow the prompts on the display 11 When all of the calibration factors have been added select store calibration factors to store the calibration factors for future use 12 Exit the power meter calibration 13 Run the power flatness and accuracy test Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 9 AUTOMATED ADJUSTMENTS 1 Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment Calibration for Option 001
247. dBc 1 dB 2 128 Performance Tests Agilent 83630B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 35 Test Record for 83630B 5 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 16 Spur Frequency 100 MHz Fixed 60 dBc 1 dB 100 MHz Offset 60 dBc 1 dB LO Feedthrough 60 dBc 1 dB 20 Low Band Mixer Spur 60 dBc 1 85 dB 10 Spurious Signals Line Related 10 At 6 99 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 10 At 1 9 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 dB 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7 Offsets at 6 99 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 1 97 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 1 83 dB if the Invertron is not used Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 129 Agilent 83630B Test Record Table 2 35 Test Record for 83630B 6 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 7 Offsets at 18 0 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 60 dBc 2 dB 1
248. de 08360 90179 Obsolete Block Diagrams not included in manual set Documentation For 83621B 31B 51B 08360 90138 83621B 31B 51B Manual Set This includes the following manuals 08360 90136 Troubleshooting Guide 08360 90137 Service Guide Agilent Technologies 8360 Component Level Repair Manual 08360 90141 Agilent Technologies 8360 Component Level Repair Manual Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 61 Table 9 16 Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories continued Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number UPGRADE OPTION RETROFIT KITS 08360 60218 ADD OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L 08360 60220 ADD OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT 83640B L and 83650B L 08360 60129 DEL OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L 08360 60221 DEL OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT 83640B L and 83650B L 83602A ADD OPTION 002 RETROFIT KIT 8360 B Series 08360 60236 ADD OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L 08360 60237 ADD OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT 83640B L and 83650B L 08360 60235 DEL OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT 83620B 22B 23B 24B 30B 08360 60238 DEL OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT 83640B 50B 08360 60141 D OPTION 008 RETROFIT KIT 08360 60142 D OPTION 700 RETROFIT KIT 08360 60143 D OPTION 806 RETROFIT KIT 08360 60144 D OPTION 908 RETROFIT KIT gt PF gt p gt p O O O 0 O 08360 60145 D OPTION 913 RETROFIT KIT 08360 60201
249. djustment 4 On the synthesizer press GTART GD Giz aloca SWEEP TIME 200 msec ALC Leveling Point Ext Det asterisk on POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Note that the synthesizer has unleveled output power 5 On the oscilloscope set Channel A Volts Division 5 mV Division Offset As required Input Coupling DC Input Impedance 1 MQ Channel B Volts Division 1 V Division Offset As required Input Coupling Input Impedance Agilent 8360 DC 1 MQ Adjustments 3 25 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Oo Sweep Mode A versus B Adjust Channel B offset volts division and horizontal position controls for a trace that fills the full horizontal display Adjust the vertical position with the A vertical position control Make certain that calibration constant 131 Squegg Clamp 1A is set to 255 Then adjust A12R69 YTMG to maximize high end power last two horizontal display divisions Modify calibration constant 238 YTM Offset Band 1 to maximize low end power Repeat steps 6 and 7 until the entire band is peaked Record the value of calibration constant 238 YTM Offset Band 1 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 6 through 8 again Change calibration constant 238 back to its original value Band 2 Adjustment 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 On
250. e assembly Disconnect ribbon cable W2 from the source module interface assembly Remove the A2 source module interface assembly Dok WN RIBBON CABLE W2 SOURCE MODULE TWO SCREWS INTERFACE CABLE W10 i A TWO SOURCE MODULE INTERFACE ASSEMBLY Figure 7 8 Source Module Interface Removal Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 11 Front Panel 6 RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator Removal Refer to Figure 7 9 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 2 Front Panel Removal and 3 A3 Front Panel Processor Removal before continuing 2 Loosen the two hex screws and remove the rotary knob RPG ASSEMBLY ROTARY HEX SCREWS WASHER KNOB 2 PLACES Figure 7 9 RPG Removal 7 12 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Front Panel 7 J1 RF Output Connector Removal Refer to Figure 7 10 for front panel output CAUTION To avoid damaging the connector do not disassemble the RF output connector assembly Only unscrew the connector on the end of the cable 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps and 2 Front Panel Removal before continuing 2 On the lower front frame edge remove the two RF output screws that hold the RF output assembly 3 Remove the RF connector with cable W43 RF OUTPUT UNSCREW CABLE CONNECTOR AT THIS END TES RES CABLE W43 fimo NUT TWO RF OUTPUT
251. e automated tests are provided on two double sided disks Previous revisions may be different Make Working Copies Before doing anything else make a working copy of the master disks Type INITIALIZE Address of drive containing blank floppy The master disk is shipped from the factory write protected and cannot be written to or initialized in this mode We recommend you maintain this master disk in write protect mode During execution of some tests the program reads from and writes to the disk use a working copy that is not write protected when you run the software Installing the Program onto a Hard Disk We recommend that you run the software from a hard disk It is possible to operate it from a single or dual floppy disk drive however speed will be sacrificed To install the program onto your hard disk create a directory that will contain the program and its associated files Refer to the BASIC user s documentation for instructions on creating directories After you create the directory run the install program below to load all of the files onto your hard disk 1 Insert master disk 1 into the floppy disk drive 2 Type COPY OPV 8360 700 0 TO TEST OPV_8360 1400 0 3 Remove master disk 1 and insert master disk 2 into the disk drive 4 Type LOAD COPY_DISK 700 0 5 Press RUN and follow the prompts to copy all files from the second master disk to the hard disk In this example the source location i
252. e calibration constants are added and compared with their checksum value If the two values match these calibration constants from EEPROM are maintained in RAM If the RAM checksum still does not verify the default calibration constants are loaded into RAM from UVEPROM A message is displayed on the synthesizer indicating that the default calibration constants are in use The synthesizer will probably not meet performance specifications All the performance tests should be run 4 2 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Calibration Constant Password The synthesizer is shipped with a factory set password A password disables access to the adjustment menu unless the password is entered see Entering a Password Calibration constants cannot be manually altered without accessing the adjustment menu The following is the factory set password 8360 You can set a new password See Setting a Password You can eliminate the password See Disabling a Password If you have forgotten the password or if you require access to the calibration constant adjustments for calibration purposes and do not know the password see Bypassing the Password Entering a Password An asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey in the service menu indicates that a password is set In order to access the adjustment menu you must enter that password 1 On the synthesizer set SERVICE Adjust Menu The following message is displayed 2
253. e full band 47 Record the value of calibration constant 243 YTM Offset Band 6 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 43 through 46 Change calibration constant 243 back to its original value Band 7 Adjustment 83650B L only 48 On the synthesizer press TART 5 Ge Eror 50 Git 49 Adjust calibration constant 231 YTM Gain Band 7 for maximum power at the high end of band 7 The high end power may peak twice If it does adjust the calibration constant to the lower peak where the value of the calibration constant is the lower number 50 Modify calibration constant 244 YTM Offset Band 7 to maximize low end power Power may peak twice Adjust to the lower peak 51 Set the band 7 SRD bias calibration constants as follows a Increment calibration constant 111 SRD Bias A Band 7 to maximize low end power Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts b Increment calibration constant 124 SRD Bias B Band 7 to maximize high end power Then decrease the power by one third division 1 2 dB 52 Repeat steps 49 through 51 until power is optimized over the full band 53 Record the value of calibration constant 244 YTM Offset Band 7 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat s
254. e harmonic from gt 26 5 to lt 40 GHz and record this value on the test record For the 83640B L and 83650B L only From steps 20 and 28 determine the worst case subharmonic from gt 20 and lt 40 GHz and record this value on the test record Harmonic Measurement 38 to 50 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 30 Replace the HP Agilent 11970A mixer with the HP Agilent 11970Q Mixer 33 to 50 GHz 31 On the spectrum analyzer select external mixer for the 33 to 50 GHz frequency range and set the reference level offset to compensate for the conversion loss at 40 GHz 32 On the synthesizer press cw Go Ghz Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 37 Spurious Signals Harmonics Subharmonics 33 34 35 36 37 On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 40 GHz Frequency Span 1 MHz Adjust the reference level to position the signal peak at the top reference graticule Use this reference level for all harmonic measurements On the spectrum analyzer set Start Frequency 38 GHz Stop Frequency 50 GHz Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics See Table 2 11 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output frequencies Since an external mixer is used use the spectrum analyzer signal identify feature to verify that suspected signals are in the 38 to 50 GHz frequency range The signals
255. e interface cable W10 7 Disconnect ribbon cables W2 and W3 from the motherboard RIBBON CABLE COAXIAL w2 CABLE 4 PLACES SOURCE w6 MODULE W7 INTERFACE w9 CABLE W10 RIBBON CABLE W3 Figure 7 54 Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations 7 66 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Motherboard 3 J1 RF Output Connector Removal Front Panel Refer to Figure 7 55 CAUTION To avoid damaging the connector do not disassemble the RF output connector assembly Only unscrew the connector on the end of the cable 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps and 2 Front Panel Removal before continuing 2 On the lower front frame edge remove the two RF output screws that hold the RF output assembly 3 Remove the RF connector with cable W43 UNSCREW CABLE AT THIS END RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR CABLE WUS V NUT TWO RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR SCREWS Figure 7 55 Removing RF Output Connector Front Panel Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 67 Motherboard Note When you re attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer first loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector Then reverse the steps above Finally torque the nut between cable W43 and the connector J1 to 10 in lb 112 N cm 7 68 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Motherboard 4 J1 RF Output Connector Removal Option 004 Refer to Figure 7 56 CAUTION To a
256. e straps remove the two screws on each side panel Remove the vinyl trim strip from the top front edge of the instrument Place a flat screwdriver in either slot in the trim strip and lift to remove see Figure 7 52 Remove the instrument top bottom and side covers Note An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top and bottom of the instrument When you reassemble the instrument be sure the braids remain in the side cover channels TRIM STRIP SLOT Figure 7 52 Front Edge Trim Strip 7 64 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Motherboard 2 Front Panel Removal Refer to Figure 7 53 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps before continuing 2 Remove three of the four screws under the trim strip 3 Remove two of the three screws on the lower front frame edge 4 Gently pry the front panel and display from the frame THREE SCREWS TWO SCREWS Figure 7 53 Front Panel Screw Locations Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 65 Motherboard Refer to Figure 7 54 Note Instruments with Option 004 do not have all the cables shown 5 Cut the tie wraps holding the cables 6 From the A9 A10 and All assemblies or the A8 assembly for instruments with Option 002 disconnect the four coaxial cables W6 W7 W8 and W9 attached to the BNC connectors and the source modul
257. e value of calibration constant 637 YTF Offset Band 7 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 79 through 81 until it is Then change calibration constant 637 back to the recorded value 3 48 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 85 On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL 0 dBm 86 Adjust calibration constant 137 Squegg Clamp 7A to maximize RF output power across the band Auto Tracking Verification 87 Record the value of the following calibration constants 621 YTF Gain Band 1 622 YTF Gain Band 2 623 YTF Gain Band 3 624 YTF Gain Band 4 625 YTF Gain Band 5 626 YTF Gain Band 6 627 YTF Gain Band 7 631 YTF Offset Band 1 632 YTF Offset Band 2 633 YTF Offset Band 3 634 YTF Offset Band 4 635 YTF Offset Band 5 636 YTF Offset Band 6 637 YTF Offset Band 7 225 YTM Gain Band 1 226 YTM Gain Band 2 227 YTM Gain Band 3 228 YTM Gain Band 4 229 YTM Gain Band 5 230 YTM Gain Band 6 231 YTM Gain Band 7 238 YTM Offset Band 1 239 YTM Offset Band 2 240 YTM Offset Band 3 241 YTM Offset Band 4 242 YTM Offset Band 5 243 YTM Offset Band 6 244 YTM Offset Band 7 88 Initiate auto tracking on the synthesizer as follows Terminate the RF OUTPUT with a good 50 Q impedance match such as a 10 dB attenuator or a power sensor not requ
258. e vertical position as necessary to display the trace c On the synthesizer set SWEEP MENU Manual Sweep asterisk on d Using the synthesizer rotary knob find the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope e If the power level of the peak point is greater than 22 3 dBm as displayed on the power meter decrease DAmp Clamp 3 until the power level is less than these values If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp Clamp 3 just until the peak point begins to drop this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped Disable the doubler turn doubler amp mode off and return the synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep Band 4 Adjustment 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L only 44 45 46 47 48 49 On the synthesizer set Gin ToP 26 5 GHz 83630B L and 83650B L sTOP 25 5 GHz 83640B L POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Set the following potentiometers located on the left side of the board fully clockwise A12R109 B4S1 A12R110 2 A12R105 B4BP1 A12R106 BP2 Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace Modify calibration constant 634 YTF Offset Band 4 to maximize low end power Modify calibration constant 624 YTF Gain Band 4 to m
259. ector or the coupling factors may be changed to achieve the specified voltages Note The synthesizer must meet the power flatness specification before proceeding with this test 1 Preset all instruments shown in Figure 2 8 and let them warm up for at least one hour SYNTHESIZER DIGITAL VOLTMETER 1000pF VOLTS HI LO ADAPTER BNC TEE CRYSTAL DETECTOR Figure 2 8 External Leveling Test Setup Equipment Digital Voltmeter HP Agilent 3456A Crystal Detector HP Agilent 33330E 83640B L and 83650B L Crystal Detector HP Agilent 33330D 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L Capacitor 1000 pf P N 0160 4574 2 To achieve peak power initiate auto tracking on the synthesizer as follows terminate the RF output with a good 50 Q impedance match such as a 10 dB attenuator or a power sensor not necessary for synthesizers with a step attenuator Press USER CAL Tracking Menu Auto Track asterisk on Wait for the synthesizer to complete auto tracking before continuing to the next step 2 30 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 External Leveling 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 8 4 On the synthesizer press atc Leveling Point ExtDet Coupling Factor 0 dB POWER LEVEL 36 dBm 5 Maximum accuracy for the HP Agilent 3456A is obtained by increasing the DVM display resolution and the number of integration cycles On the HP Agilent 34564 set 100
260. ed Sweeper Spectrum Analyzer with Tracking Generator Controller Vertical Sensitivity 5 mV Div Bandwidth 100 MHz Frequency Range 20 Hz to 10 MHz 4 Mbyte RAM BASIC 5 1 GPIB HP Agilent 54600B 83620 HP 8340A B2 HP Agilent 3585A B HP Agilent 9836 HP Agilent 9920 HP Agilent 310 HP Agilent 320 Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Spectrum Frequency Range 10 MHz to 22 GHz HP Agilent 8566B2 Swept Frequency Analyzer 26 5 GHz with external mixers Accuracy P Frequency Span 0 Hz 100 Hz to 22 GHz Spurious Signals Amplitude Range 20 to 100 dBm Harmonic F Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Spurious Signals Video Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Non harmonic P Log Fidelity 0 1 dB dB over 0 to Spurious Signals 80 dB display 1 0 dB maximum Line Related P Video Output DC voltage proportional Pulse Modulation On Off to vertical position of trace on display Ratio P Capable of phase locking to external Pulse Performance Alt P 10 MHz reference AM Dynamic Range P FM Accuracy P Maximum FM Deviation P Fractional N Reference and API Spurs A FM Gain A Square Wave Symmetry A Analog A vs B Sweep Mode HP Agilent 1740A Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Pulse Performance Alt P AM Accuracy P AM Bandwidth P FM Bandwidth P Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO De
261. ed Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83640B 1 25 Table 1 4 Required Equipment for 83640B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Power Sensor Power Sensor Power Sensor Attenuator Measuring Receiver Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 3 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 40 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 40 GHz Power Range 100 pW to 10 uW Attenuation 30 dB 0 05 dB at 50 MHz Frequency Range tuned 2 5 MHz to 1 3 GHz Range 0 dBm to 127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy 0 5 dB AM Rates 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth to 99 Accuracy 1 of reading 1 count Frequency Range carrier 0 01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity lt 70 dBc at 100 Hz offset lt 78 dBc at 1 kHz offset lt 86 dBc at 10 kHz offset lt 107 dBc at 100 kHz offset Offset Frequency Range 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy t2 dB to 1 MHz offset HP Agilent 8482A HP Agilent 8487A HP Agilent 8487D HP Agilent 11708A HP Agilent 3902A2 HP Agilent 3048A Power Flatness P Power Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Accuracy P Power Flatness
262. ed and press Select If the correct serial number is not displayed return to the Pmtr Config program and repeat entering the correct serial number When entering cal factors for a new serial number the message Failed attempt to access file will appear Press Abort Read the message displayed and then press OK The Cal Factor Edit Menu should now be displayed This menu has 6 options Here is an explanation of each selection 1 Edit Cal Factors Select Edit Cal Factors to edit the cal factors for the serial number selected After Select is pressed the cal factors are displayed Scroll to the line to be edited and press Select There are four choices for editing the cal factors mw Value Value is used to edit a cal factor Enter the new value by typing over the old data Do not use the delete key m Frequency Frequency is used to edit the frequency Enter the new value by typing over the old data Do not use the delete key 5 22 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 m Insert Inserts a line in the table at the location of the pointer m Delete Deletes the line in the table at the location of the pointer 2 Edit Sensor Information Not used Load Cal Factors This selection loads the calibration factor data file for the selected sensor form disk or the directory specified in the MSI command w 4 Store Cal Factors This stores the cal factors for the selected power sensor to dis
263. eeds 207 YTM Rise Band 2 B1 2 208 YTM Rise Band 2 A2 15 209 YTM Rise Band 3 A1 70 210 YTM Rise Band 3 B1 7 211 YTM Rise Band 3 A2 15 212 YTM Rise Band 3 B2 15 213 YTM Rise Band 3 A3 15 214 YTM Rise Band 4 15 215 YTM Rise Band 5 15 216 YTM Rise Band 6 10 217 YTM Rise Band 7 10 Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 39 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Table 3 4 Amplifier Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values continued Number Description Default Adjustment Value Description 249 Autotrack DAC Setting 2048 Sets power level during Autotrack or Power Peaking 449 DAmp Clamp 1 255 Protect the bridge detector 450 DAmp Clamp 2 255 from excessive power when doubler amp mode is selected 451 DAmp Clamp 3 255 452 DAmp Clamp 4 255 453 DAmp Clamp 5 255 454 DAmp Clamp 6 255 455 DAmp Clamp 7 255 561 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 1 1000 Maximize power over first 20 562 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 2 1000 of band Affects fast sweeps only Single sweep mode is also 563 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 3 1000 critical 564 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 4 1000 565 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 5 1000 566 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 6 1000 567 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 7 1000 571 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 1 300 Maximize power over higher 30 572 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 2 300 of band Affects fast sweeps only 573 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 3 300 574 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 4 300 575 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 5 300 576 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 6 300 577 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 7 300 591 YTF Bx Dl
264. een the signal noted in step 7 and the signal in this step should be at least 70 dBc API 2 Spur Adjustment 9 On the synthesizer change the fractional N to CW 44 0005 MHz Press 44 0005 MHz 10 On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 44 0005 MHz Reference Level 10 dBm Note the signal level dBm Center Frequency 44 0055 MHz Reference Level 40 dBm 11 On the synthesizer adjust A4R30 see Figure 12 6 for minimum signal on the spectrum analyzer The difference in level between the signal noted in step 10 and the signal in this step should be at least 80 dBc 12 Turn the synthesizer to standby and reinstall the A4 assembly Related Performance Tests Spurious Signals Non Harmonic In Case of Difficulty 1 Ensure that the spectrum analyzer is locked to the external reference 2 You may need to use video averaging on the spectrum analyzer if the spur level is low enough to be hidden by phase noise 3 If you cannot adjust spurs below the recommended levels the problem is probably with the A4 fractional N assembly Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 12 8 Instrument History Agilent 8360 Service Change A Calibration Constants Use the information in Table 12 3 instead of the equivalent Fractional N information provided in the Calibration Constants chapter Table 12 3 Assemblies and Corre
265. els except 83624B W49 08360 20230 1 COUPLER AMP MULT A39J2 A28J5 83624B W50 08360 20169 1 DIODE SWITCH LOWBAND A41J2 A24J5 All models except 83624B W51 08360 20173 1 ATTENUATOR LPF AT3J2 FL2J1 W51 08360 20172 1 ATTENUATOR LPF AT3J2 FL2J1 Option 004 W52 08360 20147 1 YO DIR COUPLER A26J4 A39J1 W53 NOT USED W54 08360 20087 1 LPF SAMPLER FL2J2 A6J3 W55 1250 1159 1 DIR COUPLER DIODE SWITCH A39J2 A41J1 All models except 83624B Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 37 Table 9 3 Cables continued Ref Desig Part Number Qty Description W56 W56 W57 W57 W58 W58 W58 W58 W58 W593 W593 W593 W593 W593 W593 We60 W61 W62 W63 W64 W65 08360 20208 08360 20258 08360 20203 08360 20203 08360 20218 08360 20221 08360 20137 08360 20137 08360 20250 08360 20078 08360 20070 08360 20107 08360 20108 08360 20194 08360 20192 08360 60176 08360 60177 08360 60180 08360 60181 AMP MULT DUAL MOD A28J3 A38J15 AMP MULT AM MOD A28J3 A38J8 8360 B Series Option 006 83623L DUAL MOD AMP FILTER A38J16 A29J2 AM MOD AMP FILTER A38J9 A29J2 8360 B Series Option 006 FILTER AMP SWITCH A29J3 A33J2 83623B FILTER AMPLIFIER A29J3 A33J2 83624B AMP FILTER DOUBLER A29J3 A32J2 83640B L and 83650B L AMP FILTER DC BLOCKING CAPACITOR A29J3 A40J1 83623L AMP FILTER PLS MOD SW FILT A29J3 A42J5 8360 B S
266. ence between the 10 and 90 risetime points on the envelope The 10 point of the risetime is where the pulse envelope crosses the graticule The 90 point is 4 divisions up Record this value in Table 2 18 86 0000 ns 111 000 ns 136 000 ns Ch 1 170 0 mVolts div Offset 521 2 mvVolts Timebase 5 00 ns div Delay 111 000 ns Figure 2 16 Pulse Envelope Displayed Over 5 Divisions Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 57 Pulse Performance 7 Adjust the timebase delay to position the falling edge of the pulse near the center of the oscilloscope display 8 Measure the falltime the same way as you measured the risetime see step 6 Record this value in Table 2 18 9 Repeat steps 5 through 8 at each synthesizer frequency in Table 2 18 10 Record each worst case risetime and falltime value from Table 2 18 on the test record MARKERS 106 640 ns 111 640 ns 116 640 ns 451 2 mvVolts 111 640 ns 5 8600 ns 170 0 mVolts div Offset 111 660 ns Delay 1 00 ns div Stop 115 520ns Delta T Ch 3 Start Timebase Figure 2 17 Widened Pulse Envelope Pulse Leveling Accuracy 11 On the pulse generator set Pulse Width 1 us Pulse Period 1 ms Pulse Level 5 V 12 On the synthesizer press cw First synthesizer frequency in Table 2 18 POWER LEVEL 0 dBm ALC Leveling Mode Normal MOD Pulse On Off Extrnl asterisk on
267. ency Switching Time P Trigger Event Triggerable Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P FM Bandwidth P Internal Pulse Accuracy P 10 MHz Standard A Modulator Offset and Gain A Modulation Generator Flatness A Digitizing 3 dB Bandwidth 20 GHz HP Agilent 54124T Pulse Performance P Oscilloscope DC Voltage Accuracy 0 4 of full HP Agilent 54750A scale 2 mV HP Agilent 54752A Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz 40 mV p p Trigger amp Timebase Jitter lt 2 5 ps 5E 5 x delay setting Time Interval Accuracy lt 10 ps 40 1 of reading Channel Input Reflection lt 5 for 30 ps risetime Oscilloscope Division Ratio 1 1 HP Agilent 10437A Internal Pulse Accuracy P Probes 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 10 Required Equipment Agilent 8360 Agilent 83623B 24B Table 1 2 Required Equipment for 83623B 24B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Oscilloscope Probes Pulse Generator Function Generator Function Generator Power Meter Power Meter Power Meter Division Ratio 10 1 Pulse Width lt 50 ns Rise Time lt 10 ns Frequency 10 Hz to 5 MHz Frequency Accuracy 5 x 1078 Amplitude Accuracy 100 kHz to 1 MHz 4 100 kHz to
268. ent 8360 Performance Tests 2 43 Spurious Signals Non Harmonic Low Band Mixer Spurs 17 On the synthesizer press Cw 5 Ge 18 On the spectrum analyzer set Start Frequency 1 4 GHz Stop Frequency 1 8 GHz Reference Level O dBm Resolution Bandwidth 300 kHz Video Bandwidth 100 kHz Sweep Time Auto Scale Log 10 dB Division Marker Normal Peak Search MKR gt REF LVL 19 Set the synthesizer to CW 1 9999 GHz and tune from 1 9999 GHz to 1 8 GHz This results in the most dominant mixing spur moving from 1 4 to 1 8 GHz The spur should be at the left hand edge of the display 1 4 GHz It should then travel to the right as you tune down If you can t see it increase power until you can identify the spur Then reset the power level to 0 dBm the performance specification is valid for 0 dBm You are finished tuning when the spur merges with the 2 GHz carrier 20 Identify the worst point where the spur has the greatest power level or if the spur is lost in the noise floor use that value and record the difference between the reference level and spurious signal amplitude on the test record Related Adjustments Fractional N Reference and API Spurs In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 44 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Spurious Signals Non Harmonic 10 Spurious Signals Line Related Descr
269. ents m If a drop in power greater than 1 5 dB occurs when in single sweep increase the A delay term to put the A term at the high end of the peak For example for the following calibration constant values Start of the peak 1800 Middle of the peak 1950 End of the peak 2100 Set the A term to 2050 See Figure 3 16 for a graphic representation of the frequencies affected by the calibration constants Setting the Fastest Sweep Time m Setting the sweep time to 0 milliseconds sets the synthesizer to the fastest sweep time for the frequency range being swept Each time the frequency range is changed the sweep time must be reset to 0 ms in order to maintain the fastest sweep time Sweep Speed Related Adjustments m Delay compensation and risetime adjustments are affected by sweep speed The adjustments are performed at fast sweep speeds which are the worst case All other adjustments are performed at slow sweep speeds they are not affected by sweep speed If you have a sweep speed problem it is probably affected by delay compensation or risetime adjustments YTF Bandcross Delay Terms The YTF Bx Dly terms are either offset or gain terms Al denotes the offset term for band 1 B1 denotes the gain term for band 1 The offset A should be adjusted to maximize power at the beginning of the band The gain B is adjusted to maximize power toward the end of the band See Figure 3 16 and Figure 3 17 for a graphic representation of
270. ep Attenuator Flatness Test Setup 5 6 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 2 Power Flatness and Accuracy Test Performance verification test for standard instrument Description Note If Option 001 is installed in your instrument perform the Step Attenuator Flatness test This test uses the user flatness correction array to measure power flatness at the RF output The power is measured every 10 MHz in low band and every 100 MHz in high and millimeter bands The calibration factors for the power sensor must be added to the program before the test is run Refer to the utility 4 Power Sensor Configuration and Calibration Factor File if necessary The following test equipment is required for this test No substitutions are allowed The test setup is given in the software Test Equipment Required Instrument HP Agilent Model Number Power Meter 438A Power Sensor 100 kHz to 4 2 GHz 8482A Power Sensor 50 MHz to 26 5 GHz 8485A Power Sensor 50 MHz to 50 GHz 8487A 10 dB Attenuator DC to 26 5 GHz 8493C 1 For 40 GHz synthesizers only 2 For high power synthesizers only Procedure Select the power flatness and accuracy test and enter your power sensor data by performing the following steps Note If the power sensor data was added previously and is still current skip the following steps and run the test 1 Select the HELP softkey to access the power sensor configuration an
271. ep Step Step Dwell Size Points Dwell Coupled 1 3 SWEEP MENU 7 mensweep d mensyst d Preset Mode Save User Factory User Preset HP IB Altrnate Disp Usrkey more Menu Regs Status Clear 1 3 UsrMenu Ref Oec Security Software more Clear Menu Menu Rev 2 3 more 3 3 Dim Display a Zero Save Clear Blonk Freq Lock Memory Display Adre Programming Language Menu SCPI Analyzr sCilL TENE 10MHz Freq Standard intmt Extml None Auto SYSTEM MENU amp B SERIES MENU E SERIES MENU MENU SELECT MENU SELECT USER E cs ES Fulluer Tracking AM Cal Freq Cal more Ext Det more FullUsr Tracking Freq Cal more more Cal Menu Menu Menu 1 2 Cai 2 2 Cal Menu Menu 1 2 2 2 SO mn am m ual amo FOTE Lain a Ra AM BW Cal Swp Span Cal Always Once Always Once m aap Lend z Led z USER CAL MENU Q menucal d Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Introduction This chapter provides the following disassembly and reassembly procedures Use these procedures while repairing or replacing an assembly Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly RF Deck Disassembly and Reassembly Motherboard Disassembly and Reassembly Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 1 WARNING These servicing instructions are for
272. epair 8 3 Table 8 1 Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly continued Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A24 Low Band A26 YIG Oscillator A28 Amp Mult A29 Amp Filter A30 Directional Coupler Modulator Offset and Gain ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness YO Driver Gain and Linearity YO Delay Automated FM Gain Amp Mult Adjustments Amp Filt Adjustments Amp Filter Adjustments ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness Full Self Test Power Accuracy Power Flatness Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals Harmonics Spurious Signals Non Harmonics Single Sideband Phase Noise Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio Pulse Performance Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough AM Accuracy AM Bandwidth AM Dynamic Range 1 Full Self Test Swept Frequency Accuracy Frequency Switching Time Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals Harmonics Single Sideband Phase Noise FM Accuracy FM Bandwidth Maximum FM Deviation Full Self Test Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals Harmonics FM Bandwidth Full Self Test Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals Harmonics Pulse Performance FM Bandwidth Full Self Test Power Accuracy Maximum Leveled Power is adjusted at the factory and is not instrument dependent 1 This adjustment or performance test is required only for the 8360 B Series swept signal generator Do
273. epping between two frequencies If necessary adjust the trigger level on the oscilloscope 2 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 22 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Frequency Switching Time 4 Power Accuracy Description and Procedure Using a power meter check the power accuracy of the synthesizer at several CW frequencies At each frequency verify that the actual output power is within specification over the full dynamic range of the ALC loop 1 Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2 5 and let them warm up for at least one hour Press PRESET on the synthesizer 2 On the power meter a Zero and calibrate the power meter sensor b Set to dBm mode 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 5 4 To achieve peak power turn on RF peaking Press USER CAL Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on SYNTHESIZER POWER METER a ca ca ca goo00 ocooooo0 oo a aoon 0000 q ADAPTER POWER SENSOR Figure 2 5 Power Accuracy Test Setup Equipment Power Meter HP Agilent 436A 7A 8A Power Sensor HP Agilent 8487A 83640B L and 83650B L Power Sensor HP Agilent 8485A 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L 83623B L and 83630B L Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 83640B L and 83650B L Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 010 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L 5 On the syn
274. ept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 3 70 Adjustments Agilent 8360 ALC Power Level Accuracy 12 Power Flatness The automated power flatness adjustment in Chapter 5 may be used in place of this procedure Description and Procedure In this procedure the synthesizer measures and corrects power flatness The synthesizer controls the power meter via GPIB while the power meter is measuring the RF output For each synthesizer frequency band and a 0 dB attenuator setting control is given to the synthesizer to measure and correct power flatness Note This adjustment requires an HP Agilent 437B Power Meter The correct power sensor calibration factors must be loaded and selected This procedure cannot be run with a controller on the GPIB nor can it be run from a front panel emulator 1 Preset the instruments shown in Figure 3 26 Do not connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF output yet Let both instruments warm up for at least one hour SYNTHESIZER POWER METER cc EN o qODDoDo Oooooo OQ ao oo o oa ya aC 20 o oo oo oooa a a oo a oa aoon GODO Eq SENSOR RF OUTPUT ADAPTER POWER SENSOR Figure 3 26 Power Flatness Adjustment Setup Equipment Power Meter HP Agilent 437A Power Sensor HP Agilent 8482A Power Sensor HP Agilent 8485A 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83
275. equency Range carrier 0 01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity lt 70 dBc at 100 Hz offset lt 78 dBc at 1 kHz offset lt 86 dBc at 10 kHz offset lt 107 dBc at 100 kHz offset Offset Frequency Range 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy t2 dB to 1 MHz offset Frequency 10 MHz Stability lt 1 x 10710 yr Frequency Range DC to 26 5 GHz Maximum Input 200 mW Polarity Negative HP Agilent 8485D HP Agilent 8485A HP Agilent 11708A HP Agilent 3048A HP Agilent 5061A HP Agilent 5071A HP Agilent 33330D Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Accuracy P Power Flatness P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A Power Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Single Sideband Phase Noise P Internal Timebase Aging Rate P 10 MHz Standard A External Leveling P Amp Mult Adjustments A AM Offset A 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83630L 1 45 Table 1 7 Required Equipment for 83630L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 26 5 GHz HP Agilent 8493C Power Accuracy P
276. equired Equipment 0 ccc ccc cece cece eee nee eees 1 16 Agilent 83640B Required Equipment 00 ec ccc cece eee e ee eees 1 23 Agilent 83650B Required Equipment 0 0 cece ec eee eee n ee eees 1 30 Agilent 83623L Required Equipment 00 eee cnet nee eeenes 1 38 Agilent 83630L Required Equipment 0 0 eee eee serra 1 43 Agilent 83640L Required Equipment 0 0 eee eee sirene 1 48 Agilent 83650L Required Equipment 0 0 e eee sirene 1 53 Agilent 8360 Required Equipment 1 1 Agilent 83620B 22B Agilent 83620B 22B Required Equipment Table 1 1 Required Equipment for 83620B 22B Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Spectrum Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP Agilent 8566B2 Swept Frequency Analyzer Frequency Span 0 Hz 100 Hz to 20 GHz Accuracy P Amplitude Range 20 to 100 dBm Spurious Signals Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Harmonic F Video Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Spurious Signals Log Fidelity 0 1 dB dB over 0 to Non harmonic P 80 dB display 1 0 dB maximum Spurious Signals Video Output DC voltage proportional Line Related P to vertical position of trace on display Pulse Modulation On Off Capable of phase locking to external Ratio P 10 MHz reference AM Dynamic Range P FM Accuracy P Maximum FM Deviation P Fractional N Reference and API Spurs A FM Gain A Square Wave Symmetry A An
277. er 26 5 to 40 GHz On the spectrum analyzer select the external mixer for the 26 5 to 40 GHz frequency range and set the reference level offset to compensate for the mixer s conversion loss at 33 GHz On the synthesizer press mO On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 33 GHz Frequency Span 1 MHz Adjust the reference level to position the signal peak at the top reference graticule Use this reference level for all harmonic measurements On the spectrum analyzer set Start Frequency 26 5 GHz Stop Frequency 40 GHz 83640B L 38 GHz 83650B L Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics See Table 2 11 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output frequencies Since an external mixer is used use the spectrum analyzer signal identify feature to verify that suspected signals are in the 26 5 to 40 GHz frequency range The signals most likely to appear are the fifth and sixth YO harmonics Compare the amplitude of the harmonics and subharmonics to the specifications listed in the test record If any harmonics or subharmonics are within 5 dB of the specification make a more accurate measurement using the Harmonic Subharmonic Verification Procedure gt 20 GHz that follows Note the worst case harmonic and the worst case subharmonic from 26 5 to 40 GHz For the 83640B L only From step 28 determine the worst cas
278. er s User s guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 1 List of Tests The following is a list of this chapter s tests and the page number that each test is located on Operation Verification Tests 0 0 ccc cece een een err 2 5 Performance Tests 00 ccc cece eee eben teen enn n ne ences 2 8 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 00 c cece eee nee neces 2 9 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy cece cece cece ene e nee tenn n ee ennnes 2 13 3 Frequency Switching Time 0 0 0 e nent e en nnes 2 23 4 Power Accuracy 26 kee eee ene nent nee nent eennnes 2 30 5 Power Flatness 2 0 0 eee eee eee nee nett eee eeeeeeeees 2 33 6 Maximum Leveled Power 0 ccc e cece ence n ee tence arena 2 36 7 External Leveling 0 cece rear rena renan 2 39 8 Spurious Signals Harmonics amp Subharmonics 0 0 cee ee 2 42 9 Spurious Signals Non Harmonic 0 cece eee eee eee 2 53 10 Spurious Signals Line Related ccc cece ences 2 59 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise 2 0 0 0 c cece cece eee eee es 2 63 12 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio eee cece cect eee 2 68 13 Pulse Performance j cece cece eee cece nen nen ence eee nen nnes 2 71 14 Pulse Performance Alternate Procedure f 0 cece eee eee 2 79 15 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough j 0 cee eee eee ee eee 2 90 16 AM Accuracy J we ccc cece eee era rara rara 2 99 1
279. er s capability 2 83630B 40B 50B only 2 98 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 FM Bandwidth 9 On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 100 kHz Frequency Span O Hz 10 On the synthesizer press and use the left arrow key to position the cursor in the 1 MHz position one digit left of the decimal point Use the rotary knob or step keys to adjust the CW frequency for 0 V DC on the DVM DC FM Flatness Unlocked 11 Move the mixer s IF output from the DVM to the spectrum analyzer s 50 Q input D 12 On the synthesizer turn on FM DC Press FM On Off DC asterisk on 13 On the spectrum analyzer set Start Frequency 100 kHz Stop Frequency 10 MHz dB Div 1 dB Change the reference level to set the start of the trace or the highest peak on the center graticule 14 The display now shows the synthesizer FM flatness from 100 kHz to 10 MHz Use the spectrum analyzer markers to find the 3 dB bandwidth Record this frequency in Table 2 28 If the total variation is less than 3 dB then record gt 10 MHz in Table 2 28 15 Repeat steps 7 through 14 at the synthesizer frequencies in Table 2 28 16 Record the smallest bandwidth from Table 2 28 on the test record Related Adjustments FM Gain In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 99 FM Bandwidth 21 Maximum FM Devia
280. er set Frequency Span O Hz Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz Sweep Time 10 s Reference Level 10 dBm Scale Log 10 dB Division Video Averaging Off Clear Write A Selected 125 kHz Reference Spur Adjustment 3 On the synthesizer press em Tools Menu CntlPLL Menu Frac N Menu cw 44 125 MHz 4 On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 44 125 MHz Frequency Span 500 Hz Adjust the frequency offset to center the signal on the display Frequency Span O Hz Peak the signal on the display Note the signal level dBm 12 6 Instrument History Agilent 8360 Service Change A Center Frequency 44 0 MHz Reference Level 40 dBm 5 On the synthesizer adjust A4R70 see Figure 12 6 for minimum signal on the spectrum analyzer AUR7O AURSO AHRS1 Figure 12 6 Fractional N Reference and API Spurs Adjustment Locations The difference in level between the signal noted in step 4 and the signal in this step should be at least 75 dBc Agilent 8360 Instrument History 12 7 Service Change A API 1 Spur Adjustment 6 On the synthesizer change the fractional N to CW 44 005 MHz Press 4 005 iia 7 On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 44 005 MHz Reference Level 10 dBm Note the signal level dBm Center Frequency 44 0 MHz Reference Level 40 dBm 8 On the synthesizer adjust A4R31 see Figure 12 6 for minimum signal on the spectrum analyzer The difference in level betw
281. er Flatness and Accuracy AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP AM Accuracy P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83620B 22B 1 5 Table 1 1 Required Equipment for 83620B 22B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Phase Noise Frequency Range carrier HP Agilent 3048A Single Sideband Phase Measurement 0 01 to 18 GHz Noise P System Sensitivity lt 70 dBc at 100 Hz offset lt 78 dBc at 1 kHz offset lt 86 dBc at 10 kHz offset lt 107 dBc at 100 kHz offset Offset Frequency Range 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy t2 dB to 1 MHz offset Frequency Frequency 10 MHz HP Agilent 5061A Internal Timebase Aging Standard Stability lt 1 x 10710 yr HP Agilent 5071A Rate F 10 MHz Standard A Microwave Frequency Range 1 5 to 18 GHz HP Agilent 8348A FM Bandwidth F Amplifier Leveled Output Power gt 16 dBm Preamplifier Frequency Range 100 kHz to 1 3 GHz HP Agilent 8447F Pulse Performance Alt P Power Preamplifier Gain 25 dB Pulse Modulation Video Amplifier Power Amplifier Gain 22 dB Feedthrough P Delay Line gt 1 meter of coax or FM Bandwidth P
282. er Level Accuracy Detector Cal 252 LVL DAC Gain Lo Bnd 100 to 100 ALC Power Level Accuracy Detector Cat 253 LVL DAC Gain Xtal 100 to 100 Detector Cal 254 LVL DAC Gain 2ndOut 0 255 LVL DAC Gain PwrMtr 100 to 100 256 LVL DAC Gain Module 100 to 100 257 LVL DAC Gain ALC Off 0 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 LVL DAC Ofs Hi Bnd 50 to 300 ALC Power Level Accuracy Detector Cal Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 17 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 LVL DAC Ofs Lo Bnd LVL DAC Ofs Xtal LVL DAC Ofs 2ndOut LVL DAC Ofs PwrMtr LVL DAC Ofs Module LVL DAC Ofs ALC Off Internal FM Flat FM DAC Gain Trim AM DAC Gain Trim AM Offset AM Offset L Models ALC Det Ofs Hi ALC Det Ofs Lo ALC Det Ofs Xtal ALC Det Ofs 2nd Out ALC Log Brkpt Hi 100 to 250 1000 to 1000 0 100 to 100 100 to 100 10 000 to 10 000 1000 to 1000 1000 to 1000 20 to 20 620 to 20 serial prefixes gt 3722 100 to 160 100 to 160 100 to 160 100 to 160 0 to 255 ALC Power Level Accuracy Detector Cal
283. er changes less than 2 3 division If not adjust the appropriate rise or delay term steps 106 through 108 and then repeat this step 3 52 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 106 107 108 109 110 On the synthesizer set SWEEP TIME 0 msec a Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps Note any drop in power b Press SINGLE RE ON OFF Then press RF ON OFF again LED on and note any drop in power c The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division 1 5 dB increase the A term of the delay adjustment 562 to put the A term at the high end of the peak Then repeat from step 103 If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b skip the rest of Band 2 Adjustment and continue with Band 3 Adjustment Adjust calibration constant 562 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 2 to maximize power for the low end of band 2 Adjust calibration constant 572 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 2 to maximize power for the high end of band 2 Adjust calibration constant 208 YTM Rise Band 2 A2 to minimize power dropout at the start of band 2 Band 3 Adjustment 111 On the synthesizer set TART 155 Ge TOP 29 64 CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec POWER LEVEL 25 dBm 112 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire
284. er meter configuration routine is only used to select sensor serial numbers model numbers are fixed After selecting Pmtr Config the screen will display a list of model and serial numbers the program will use during the test Important Notes for Editing the Selections No new model numbers can be added The program only recognizes the model numbers listed and will stop if other model numbers are entered Model numbers can not be changed Only the serial numbers can be changed in this menu Use serial numbers to track different sensor model numbers m Only edit sensor serial numbers in this menu a Always exit the program by selecting 17 Save Configuration and then pressing Done A bug in the program may erase model numbers if this is not done If a model number is missing create a new working disk number 2 using the master disk or purge PMTRCONF file from the working disk and copy the PMTRCONF file back to the working disk from the master disk m The frequency range of the instrument determined which sensor model numbers listed will be used during the test The serial number determines which cal factors will be used The following list explains which model numbers are used when Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 21 11 12 13 m For instruments with a maximum frequency of 26 5 GHz the following sensors are used a 8485D 10 dB pad o 8485D o 8485A o 8482A m For instrument with a ma
285. er when calculating the actual FM sensitivity Table 2 30 FM Deviation Frequencies and Settings Synthesizer Spectrum Sideband Function Generator Readings and Calculations Settings Analyzer Nulled Settings Settings Cw FM Center Freq Freq Ampl Actual Actual Max Freq Sens Freq Span FM Rate mVyms Null Volts FM FM Volts GHz MHz V GHz MHz MHz mVems Sens mVems MHz V il 1 1 1 1 0 1 271 5 1 5 1 1 0 1 271 9 1 9 1 2 5 0 1 621 17 1 17 1 3 6 0 1 706 221 1 22 1 3 6 0 1 706 il 10 1 5 1 1 271 5 10 5 5 1 1 271 11 10 1 1 carrier 3 510 5 10 5 1 carrier 3 510 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 103 Maximum FM Deviation Related Adjustments FM Gain Modulation Generator Modulation Generator Flatness In Case of Difficulty 1 If the synthesizer remains unlocked turn AC FM off and begin the procedure from step 13 for the CW frequency in question 2 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 104 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Maximum FM Deviation 22 Internal Pulse Accuracy Option 002 For B Series Only Description and Procedure This performance test uses an oscilloscope to measure the pulse width of the output of the modulation generator not the pulse width of the RF output 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 31 Preset all instruments and let
286. eral times to initiate several sweeps and check that a drop in power lt 1 division occurs when in single sweep If it is less than 1 division skip the remainder of Band 1 Adjustment and continue with Band 2 Adjustment If the drop in power is gt 1 division increase the A term of the delay adjustment 561 to put the A term at the high end of the peak Then repeat from step 95 Adjust calibration constant 561 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 1 to maximize power for the low end of band 1 Set the calibration constant for the middle of the peaked range Adjust calibration constant 571 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 1 to maximize power for the high end of band 1 Set the calibration constant for the middle of the peaked range Adjust calibration constant 205 YTM Rise Band 1 to minimize power dropout at the start of band 1 Band 2 Adjustment Note If the oscilloscope is not already set to 5 mV division or 10 mV division for the 83623B L and the 83624B do so now The logarithmic scale is calculated with the 5 mV division value so for models using 10 mV division the logarithmic scale must change by half 103 On the synthesizer set START D Ge TOF 55 He CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec POWER LEVEL 25 dBm 104 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop 105 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 200 ms sweep time and check that pow
287. eries Option 006 AMP SWITCH DIR COUPLER A33J4 A30J1 83623B AMP SWITCH DIR COUPLER A33J4 A30J1 83623B Option 001 PLIFIER DIR COUPLER A33J3 A30J1 83624B Option 001 AMPLIFIER DIR COUPLER A33J3 A30J1 83624B DOUBLER BRIDGE DET A32J4 A30J4 83640B L and 83650B L DOUBLER BRIDGE DET A32J4 A30J4 83640B L and 83650B L Option 001 OT USED OT USED PULSE VIDEO OUT A8J4 J13 8360 B Series Option 002 PULSE SYNC OUT A8J6 J12 8360 B Series Option 002 AM FM OUTPUT A8J11 J11 8360 B Series Option 002 40 MHZ OUT A8J21 A6J1 8360 B Series Option 002 9 38 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Table 9 3 Cables continued Ref Desig Part Number Qty Description W66 W67 Wes W69 W70 W71 W71 W71 W71 W71 W72 W73 08360 60183 08360 60184 08360 60185 08360 60224 08360 60248 08360 20247 08360 20252 08360 20249 08360 20251 08360 20248 08360 60191 08360 60250 83624B PLS MO PLS MO PLS MO 83640B 83620B PULSE OUT A8J5 A9J4 8360 B Series Option 002 AM OUT A8J8 A10J1 8360 B Series Option 002 FM OUT A8J9 A11J1 8360 B Series Option 002 RF INTERFAC FAST PULSE HI A9J3 A42J1 8360 B Series Option 006 D SW D SW D SW 001 and 006 PLS MOD SW 83620B PLS MOD SW 006 RF INTERFAC Option 006 RF INTERFAC 50B Option 006 22B 30B Option 006 22B 30B Optio
288. erisk on AM Type 1004 V asterisk on Adjust A10R39 LIN AM CAL for a 0 126 mW 4 00 relative reading See Figure 3 29 for the location of A10R39 Related Performance Tests AM Accuracy In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 77 AM Accuracy 15 AM Offset 8360 L Series Only Description and Procedure This adjustment applies to L models with the prefixes listed below This procedure uses calibration constant number 277 to adjust the maximum power out in scalar mode to match the RF output amplitude with scalar off Model 83623L 83630L 83640L 83650L Prefix 3722A and above 3722A and above 3722A and above 3722A and above Equipment Required Oscilloscope HP Agilent 1740 or HP Agilent 54600B Crystal Detector HP Agilent 3330D Negative Detector 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 30 and let them warm up for at least one hour 2 Set the synthesizer to the following settings POWER LEVEL 0 dBm cw 5 Ghz Mod Scalar no indicates Scalar is off 3 Set the oscilloscope to mode BC scale 5V div or less offset adjust offset for trace on screen 4 On the synthesizer press MOD Scalar indicates Scalar is on 3 78 Adjustments AM Offset Agilent 8360 5 On the synthesizer press more 1 3 Adjust Menu Enter pa
289. eshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 77 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 16 AM Accuracy For B Series Only Description and Procedure This procedure measures the AM accuracy of the synthesizer The local oscillator and mixer are used to downconvert the synthesizer frequency to the frequency range of the measuring receiver an HP Agilent 11793A Microwave Converter can be substituted for the mixer For measurements above 20 GHz RF output frequency a spectrum analyzer with external mixer are used to downconvert to a 321 4 MHz RF The function generator provides AM modulation The function generator signal level is adjusted for 30 AM as measured by the measuring receiver The function generator signal level is checked for accuracy A DVM may be necessary to measure the function generator output 1 Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2 23 Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour 2 On the measuring receiver calibrate and store the AM calibration factor Low Band lt 2 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 23 SYNTHESIZER 10 MHz REF 100B ATTENUATOR 10 MHz REF a ooooo ooooo ganaaa a oo do do oa 0000 o ooopop a n000 50 OHMS SIGNAL DIGITAL VOLTMETER LO Figure 2 23 AM Accurac
290. ess 3 92 modulator offset and gain 3 62 power flatness 3 71 sampler assembly 3 10 selftest patches 3 98 square wave symmetry 3 84 sweep ramp 3 9 volts GHz 3 95 YO driver 10 V reference 3 14 YO driver gain and linearity 3 15 YO loop gain 3 17 Agilent Technologies offices xi ALC power level accuracy adjustment 3 67 alphanumeric display removal 7 10 AM accuracy 2 78 AM accuracy adjustment 3 75 AM bandwidth 2 84 AM delay adjustment 3 80 AM dynamic range 2 87 AM FM DAC offset and gain adjustment 3 73 AM input impedance adjustment 3 86 AM offset adjustment 3 78 amplifier filter adjustment 3 32 amplifier filter removal 7 44 amplifier multiplier removal 7 44 amplifier removal 7 44 amplifier switch removal 7 44 APII spur 12 5 API2 spur 12 5 automated adjustments ADC adjustment 5 13 power flatness adjustment 5 14 step attenuator flatness 5 10 YO delay adjustment 5 12 automated performance tests step attenuator flatness 5 5 automated tests BASIC 5 2 binaries 5 2 copying disks 5 3 equipment 5 2 software installation 5 3 AUX OUTPUT disconnection 7 25 BASIC automated tests 5 2 binaries automated tests 5 2 blocking capacitor removal 7 42 BNC connectors removal 7 25 BNC connectors Option 004 removal 7 36 c calibration constants 4 1 changing 4 6 default 4 7 definition 4 1 descriptions 4 8 loading 4 7 memory areas 4 2 saving 4 6 calibration constants utility
291. ess AP BASIC 5 1 HP Agilent 9920 Power Flatness and GPIB HP Agilent 310 Accuracy AP HP Agilent 320 Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA Software No Substitute P N 08360 10001 Step Attenuator Flatness AP Shipped with instrument Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA DVM Range 50 to 50 VDC HP Agilent 3456A2 External Leveling P Accuracy 0 01 HP Agilent 3457A Low Power SRD Bias A ADC AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83630L 1 43 Table 1 7 Required Equipment for 83630L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Digitizing Dual Channel HP Agilent 54110A Internal Timebase Aging Oscilloscope Bandwidth DC to 300 MHz HP Agilent 54111D2 Rate P Input Impedance 1 MQ and 502 HP Agilent 54222A Swept Frequency Vertical Sensitivity lt 5 mV Div HP Agilent 54750A Accuracy P Horizontal Sensitivity 50 ns Div HP Agilent 54752A Frequency Switching Time P Trigger Event Triggerable 10 MHz Standard A Oscilloscope Division Ratio 10 1 HP Agilent 10431A Swept Frequency Accuracy P Probes Frequency Switching Time P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A
292. et the equipment and let them warm up for at least one hour 2 48 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Single Sideband Phase Noise SYNTHESIZER EEE E 9008 ooo0000 oo o 20000 ADAPTER Doo 0000 RF OUTPUT PHASE NOISE MEASUREMENT SYSTEM SYNTHESIZED CARRIER NOISE SIGNAL GENERATOR TEST SET SIGNAL ANALYZER ooo00000 oooooo O MICROWAVE TEST SIGNAL 0 ooo po 20000 ng 50005 ooO000 9900 000 oo 200 000 Do SOURCE OUTPUT NOISE INPUT 640 MHz IN TUNING VOLTAGE OUTPUT GPIB connects TO ALL SPECTRUM INSTRUMENTS ANALYZER CONTROLLER PHASE NOISE INTERFACE SPECTRUM ANALYZER ooo Doo ses sos so Dooo at 909999 990 at 000000 Os 000 DIO OOOO Doo 00000 Og phases Figure 2 13 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test Setup Equipment Phase Noise Measurement System HP Agilent 3048A Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 49 Single Sideband Phase Noise 656 Gre POWER LEVEL 0 dBm Measurement Type Start Offset Freq Stop Freq Minimum Averages Carrier Frequency Det Input Freq DUT Ref Source Ext Timebase Down Converter HP 11848A LNA 4 On the phase noise measurement system set phase locked 100 Hz
293. eter manual for instructions Zero and calibrate the power meter then connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF output On the synthesizer press Cal Freq Range mm Band asterisk on Repeat steps 3 through 5 Related Performance Tests Power Flatness In Case of Difficulty 1 The HP Agilent 437B Power Meter must be used Correct calibration factors must be loaded and selected Make sure that the only GPIB connection is between the synthesizer and the power meter No controller is allowed on the bus Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 3 72 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Power Flatness 13 AM FM DAC Offset and Gain Option 002 8360 B Series Only Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure This procedure calibrates the modulation generator assembly by adjusting the AM and FM DACs The internal DVM measures the DAC output voltages The DAC offset is then zeroed with this adjustment procedure and the DAC gain is automatically calibrated with calibration constants 1 2 Turn the synthesizer on and press PRESET Let the synthesizer warm up for at least one hour Select the A8 adjustment menu On the synthesizer press SERVICE Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A8 Adj Menu 3 The AM DAC adjustment is automatically selected asterisk on Adjust A8R111 see Figure 3 27 to center
294. everse order Finally torque the nut between cable W43 and the connector J1 to 10 in lb 112 N cm 7 26 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Rear Panel 5 Rear Panel Removal Refer to Figure 7 21 1 2 3 Slide the rear panel out of the casting Complete 1 Preliminary Steps and 7 J1 RF Output Connector Removal before continuing Remove the four screws on the top back edge Remove the four screws on the bottom back edge g TOP SCREWS 4 PLACES BOTTOM SCREWS 4 PLACES Figure 7 21 Rear Panel Removal Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 27 Rear Panel Refer to Figure 7 22 5 6 Disconnect the 8 pin line switch connector 7 8 Cut the tie wraps holding the coaxial cables to the four BNC connectors and the source Disconnect ribbon cable W31 from the motherboard Disconnect the fan harness module interface Disconnect the coaxial cables from the A7 A12 and A14 assemblies and disconnect the source module interface cable from the A19 assembly FAN HARNESS N 3 PIN By LINE SWITCH CONNECTOR SOURCE MODULE INTERFACE CABLE W25 RIBBON CABLE W31 o BNC CONNECTOR TS 4 PLACES SA Figure 7 22 Rear Panel Cable Locations 7 28 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Rear Panel 6 A23 10 MHz Reference Standard Removal Refer to Figure 7 23 1 Complete
295. evice It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch Clean the fan filter as follows Turn off the synthesizer Remove the AC line cord Remove the two screws holding the fan shroud to the rear panel See Figure 10 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 Separate the fan shroud the foam and the honeycomb from the ground hex shroud Rinse the foam and honeycomb in warm water then dry Reverse the removal procedure to reassemble the synthesizer 10 2 Preventive Maintenance Agilent 8360 GROUND HEX SHROUD HONEYCOMB FAN SHROUD SCREWS Figure 10 1 Removing the Fan Filter Preventive Maintenance 10 3 Agilent 8360 How to Clean the Display Filter The synthesizer s display is protected by a plastic display filter To clean the display filter use mild soap or detergent and water or a commercial window cleaner ammonia does not hurt the plastic surface Use a soft lint free cloth Do not use abrasive cleaners tissues or paper towels which can scratch the plastic Under normal operation you will need to clean only the front side of the display filter Occasionally depending on the environment in which the synthesizer operates you may wish to clean the back side of the filter as follows 1 Turn the synthesizer to standby yellow LED on 2 Remove the AC li
296. f Part Qty Description Desig Number LABELS 7120 3737 1 LBL WRN HI VOLT 83620 80004 1 AMEPLATE 83620 83621 80002 1 AMEPLATE 83621 83622 80002 1 AMEPLATE 83622 83623 80003 1 AMEPLATE 83623 83624 80002 1 AMEPLATE 83624 83630 80002 1 AMEPLATE 83630 83631 80002 1 AMEPLATE 83631 83640 80003 1 AMEPLATE 83640 83650 80002 1 AMEPLATE 83650 83651 80002 1 AMEPLATE 83651 83623 80004 1 AMEPLATE 83623 83630 80003 1 AMEPLATE 83630 83640 80004 1 AMEPLATE 83640 83650 80003 1 AMEPLATE 83650 SERVICE TOOLS 1251 2170 08360 60065 T 10 TORX SCREWDRIVER T 15 TORX SCREWDRIVER 1 x 31 8 IN POZIDRIVE SCREWDRIVER 2 x 4 IN POZIDRIVE SCREWDRIVER 5 5 7M 050 9 16 5 16 14M COAX EXTRACTOR TOOL SUBMIN D CONNECTOR SUBSTITUTE FRONT PANEL HEX DRIVER M NUT DRIVER NUT DRIVER N NUT DRIVER N OPEN END WRENCH OPEN END WRENCH Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 59 Table 9 16 Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories continued Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 08360 60060 TOOL KIT Includes the following 08360 60086 EXTENDER BOARD DIGITAL BOARDS 08360 60085 EXTENDER BOARD ANALOG BOARDS 08360 60081 EXTENDER BOARD POST REGULATOR 08360 60077 EXTENDER BOARD SWITCHING REGULATOR 08360 60030 EXTENDER BOARD RECTIFIER FILTER 08360 60084 EXTENDER BOARD RF DECK 08360 20286 RF TEST CABLE FILTER TO DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 08360 60108 EXTENDER CAB
297. f an Assembly continued Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A7 Reference A8 Modulation Generator A9 Pulse A10 ALC A11 FM Driver A12 Multiplier Filter Driver None AM FM DAC Offset and Gain Modulation Generator Flatness A9 Pulse Bd Jumper Amp Mult Adjustments Amp Filt Adjustments Low Power SRD Bias AM Delay AM Offset Modulator Offset and Gaim ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness AM Accuracy FM Gain Amp Mult Adjustments Amp Filt Adjustments Full Self Test Frequency Switching Time Spurious Signals Non Harmonics Spurious Signals Line Related Single Sideband Phase Noise Full Self Test Pulse Performance AM Accuracy FM Accuracy Internal Pulse Accuracy Modulation Meter 1 Full Self Test Maximum Leveled Power Pulse Performance Full Self Test Power Accuracy Maximum Leveled Power External Leveling AM Accuracy AM Bandwidth AM Dynamic Range Full Self Test FM Accuracy FM Bandwidth Maximum FM Deviation Full Self Test Maximum Leveled Power 1 This adjustment or performance test is required only for the 8360 B Series swept signal generator Do not perform this adjustment or test on the 8360 L Series swept CW generator 2 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly The replacement assembly is adjusted at the factory and is not instrument dependent 8 2 Post Repair Agilent 8360 Table 8 1
298. f you are still in manual sweep Band 5 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 60 On the synthesizer set START 25 5 GHz 83640B L START 26 5 GHz 83650B L TOP 2 GHz 83640B L TOF 555 Giz 83650B L POWER LEVEL 25 dBm 61 Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace 62 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 47 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 63 64 65 66 67 68 Modify calibration constant 625 YTF Gain Band 5 to maximize high end power Modify calibration constant 635 YTF Offset Band 5 to maximize low end power Repeat steps 61 and 62 until the entire band is peaked Note the value of calibration constant 635 YTF Offset Band 5 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 61 through 63 until it is Then change calibration constant 635 back to the recorded value On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL 0 dBm Adjust calibration constant 135 Squegg Clamp 5A to maximize RF output power across the band Band 6 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 69 70 71 72 73 TA 75 76 T7 On the synthesizer set CE 68 83640B L START 83 5 GHz 83650B L 46 Gi 83640B L Gs Gu 8365
299. fications Recommended Usel Model Frequency Frequency 10 MHz HP Agilent 5061A Internal Timebase Aging Standard Stability lt 1 x 10710 yr HP Agilent 5071A Rate P 10 MHz Standard A icrowave Frequency Range 1 5 to 26 5 GHz HP Agilent 8348A FM Bandwidth P Amplifier Leveled Output Power gt 16 dBm Preamplifier Frequency Range 100 kHz to 1 3 GHz HP Agilent 8447F Pulse Performance Alt P Power Preamplifier Gain 25 dB Pulse Modulation Video Amplifier Feedthrough P Power Amplifier Gain 22 dB Delay Line gt 1 meter of coax or FM Bandwidth P Discriminator semi rigid cable ixer Frequency Range 1 GHz to 20 GHz P N 0955 0307 Pulse Performance Alt P Accuracy P Bandwidth P 7j T Bandwidth P External Leveling P AM Bandwidth P Amp Mult Adjustments A Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P aximum Leveled Power P Pulse Performance P Power Accuracy P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance P Pulse Performance Alt P AM Accuracy P FM Bandwidth P 2 Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83640B 1 27 Table 1 4 Required Equipment for 83640B continued Instrument Critical Specifications
300. fo 1 Production Info 2 Production Info 3 Default 0 HP Agilent 83620A 1 HP Agilent 83621A 2 HP Agilent 83622A 3 HP Agilent 83623A 4 HP Agilent 83624A 5 HP Agilent 83640A 6 HP Agilent 83642A 7 HP Agilent 8340B 8 HP Agilent 83631A 9 HP Agilent 8341B 10 HP Agilent 83650A 11 HP Agilent 83651A 12 HP Agilent 83652A 13 Agilent 83630A 14 HP Agilent 83632A 15 Agilent 83620B 16 Agilent 83621B 17 Agilent 83622B 18 Agilent 83623B 19 Agilent 83624B 20 Agilent 83640B 21 Agilent 83631B 22 Agilent 83650B 23 Agilent 83651B 24 Agilent 83630B 25 Agilent 83623L 26 Agilent 83630L 27 Agilent 83640L 28 Agilent 83650L 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 Instrument specific Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 9 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 19 Production Info 4 Instrument specific 20 Production Info 5 Instrument specific 21 Lock Dwell Time 2 22 Max Ph Lk Wait 100 23 YO Slew Rate 500 24 YO Kick Max 6000 25 YO Settle Rate 20 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 YO Dly Term A Bnd 0 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 37 YO Dly Term A Bnd 1 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 38 YO Dly Term A Bnd 2 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 39 YO Dly Term A Bnd 3 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 40 YO Dly Te
301. follow the prompts on the display The following test equipment is required for this adjustment The test setup is given in the software Test Equipment Required Instrument HP Agilent Model Number Digital Voltmeter 3456A 3457A or 3458A Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 13 4 Power Flatness Adjustment Calibration for standard instrument Description Note If Option 001 is installed in your instrument perform the Step Attenuator Flatness adjustment This adjustment zeros the digital ALC array and measures the power from the RF output The power is measured every 10 MHz in low band and every 100 MHz in high and millimeter bands The calibration constants are adjusted to achieve a flat output The calibration factors for the power sensor must be added to the program Refer to the utility 4 Power Sensor Configuration and Calibration Factor File if necessary The following test equipment is required for this adjustment No substitutions are allowed The test setup is given in the software Test Equipment Required Instrument HP Agilent Model Number Power Meter 438A Power Sensor 100 kHz to 4 2 GHz 8482A Power Sensor 50 MHz to 26 5 GHz 8485A Power Sensor 50 MHz to 50 GHz 8487A 10 dB Attenuator DC to 26 5 GHz 8493C 1 For 40 GHz synthesizers only 2 For high power synthesizers only Procedure Select the power flatness adjustment and enter your power sen
302. form If the difference between marker 1 and marker 2 is less than 1 division repeat steps 13 through 17 with channel 3 volts division set to a more sensitive scale 18 On the synthesizer press POWER LEVEL 0 dBm MOD Pulse On Off Extrnl asterisk on 19 Observe the peak pulse power It should stay within the two delta V markers set in steps 16 and 18 Record the Pass or Fail in the Level Accuracy column in Table 2 18 20 Repeat steps 12 through 19 at each synthesizer frequency in Table 2 18 21 If all results in Table 2 18 are Pass record Pass on the test record If any results are Fail record Fail on the test record Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 59 Pulse Performance 14 Pulse Performance Alternate Procedure For B Series Only Description and Procedure In this procedure the synthesizer s RF output is downconverted in frequency so that an oscilloscope can measure the rise and fall times and make a comparison of pulsed and CW power level accuracy For measurements above 20 GHz RF output frequency a spectrum analyzer with external mixer is used to downconvert to a 321 4 MHz RF Power level accuracy is checked at a 10 Hz pulse repetition rate to verify its operation at the slowest specified rate
303. from the RF deck HEX SCREW 2 PLACES RF DECK Figure 7 60 W51 Location CAUTION Avoid damage to the various ribbon cables and their connectors attached to the RF deck assembly when removing that assembly in the next step Move all flexible coaxial cables out of the way of the RF deck assembly components 4 Carefully pull out the RF deck and rest it on the side of the instrument 5 Remove flexible cables W32 W33 W34 and W35 from the motherboard 6 Remove the hex screws from the RF deck and set the RF deck aside Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 73 Motherboard 8 Motherboard Removal Refer to Figure 7 61 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 2 Front Panel Removal 7 JL RF Output Connector Removal 5 Rear Panel Removal 6 Major Assemblies Removal and 7 RF Deck Removal before continuing 2 Disconnect the transformer pin locking tab and the reference oscillator pin locking tab REFERENCE OSCILLATOR PIN LOCKING TAB ee El Q J ad RANSFORMER ma PIN LOCKING E TAB ww A FOUR CABLES Figure 7 61 Motherboard Cables 7 T call NS 3 Remove the 16 screws from the bottom side of the motherboard bottom side Figure 7 62 4 Lift off the motherboard 7 74 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Mot
304. from your hard drive directory perform the following Type LOAD OPV 8360 Press RETURN 4 Press RUN to start the test program If you are using floppy disks the program will prompt you to install the second disk 5 Some important messages are displayed then the program displays a menu with the available model numbers Using the arrow keys select the correct model to be tested Press SELECT 6 The program asks for the installed options and the serial number of the unit under test Enter the appropriate information 7 A menu of the available tests is displayed Using the arrow keys select the appropriate test Press SELECT Note Refer to the following pages for a detailed description and specific operating information if any for a specific test 8 Follow the prompts in the individual tests for connection instructions and other relevant test information When the test finishes you are returned to the test menu 9 Either select another test to run or select the DONE softkey to exit the program 5 4 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 AUTOMATED PERFORMANCE TESTS 1 Step Attenuator Flatness Test Performance verification test for Option 001 Description A power meter is used to make relative power measurements to determine the actual attenuation of each attenuator card Mismatch error is minimized by including a fixed attenuation in front of the card being measured for both parts of the relative
305. fuse holder in the rear panel Using the screwdriver rotate the fuse cap clockwise to secure the fuse holder in place 6 Reconnect the synthesizer to line power CAUTION N FOR FIRE PROTECTION REPLACE ONLY WITH PROPER FUSE VOLTAGE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE HOLDER Figure 10 2 Replacing the Line Fuse Agilent 8360 Preventive Maintenance 10 5 How to Replace the CPU Battery A15BT 1 WARNING Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended Battery A15BT1 contains lithium iodide Do not incinerate or puncture this battery Dispose of the discharged battery in a safe manner Do not throw batteries away but collect as small chemical waste CAUTION The A15 CPU Assembly may be damaged if it is placed on a conductive surface Use a static safe work station Ensure that the CPU Assembly is not placed on any conductive material Removal Replacement 1 Remove the A15 CPU Assembly Refer to the 6 Major Assemblies Removal in Chapter 7 procedure in Chapter 7 aie BIT Figure 10 3 A15BT1 Battery Location CAUTION Placing the bottom side of the A15 assembly on a conductive work surface without an insulator can result in loss of correction data stored in RAM Protect the A15 assembly from contact with any conductive surface 2 Locate the battery leads on the A15 assembly unso
306. gle Band Amplifier Filter Delay Co ee 3 51 Band 1 Adjustment 2 2 a 3 52 Band 2 Adjustment 2 2 ee 3 52 Band 3 Adjustment 2 2 ee a 3 53 Band 4 Adjustment 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L 3 54 Band 5 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only 2 3 54 Band 6 Adjustment 83640B L and 83650B L only oaa aa 3 55 Band 7 Adjustment 83650B L only 2 2 a 3 55 Multi band YTF Delay 3 56 Band 4 Multi band YTF Delay 8363081 SIG4OB L x and 1 8363081 only Cr o 3 58 Operation Check Co 3 59 Related Performance Tests 2 2 ee a ee 3 59 In Case Of Difficulty 2 2 A 3 59 9 Low Power SRD Bias 2 we ee 3 60 Description and Procedure Lc 3 60 Related Performance Tests 2 2 ee a ee 3 61 In Case of Difficulty 2 2 2 A 3 61 10 Modulator Offset and Gain 2 2 a 3 62 Description and Procedure Lc 3 62 Related Performance Tests 2 2 2 2 a eee 3 66 In Case of Difficulty 2 2 2 A 3 66 11 ALC Power Level Accuracy 2 2 1 ee 3 67 Description and Procedure So ee 3 67 Low Band ALC Power Accuracy Adjustment So ee 3 68 High Band Power Accuracy Adjustment 2 a a a a 3 69 Related Performance Tests 2 2 ee a ee 3 70 In Case of Difficulty 2 2 2 A 3 70 12 Power Flatness Ca a a A 3 71 Description and Procedure Ca a a A 3 71 Low Band Power Flatness 2 2 a a eee 3 71 High Band Power Flatness 2 2 ee e 3 72 Millimeter Band Power
307. h 12 until the power accuracy for each calibration constant is within 0 01 dBm High Band Power Accuracy Adjustment 13 On the synthesizer set Go GHz Adjust Menu Calib Menu Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 69 ALC Power Level Accuracy 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 On the power meter set the CAL FACTOR for the power sensor 10 GHz calibration factor On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL First power level in Table 3 10 Select the first calibration constant in Table 3 10 Select Cal 264 ENTER On the synthesizer select Modify Cal and using the rotary knob modify the calibration constant so that the power meter and the power level setting are the same Repeat steps 16 through 18 for each power level and calibration constant given in Table 3 10 Repeat steps 16 through 19 until the power accuracy for each calibration constant is within 0 01 dBm Table 3 10 Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment Power Level Calibration Constant Adjustment dBm 0 0 264 LVL DAC Ofs Hi Bnd 10 0 251 LVL DAC Gain Hi Bnd 20 0 283 ALC Det Ofs Hi 10 0 292 ALC Det Log Brkpt Hi If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting see Calibration Constants in this manual to store the calibration constants as protected data in EEPROM Related Performance Tests None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Sw
308. han 18 9 dBm as displayed on the power meter decrease Squegg Clamp 4A until the power level is less than these values If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease Squegg Clamp 4A just until the peak point begins to drop this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped 58 For the 83640B L and 83650B L only adjust calibration constant 452 DAmp Clamp 4 as described here to protect the bridge detector from excessive power while in doubler amp mode a On the synthesizer set SERVICE Tools Menu Disable Doubler asterisk off POWER MENU Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On asterisk on b Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace c On the synthesizer set SWEEP MENU Manual Sweep asterisk on d Using the synthesizer rotary knob find the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope e If the power level of the peak point is greater than 23 5 dBm as displayed on the power meter decrease DAmp Clamp 4 until the power level is less than these values If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp Clamp 4 just until the peak point begins to drop this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped 59 Disable the doubler turn doubler amp mode off and return the synthesizer to continuous sweep i
309. hange the FM input impedance to 50 ohms 4 Reinstall the A8 assembly 50 OHM POSITION Y S88886888 8851 600 O 600 OHM POSITION AS ASSEMBLY Figure 3 39 A8 Jumper Locations Related Performance Tests FM Accuracy FM Bandwidth Maximum FM Deviation In Case of Difficulty If the jumper is missing see Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 91 FM Input Impedance 21 Modulation Generator Flatness Option 002 8360 B Series Only Description and Procedure The internal modulation generator is set up for FM operation A 100 kHz rate measured at the AM FM OUTPUT connector is used as the reference amplitude A calibration constant is adjusted so the AM FM output signal is the same amplitude as for a 1 MHz FM rate 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 40 Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour SYNTHESIZER DIGITIZING OSCILLOSCOPE e a a Gogo ooooo00 ao a aoan GODO cm a a AM FM OUTPUT Figure 3 40 Modulation Generator Flatness Adjustment Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54111D 2 On the synthesizer press MOD FM Menu FM On Off Int asterisk on Internal FM Rate 100 kHz Internal FM Dev 8 MHz PRIOR Monitor Menu ModQut On Off FM 3 On the oscilloscope set Channel 1 Display Volts Division Input Coupling Input Impedance Timebase Time Division Dela
310. he A23 10 MHz standard see Figure 3 2 for minimum horizontal movement of the oscilloscope waveform A25 10 MHz FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT Figure 3 2 10 MHz Standard Adjustment Location 3 6 Adjustments Agilent 8360 10 MHz Standard Related Performance Tests Internal Timebase Aging Rate In Case of Difficulty 1 Ensure that an external standard is not connected At instrument preset the synthesizer automatically chooses the external standard as the reference if one is connected to the 10 MHz REF INPUT 2 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 7 10 MHz Standard Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval Figure 3 3 shows the required adjustment interval to maintain a given accuracy If you know the aging rate you can determine a more precise adjustment interval 1 2 3 4 567891 2 3 4 567891 2 3 4 567891 1000 Days l 8 7 6 5 4 oO 3 gt aa a 2 q 100 Days 1 E 5 1x10710 day E 6 z 5 2x10710 day 4 J 3 3x10719 day E 2 2 4x10710 day O 5x10710 day 10 Daysf 4 8 z 7 5 AGING RATES 3 2 1 Day 1 1079 1078 1077 1078 AXIMUM ALLOWABLE ERROR ACCURACY Fig
311. he Baseline Video Feedthrough AM Accuracy Test Setup Low Band AM Accuracy Test Setup lt 20 GHz AM Accuracy Test Setup gt 20 GHz AM Bandwidth Test Setup AM Dynamic Range Test Setup FM Accuracy Test Setup FM Bandwidth Test Setup Maximum FM Deviation Test Setup Pulse Accuracy Test Setup Modulation Meter Test Setup 10 MHz Standard Adjustment Setup 10 MHz Standard Adjustment Location Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval FL2 Location Sampler Match Adjustment Locations IF Gain Adjustment Location YO Driver 10 V Reference Adjustment Location YO Gain and Linearity Break Points a YO Gain and Linearity Adjustment Locations Contents 12 x 2 8 2 11 2 15 2 18 2 23 2 26 2 28 2 30 2 32 2 35 2 41 2 45 2 49 2 52 2 55 2 57 2 58 2 61 2 64 2 67 2 71 2 76 2 78 2 80 2 82 2 84 2 87 2 92 2 97 2 100 2 105 2 107 3 5 3 6 3 8 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 14 3 15 3 16 Agilent 8360 Service 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 16 3 17 3 18 3 19 3 20 3 21 3 22 3 23 3 24 3 25 3 26 3 27 3 28 3 29 3 30 3 31 3 32 3 33 3 34 3 35 3 36 3 37 3 38 3 39 3 40 3 41 3 42 5 1 5 2 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 1 7 7 8 7 9 7 10 Switch and Adjustment Locations Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Setup A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations Single Band Delay and Risetime Compensation Multi Band Del
312. he center frequency to the first LO frequency in Table 2 19 Then set Power Level 10 dBm RF Power On Table 2 19 Synthesizer and LO Frequencies Synthesizer LO Frequencies Risetime Falltime Level Frequencies GHz GHz Accuracy 1 91 2 4 5 0 4 5 9 0 8 5 15 0 14 5 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability Note The CW frequencies checked provide a minimum verification of pulse performance If pulse performance at a different frequency is important repeat the test at that CW frequency 5 On the pulse generator set Pulse Width 50 ns Pulse Period 10 ys 100 kHz Pulse Level 5 V Disable LED off enables pulse generator 2 62 Performance Tests Pulse Performance Alternate Agilent 8360 6 On the oscilloscope set Channel 1 Display On Volts Division 100 mV Offset OV Input Coupling dc Input Impedance 50 ohms Channel 2 Display Off Timebase Time Division 10 ns Delay 100 ns Delay Reference At center Trigger Trigger Mode Edge Trigger Source Chan 2 Trigger Level 2 V Display Display Mode Repetitive Averaging On Number of Averages 1 Screen Single Note On the oscilloscope turn the waveform math function on Then use the waveform math maximum function to determine the pulse envelope when making the following measurements 7 On the synthesizer press MOD Pulse On Off Extrnl asterisk on Agilent 8360 Perfo
313. he synthesizer press CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec 60 Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep increase the A term of the delay adjustment 172 to put the A term at the high end of the peak See Adjustment Help Band 4 Multi band Amplifier Multiplier Delay Compensation 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L only 61 On the synthesizer press TART E 6 sTOP 26 5 GHz 83630B L and 83650B L STOP 255 Giz 83640B L CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec MARKER Marker M3 20 GHz start of band 4 62 Adjust calibration constant 173 YTM Bx Dly Term A4 to maximize power at the start of band 4 63 Adjust calibration constant 186 YTM Bx Dly Term B4 to maximize power at the high end of band 4 64 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 500 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB across both bands If the change is greater than 2 3 division readjust the appropriate delay term 65 On the synthesizer press SWEEP TIME 0 msec 3 30 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments 66 Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep readjust the appropriate delay term for the location of the problem 67 On the synthesizer press E Ge CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec
314. he timebase frequency returns to within 1 Hz of the original frequency Note The internal timebase can be tested after reconnecting AC power for 10 minutes but for best accuracy test again after the instrument has been on or in standby condition for 24 hours Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 7 Internal Timebase Aging Rate Frequency changes due either to a change in orientation with respect to the earth s magnetic field or to a change in altitude usually go away when the instrument is returned to its original position A frequency change due to mechanical shock usually appears as a fixed frequency error 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 1 Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour Note If the oscilloscope does not have a 50 Q input impedance connect channel 1 through a 50 Q feedthrough DIGITIZING OSCILLOSCOPE FREQUENCY STANDARD 10 MHz OUTPUT n e ca ca a gago cooooo oo a aoon 0000 El nooo 2 o 0000 47 o Dom O SYNTHESIZER Figure 2 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate Test Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54111D Frequency Standard HP Agilent 5061A 2 8 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 2 On the oscilloscope adjust the external triggering for a display of the 10MHz REF OUTPUT signal from the synthesizer Channel 1 Display V
315. herboard SCREWS 16 PLACES A22 MOTHERBOARD O o a z O Figure 7 62 Motherboard Screws Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 75 Motherboard Post Repair Table 8 1 Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly Assembly Adjustment Performance Test Al Front Panel Keyboard A2 Source Module Interface A3 Front Panel Processor A4 Fractional N A5 YO Phase Detector A6 Sampler None None None None YO Loop Gain Sampler Assembly Full Self Test Front Panel Self Test Full Self Test Full Self Test Front Panel Self Test Full Self Test Frequency Switching Time Spurious Signals Non Harmonics Full Self Test Frequency Switching Time Spurious Signals Non Harmonics Single Sideband Phase Noise Full Self Test Frequency Switching Time Spurious Signals Non Harmonics Single Sideband Phase Noise 1 This adjustment or performance test is required only for the Agilent 8360 B Series swept signal generator Do not perform this adjustment or test on the 8360 L Series swept CW generator 2 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly The replacement assembly is adjusted at the factory and is not instrument dependent Agilent 8360 Post Repair 8 1 Table 8 1 Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement o
316. hesizer A A DVM can be used in place of the oscilloscope for rms measurements Preset all the equipment and let them warm up at least one hour 2 To achieve peak power on the synthesizer turn on RF peaking Press Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on 3 On the spectrum analyzer set Center frequency 100 kHz Frequency Span O Hz Set the spectrum analyzer tracking generator to 100 mV p p 35 mV rms Choose the alternate detector if your tracking generator has an alternate detector that improves the low end flatness 4 Connect the tracking generator output to the 50 ohm input of the spectrum analyzer through the 10 dB attenuator B On the spectrum analyzer set Start Frequency 100 kHz Stop Frequency 10 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 10 kHz Video Bandwidth 1 kHz Sweep Continuous dB Div 1 dB Range 10 dBm 2 96 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 FM Bandwidth DIGITIZING OSCILLOSCOPE SPECTRUM ANALYZER DIGITAL VOLTMETER TRACKING 50 OHM GENERATOR PUT OUTPUT VOLTS H ADAPTER ATTENUATOR ADAPTER SYNTHESIZER VOLTS GHz Z AXIS BLANK MKRS MICROWAVE AMPLIFIER RF OUTPUT POWER SPLITTER 1008 ATTENUATOR 3 FT CABLE Figure 2 29 FM Bandwidth Test Setup Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 97 FM Bandwidth
317. his adjustment minimizes three known spurs 125 kHz reference API1 and API At each spur frequency the spectrum analyzer is phase locked to the synthesizer connected directly to the A4 fractional N assembly output and operated in zero span A4R70 R31 and R30 are adjusted for minimum spur level Table 12 2 summarizes this adjustment Table 12 2 Summary of Fractional N Reference amp API Spurs Adjustment Spur Fractional N Analyzer Potentiometer Minimum CW Frequency Frequency dBc MHz MHz 125 kHz Reference 44 125 44 0 A4R70 75 API 1 44 005 44 0 A4R31 70 API 2 44 0005 44 0055 A4R30 80 1 With the A4 assembly on an analog extender board connect the equipment as shown in Figure 12 5 Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour Agilent 8360 Instrument History 12 5 Service Change A 30 60 MHz OUT Au FRACTIONAL N ASSEMBLY SPECTRUM ANALYZER O dd ooon o D d oo od ooo A gooO0 ooo o Da as S m D m A m A a A m aadaa aaa m aoaoda oo0000 doa 00 0000 oaado oom doom 0000 EXT 10 MHz REF FREQUENCY OUTPUT REFERENCE aoon O0O00 El O SYNTHESIZER a Om O RF INPUT Figure 12 5 Fractional N Reference and API Spur Adjustment Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B 2 On the spectrum analyz
318. hrough P Tool Kit No Substitute P N 08360 60060 Invertron California Spurious Signals Instruments 501TC Line Related P Capacitor 1000 pf P N 0160 4574 External Leveling P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 1 14 Required Equipment Agilent 83623B 24B Agilent 8360 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments SMA m to SMA m adapter SMA f to SMA f adapter SMB m to SMB m adapter SMB f to SMB f adapter SMB tee f m m 3 5 mm f to 3 5 mm f adapter 3 5 mm f to N type m adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 92 mm f adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 4 mm f adapter 2 4 mm m to 3 5 mm f adapter BNC f to BNC f adapter BNC m to BNC m adapter BNC f to SMA m adapter BNC f to SMB m adapter BNC tee m SMB f to BNC m flexible cable SMA semi rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable GPB cable 2 meters Agilent 8360 1250 1159 1250 1158 1250 0669 1250 0672 1250 1391 5061 5311 1250 1745 1250 2187 1250 2188 11901C 1250 0080 1250 0216 1250 1200 1250 1237 1250 0781 85680 60093 08340 20124 8120 2582 HP Agilent 10833B Required Equipment Agilent 83623B 24B 1 15 Agilent 83630B Required Equipment Table 1 3 Required Equipment for 83630B Oscilloscope Local Oscillator Synthesiz
319. iPLL ViewHdwr Menu Menu Menu 13 as Do Test Modify Options Output 0 Menu Loop Log Menu Enable Teat Disable Test Enable All Disable All Frac N Sampler LoopCnti NoPhase Menu Menu Manu Lock When To Log Log Dota To Print IF Sompler Sampler YO Loop Always OnFail Printer Osplay Result Freq Freq Horm Freq PSN e SEE Calib Det Cal more Menu Menu 1 2 Sampler Exercise Freq Sampler AssyAdj Menu Di Menu A4 VCO AS Loop AS Adj Tune Gain Menu m Led AB Adj more Menu 1 2 Ag AO Ad A13 Ad A14 more DetOfs Menu Menu SwpRmp 2 2 sia AB VCO AG Smpir AB Loop Tune Match Gain a ALC Cal Array cesso more Store Recall Zero 173 Autoline Array Pwr Mtr more Freq Sel Menu ALC Cal 33 A6 IF Gain o Cal Freq Range more Lo Bnd Hi Bnd mm Bnd 2 3 PLL VO Freq PLL RF Freq more Frege Harma DACs Full Res 1 2 YO Diy YM Diy Freq Det YIM more Comp Comp Error DACs 2 2 ere ALC Cal Arro Atn Freq more Edit Store x i eit eis Cal reg Range AtnStep more to Bnd Hi Bnd mm Bnd To Cal 2 3 SERVICE MENU 6 menserv d SwpTime Start Sweep Trigger more Auto Auto Bus Ex 2 3 St
320. ibility HP BASIC 5 1 and an HP 9000 series 200 or 300 computer are required to run the software to retrofit the instrument Agilent Retrofit Kit Part Number Model Number All models 08360 60142 Agilent 8360 Option Retrofits 11 5 Rack Mount Slide Kit Add Option 806 Option 806 contains the necessary hardware to mount sliding rack mounts on the synthesizer This allows easier access to the synthesizer when it is mounted in an equipment rack You must remove the instrument side panels to install the kit Instructions for installation are in the installation note included in the retrofit kit Agilent Retrofit Kit Part Number Model Number All models 08360 60143 Rack Flange Kit Without Handles Add Option 908 Option 908 contains a pair of flanges and the necessary hardware to mount the synthesizer without handles in an equipment rack with 482 6 mm 19 in horizontal spacing Instructions for installation are in the installation note included in the retrofit kit Agilent Retrofit Kit Part Number Model Number All models 08360 60144 11 6 Option Retrofits Agilent 8360 Extra Manual Set Add Option 910 All instruments are supplied with one complete manual set which documents operation and service Each Option 910 available only with the initial order provides one additional complete manual set To order additional manuals after initial shipment order the individual manual part numbers
321. ide a DC voltage to the synthesizer s AM input The synthesizer is set to 0 dBm output power AM is enabled and a DC voltage is applied The DC voltage is set for maximum AM without an overmodulation indication to drive the synthesizer s modulator to the edge of distortion The output power is measured with a power meter A measurement is made in 1 GHz steps across the synthesizer s frequency range This equipment lets you measure down to 30 dBm If you reach this level before the synthesizer overmodulates the power meter will indicate an under range measurement This procedure is repeated using the deep AM function in the search ALC mode A spectrum analyzer is used in place of the power meter to make the deep AM measurement This equipment allows you to measure down to approximately 65 dBm If your synthesizer does not overmodulate by this point and you wish to measure the power level just before overmodulation use a power supply to increase the DC voltage supply to the AM input CAUTION Do not exceed 15 V DC to the AM input or damage will occur 1 Preset the instruments shown in Figure 2 27 and let them warm up for at least one hour SYNTHESIZER SPECTRUM ANALYZER O d oOo oono oA POHER METER d ooo d oo000 ooo ooooo ooo oooono goo oo o oadada ood 00 Aa a OUTPUT ADAPTER SENSO
322. ies Option 004 ERNAL PULSE J2 A8J3 8360 B Series Option 002 ERNAL PULSE J8 A8J3 8360 B Series Option 002 and 004 AM INPUT J3 A10J8 8360 B Series AM INPUT J3 A8J7 8360 B Series Option 002 PUT J4 A11J1 8360 B Series PUT J4 A8J10 8360 B Series Option 002 ERNAL LEVELING J5 A10J4 I LEVELING A2J2 A10J2 HZ REF A7J5 A4J1 30 60 MHZ A4J3 A5J2 SAM PLER IF A6J2 A5J1 HIGH FREQ PLL A5J3 A26J2 40 M 40 M HZ REF A7J6 A6J1 Hz REF A7J6 A8J1 8360 B Series Option 002 EXTERNAL STD J6 A7J1 OVEN STD A23J1 A7J2 1 MHZ A7J4 A14J1 10 M HZ REAR PANEL A4J2 J7 100 MHZ REF A7J7 A24J2 9 34 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Table 9 3 Cables continued Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number W21 OT USED W22 08360 60228 1 PRE PULSE LEVELING DET A38J13 A10J6 W 22 08360 60245 1 PRE PULSE LEVELING DET A42J4 A10J6 8360 B Series Option 006 W 23 08360 60093 1 RP SMI LEVELING A19J2 A10J3 W 24 08360 60107 1 LOWBAND DETECTOR A24J3 A10J5 W25 08360 60106 1 HI BAND DETECTOR CR1 A10J7 W 26 08360 60079 1 YO FM SIGNAL A11J2 A26J3 8360 B Series only W27 08360 60097 1 V GHZ A12J1 J10 W 28 08360 60098 1 TRIGGER OUTPUT A14J2 J9 W29 08360 60031 1 PREREG IN PREREG OUT A18J1 A17J1 W 30 08360 60063 1 OTHERBOARD 10MHZ STD A22J7 A23J2 W31 08360 60037 1 REAR PANEL MOTHERBOARD A19J1 A22J8 W32 08360 60226 1 PULSE MOD HI A22J3 A38J3 W32 08360 60247 1 SLOW PULS
323. ies Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Record Fail on the operation verification form and see the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide After repair repeat operation verification from the beginning 2 Power Accuracy 1 2 Follow the procedure for this performance test given in this chapter If the synthesizer passes this test record Pass on the operation verification form and continue to the next test Power Flatness If the synthesizer fails record Fail on the operation verification form and then follow the In Case of Difficulty instructions given for this performance test After repair repeat operation verification from the beginning Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 5 Operation Verification 3 Power Flatness 1 Follow the procedure for this performance test given in this chapter 2 If the synthesizer passes this test record Pass on the operation verification form and continue to the next test Maximum Leveled Power If the synthesizer fails record Fail on the operation verification form and then follow the In Case of Difficulty instructions given for this performance test After repair repeat operation verification from the beginning 4 Maximum Leveled Power 1 Follow the procedure for this performance test given in this chapter 2 If the synthesizer passes thi
324. if the Invertron is not used Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 121 Agilent 83623B 24B Test Record Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 6 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 7 Offsets at 18 0 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 60 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 68 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 76 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 97 dBc 2 dB 12 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio 12 On Off Ratio 80 dB 1 dB 13 Pulse Performance Standard 10 Risetime 25 ns 0 9 ns 10 Falltime 25 ns 0 9 ns 21 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 0 1 dB Option 006 10 Risetime 10 ns 0 4 ns 10 Falltime 10 ns 0 4 ns 21 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 0 1 dB 14 Pulse Performance Alternate 12 Risetime 25 ns 12 Falltime 25 ns 24 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 15 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21 lt 2 GHz lt 10 dBm 2 0 22 gt 10 dBm 5 0 35 26 gt 2 and lt 20 0 GHz 1 0 06 2 122 Performance Tests Agilent 83623B 24B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 7 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 16 AM Accuracy lt 2 GHz 8 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 11 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 18 AM Dep
325. ilent 8116A HP Agilent 8175A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 436A Power Accuracy P Accuracy 0 02 dB HP Agilent 437B AM Dynamic Range P HP Agilent 438A Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A AM Accuracy A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 437B Power Flatness P Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Flatness A Power Meter Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW HP Agilent 438A Power Flatness and Accuracy 0 02 dB Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 32 Required Equipment Agilent 8360 Agilent 83650B Table 1 5 Required Equipment for 83650B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Attenuator Measuring Receiver System Power Sensor Power Sensor Power Sensor Phase Noise Measurement Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 3 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 50 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 50 GHz Power Range 100 pW to 10 uW Attenuation 30 dB 0 05 dB at 50 MHz Frequency Range tuned 2 5 MHz to 1 3 GHz Range O dBm to 127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy 0 5 dB AM Rates 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth to 99 Ac
326. ins plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact Any interruption of the protective conductor inside or outside the instrument is likely to make the instrument dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse only with same type and rating F 5A 250 V The use of other fuses or material is prohibited CAUTION m Always use the three prong ac power cord supplied with this instrument Failure to ensure adequate earth grounding by not using this cord may cause instrument damage Before switching on this product make sure that the line voltage selector switch is set to the voltage of the power supply and the correct fuse is installed Assure the supply voltage is in the specified range 3 2 Adjustments Agilent 8360 List of Adjustments The following is a list of this chapter s adjustments and the page number that each adjustment is located on 1 10 MHz Standard 0 0 0 ccc cen enn n teenie enna 3 6 2 Sweep Ramp ccc ne eee re eben eee rnrn enes 3 12 3 Sampler Assembly 0 0 cece ccc cece eee ene cent reru ene nent eens 3 13 4 YO Driver 10 V Reference 0 ccc cence rr n enn eeennes 3 18 5 YO Driver Gain and Linearity 2 2 00 eee eenee eee n ne enes 3 20 6 YO Loop Gain 1 2 ce ccc enn eee e nee nent teen nnn e eens 3 23 7 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments 00 cece cece cee
327. inued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Use Power Sensor Power Sensor Power Sensor Attenuator Measuring Receiver Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 3 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 20 GHz Power Range 100 pW to 10 uW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 20 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Attenuation 30 dB 0 05 dB at 50 MHz Frequency Range tuned 2 5 MHz to 1 3 GHz Range 0 dBm to 127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy 0 5 dB AM Rates 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth to 99 Accuracy 1 of reading 1 count Frequency Range carrier 0 01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity lt 70 dBc at 100 Hz offset lt 78 dBc at 1 kHz offset lt 86 dBc at 10 kHz offset lt 107 dBc at 100 kHz offset Offset Frequency Range 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy t2 dB to 1 MHz offset HP Agilent 8482A HP Agilent 8485D HP Agilent 8485A HP Agilent 11708A HP 3902A2 HP 3048A Power Flatness P Power Flatness A Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Accuracy P Power Flatness P AM Dynamic Range P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A Power Flatness A AM Accuracy A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Power Flatness AA Ste
328. ion factors for future use 12 Exit the power meter calibration 13 Run the power flatness adjustment 5 16 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 Utilities 1 Front Panel Emulation Description This utility simulates an HP Agilent 8360 synthesizer front panel keyboard in an instrument Procedure To access the front panel emulation utility select the front panel emulation program in the test menu The front panel emulation program cannot run front panel functions that use a power meter or printer These functions cause the Agilent 8360 B or L series synthesizer to act as a controller which conflicts with the computer as the controller on the bus Use a substitute front panel to run these functions or use the tests provided with this software When using the front panel emulation program enter the letter directly above the caret A to activate the function or key Note that the keys are case sensitive L means ALC and I means LOCAL See Table 5 4 for a detailed listing of hardkey designations For numeric entry two different terminator keys are combined on one hardkey The actual terminator depends on the active mode of the synthesizer For example When pulse width is the active entry 10 k enters 10 ms When frequency span is the active entry 10 k enters 10 kHz Softkeys are designated by menukey X where X is 1 through 5 and corresponds to the five softkey positions below the display To
329. iption and Procedure Use this procedure to measure line related spurs The synthesizer is placed at a CW frequency where the synthesizer is most sensitive to line related spurs The spectrum analyzer measures the RF output offset by the harmonics of the line power frequency 60 Hz or 50 Hz To eliminate measuring the spectrum analyzer line related spurs an Invertron is used to operate the spectrum analyzer at a different line frequency so that its own spurs will not affect the measurement The spectrum analyzer must have the capability of a 10 Hz resolution bandwidth A wider resolution bandwidth results in the synthesizer s phase noise masking the spur 1 Set the Invertron for a line frequency of 55 Hz and for normal operating voltage 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 12 Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour SPECTRUM ANALYZER SYNTHESIZER O d ooo o A oo o v ooo d oo2 ooo o LINE POWER INVERTRON ae a ca ca Gogo ooo000 cooo ooo O0O00 a RF OUTPUT ADAPTER Figure 2 12 Spurious signals Line Related Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B Invertron California Instruments 501TC 3 To achieve peak power turn on RF peaking Set USER CAL Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on 4 On the synthesizer
330. ired 9 16 in Socket T 10 Torx Screwdriver T 15 Torx Screwdriver 5 5 mm Nut Driver 5 16 in Open End Wrench 14 mm Open End Wrench 7mm Nut Driver 1 x 31 8 in Pozidrive Screwdriver 2 x 4 in Pozidriv Screwdriver Coax Extractor Tool Submin D Connector Description and Procedure Some steps in this procedure may not apply to all option configurations If a particular step does not apply continue with the next appropriate step To disassemble the rear panel and associated assemblies follow this procedure in the order given To reassemble the rear panel and associated assemblies follow this procedure in the reverse order CAUTION Cable routing may affect instrument performance Refer to Figure 7 1 for a diagram of the instrument cable routing Refer to the flowchart in Figure 7 17 to determine the necessary disassembly steps for a given assembly Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 21 Rear Panel PRELIMINARY STEPS STEP 1 B1 FAN REAR PANEL STEP 2 BNC CONNECTORS and AUX OUTPUT STEP 3 REAR PANEL STEP 4 A23 10 MHz T1 TRANSFORMER A19 REAR VOLTAGE REFERENCE PANEL INTERFACE SELECTION SWITCH STANDARD STEP 6 STEP 7 STEP 8 STEP 5 REAR PANEL FU LINE FUSE HOUSING FILTER STEP 9 STEP 10 Figure 7 17 Rear Panel Disassembly Flowchart 7 22 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Rear Panel 1 Preliminary Steps CAUTION You can easily blow the fuse for the 13
331. ired for synthesizers with a step attenuator Press Tracking Menu Auto Track Wait for the synthesizer to complete auto tracking If auto tracking fails an error message is displayed repeat the gain and offset adjustments for the failed frequency 89 On the synthesizer set START Co GHz STOP 20 GHz CONT SWEEP TIME 1 5 sec ALC Leveling Point Intrnl asterisk on POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 49 Amplifier Filter Adjustments For the 83640B L and 83650B L only also press SERVICE Tools Menu Disable Doubler asterisk off Connect the power meter to the synthesizer RF OUTPUT through the power sensor and 10 dB attenuator see Figure 3 18 Adjust the oscilloscope horizontal control to place the low power point on a vertical graticule and note the position Select manual sweep Press SWEEP MENU Manual Sweep asterisk on Use the arrow keys to adjust the CW frequency to the minimum power point on the oscilloscope On the power meter check that the power at this point is not less than the specified maximum leveled power note that power is attenuated by 10 dB If it is note the level and frequency and check the following a Compare the manually adjusted YTF and YTM gain and offset calibration constants step 85 to the auto tracked calibration constants A large difference in values several hundred counts indicates a possible misadjustment The auto tracking value
332. isplayed informing you that changing the calibration constants may drastically affect instrument performance To verify that you do wish to recall the default calibration constants select yes The default data calibration constants are now loaded into working data Exit the calibration utility menu using the PRIOR key or pressing PRESET Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 7 Calibration Constant Descriptions Table 4 9 provides the following information for each calibration constant a The calibration constant number in ascending order m The calibration constant name An asterisk indicates that this calibration constant is adjusted by an automated adjustment a The range of realistic adjustment adjustment outside of the range may be possible but will probably cause the synthesizer to be severely misadjusted or the default value some calibration constants are set to a default value and are not adjustable m The related adjustment procedure manual automated or front panel that adjusts that calibration constant Note Blank calibration constants are reserved for future use 4 8 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions Number Description Range or Related Adjustment 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Identifier Response Dwell After RF On User Configuration Lockout Features Display Field Lock Retrace Dwell Time Production In
333. just until the peak point begins to drop this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped 15 If you have an 83623L adjust calibration constant 131 Squegg Clamp 1A as described here Otherwise continue with the next step a Set the synthesizer s sweep time to 500 ms b Adjust the calibration constant 131 Squegg Clamp 1A for maximum power without squegging c Check for squegging by setting the synthesizer s sweep time to 0 ms If the power increase is greater 2 dB in any part of the band then squegging is occurring 3 42 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 16 17 d If squegging occurs readjust calibration constant 131 so that the power difference is 2 dB or less from a 500 ms slow sweep to a 0 ms fast sweep If you have any instrument except an 83640B L and 83650B L continue with Band 2 Adjustment Otherwise adjust calibration constant 449 DAmp Clamp 1 as described here to protect the bridge detector from excessive power while in doubler amp mode a On the synthesizer set SERVICE Tools Menu Disable Doubler asterisk off POWER MENU Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On asterisk on b Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace c On the synthesizer set SWEEP MENU Manual Sweep asterisk on d Using the synthesizer rotary knob find the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope e If the power level of the peak point i
334. k or the directory specified by the MSI command 5 Current Displays the current sensor serial and model number 6 Serial Entry This selection is used to create a new cal factor data table for the selected power sensor m To enter frequency and correction factors for the sensor enter the frequency a comma and then the correction factor Frequency Correction The frequency must be entered in GHz 01 10 MHz Correction factors must be entered in 97 0 97 0 Enter frequencies in ascending order lowest to highest m The first frequency point must be below the start frequency the sensor is used at For first frequency points enter 8485A D lt 0 05 GHz 8482A 8485A D lt 0 01 GHz m There must be a calibration factor at 50 MHz The test software requires this 50 MHz calibration factor for the power sensor m The last frequency point must be greater than the highest frequency the sensor is used at The last frequency points entered 8487A D 50 0 GHz 8482A gt 4 2 GHz 8485A D 8487A D gt 26 5 GHz m To end serial entry enter 0 0 m Select Store Cal Factors 14 To exit the Cal Factor Edit Menu press Done 15 If all entries are complete press Done If additional editing is required scroll to the desired choice and select After all data is entered and Done has been selected the program should continue running If a Time Out error occurs check the setup and press
335. kHz to lt 10 kHz 68 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 76 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 97 dBc 2 dB 12 Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio 12 On Off Ratio 80 dB 1 dB 13 Pulse Performance Standard 10 Risetime 25 ns 0 9 ns 10 Falltime 25 ns 0 9 ns 21 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 0 1 dB Option 006 10 Risetime 10 ns 0 4 ns 10 Falltime 10 ns 0 4 ns 21 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 0 3 dB 14 Pulse Performance Alternate 29 Risetime 25 ns 29 Falltime 25 ns 37 Level Accuracy 0 3 dB 2 130 Performance Tests Agilent 83630B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 35 Test Record for 83630B 7 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 15 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21 lt 2 GHz lt 10 dBm 2 0 22 gt 10 dBm 5 0 4 26 gt 2 and lt 26 5 GHz Standard 0 2 0 03 Option 006 1 0 07 16 AM Accuracy lt 2 GHz 8 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 11 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 18 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 21 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 17 AM Bandwidth 10 3 dB Bandwidth 100 kHz 10 31 kHz 18 AM Dynamic Range 12 Normal 20 dBm 0 45 dB 23 Deep lt 20 GHz 37 dBm 1 65 dB 23 Deep gt 20 GHz 40 dBm 1 35 dB 19 FM Accuracy 13 Maximum FM Error 10 10 3 7 23 Maximum FM Error Opt 002 10 10 3 7 20
336. ke these adjustments easier The adjustment procedure follows Offset and Gain Adjustments a For all offset and gain adjustments adjust through the bandpass Keep adjusting until the power peaks and then drops off Then reset the adjustment to the peaked point a For all offset and gain adjustments if power stays peaked over several calibration constant values set the calibration constant to the middle value of the peaked range Squegg Clamp Calibration Constants Squegg clamp calibration constants are available to limit the power into the amplifier multiplier The band 1 adjustment is set for a specific output power at the start of band 1 All other squegg clamp adjustments are set to a default value to allow maximum output power m When increasing any squegg clamp calibration constant power is increased too far when any of the following occurs a Any portion of the trace is distorted or power drops out in a portion of the trace sphere squegging c Power drops over a broad frequency range c Power stops increasing on any portion of the trace Adjusting for the Center of the Passband a The passband and tuning linearity of the amplifier filter varies with frequency The amplifier filter adjustments track the amplifier filter passband with the amplifier multiplier output frequency over the full frequency range of the synthesizer Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 33 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustm
337. l Oscilloscope Measuring Receiver Power Sensor Power Meter Microwave Spectrum Analyzer Function Generator Report Number Date Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date 2 110 Performance Tests Agilent 83620B 22B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 33 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 3 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 7 Calculated Rate 5x10710 day 5 6x10711 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value 10 Start Freq 0 1 of 0 005 of Stop Freq sweep sweep 3 Frequency Switching Time 8 CW Step 50 ms 10 us 16 Stepped Sweep 5 5 ms 1 us 25 Frequency List 50 ms 10 us 4 Power Accuracy 14 gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 0 6 dB 0 6 dB 0 19 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 0 7 dB 0 7 dB 0 35 dB gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 1 2 dB 1 2 dB 0 21 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 3 dB 1 3 dB 0 46 dB 5 Power Flatness 5 lt 2 GHz 1 0 dB 0 13 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 2 dB 0 25 dB 6 Maximum Leveled Power Standard or Opt 006 6 lt 20 GHz 13 dBm 1 8 dB Opt 001 or Opts 001 and 006 6 lt 20 GHz 11 5 dBm 1 8 dB Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 111 Agilent 83620B 22B Test Record Table 2 33 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 4 of 8
338. lay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 16 Required Equipment Agilent 83630B Agilent 8360 Table 1 3 Required Equipment for 83630B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel Software DVM Digitizing Oscilloscope Digitizing Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes No Substitute Shipped with instrument Range 50 to 50 VDC Accuracy 0 01 Input Impedance gt 10 MQ Dual Channel Bandwidth DC to 300 MHz Input Impedance 1 MQ and 50 Vertical Sensitivity lt 5 mV Div Horizontal Sensitivity 50 ns Div Trigger Event Triggerable 3 dB Bandwidth 26 5 GHz DC Voltage Accuracy 0 4 of full scale 2 mV Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz 40 mV p p Trigger amp Timebase Jitter lt 2 5 ps 5E 5 x delay setting Time Interval Accuracy lt 10 ps 40 1 of reading Channel Input Reflection lt 5 for 30 ps risetime Division Ratio 1 1 P N 08360 10001 HP Agilent 3456A2 HP Agilent 3457A HP Agilent 54110A HP Agilent 54111D2 HP Agilent 54222A HP Agilent 54750A HP Agilent 54752A HP Agilent 54124T HP Agilent 54750A HP Agilent 54752A HP Agilent 10437A Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flat
339. lder them and remove the old battery 3 Replace and solder the leads on the new battery ensuring proper polarity as silkscreened on the A15 assembly 4 Record the battery replacement date on the battery label 5 Replace the A15 CPU Assembly Refer to 6 Major Assemblies Removal in Chapter 7 10 6 Preventive Maintenance Agilent 8360 Connector Care Clean and gage the synthesizer s output connector periodically For details refer to Application Note 326 which documents the principles of microwave connector care Agilent 8360 Preventive Maintenance 10 7 11 Option Retrofits Introduction This chapter provides option retrofit information Each option and the complexity of the retrofit procedure are briefly described Some options cannot be retrofitted and so are not mentioned in this chapter Where applicable kit part numbers are provided for both adding and deleting the option The specific details of the retrofit including any adjustments and performance tests required after an assembly is replaced are discussed in the installation note included in each retrofit kit The retrofit kit number depends on the instrument model number Option Retrofits Option Number Option Name 001 Add Attenuator 002 Add Modulation Generator 004 Rear Panel RF Output 008 1 Hz Capability 700 MATE Compatibility 806 Rack Mount Side Kit 908 Rack Flange Kit Without Handles 910 Extra Manual Set 913 Rack Flange Kit With
340. lent 83620B 22B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 33 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 7 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 16 AM Accuracy lt 2 GHz 8 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 11 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 18 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 21 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 17 AM Bandwidth 10 3 dB Bandwidth 100 kHz 10 31 kHz 18 AM Dynamic Range 12 Normal 20 dBm 0 4 dB 23 Deep 37 dBm 1 66 dB 19 FM Accuracy 13 Maximum FM Error 10 10 3 7 23 Maximum FM Error Opt 002 10 10 3 7 20 FM Bandwidth 16 3 dB Bandwidth 8 MHz 320 kHz Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 115 Agilent 83620B 22B Test Record Table 2 33 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 8 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 21 Maximum FM Deviation 12 DC FM Unlocked lt 100 Hz gt 75 MHz Deviation Pass Fail 2 3 MHz 24 AC FM Locked 100 kHz Modulation Index gt 5 1 GHz 500 kHz 21 2 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 21 2 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 42 4 kHz 17 GHz 1 5 MHz 63 6 kHz 24 AC FM Locked 1 MHz Modulation Index gt 5 1 GHz 5 MHz 212 kHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 212 kHz 24 AC FM Locked 3 MHz gt 8 MHz deviation 1 GHz 8 MHz 340 kHz 5 G
341. libration Constant Descriptions 2 2 2 eee 4 8 5 Automated Tests Introduction Ce 5 1 Setting Up the System Ce 5 2 Hardware Requirements 2 ee ee 5 2 Operating System Requirements 5 2 Installing the Software 2 a a a a 5 3 Disk Files Ce a 5 3 Make Working Copies Loe Co 5 3 Installing the Program onto a Hard Disk Co 5 3 Operating from a Floppy Disk 2 a ee 5 3 Running the Software Ca 5 4 Configuration Limitations 2 a a 5 4 Loading the Software Ca a 5 4 AUTOMATED PERFORMANCE TESTS Lo 5 5 1 Step Attenuator Flatness Test 2 2 2 ee 5 5 Description a a a a a 5 5 Procedure PP 5 6 2 Power Flatness and Accuracy Test PP 5 7 Description Lc 5 7 Procedure PP 5 7 AUTOMATED ADJUSTMENTS PPP 5 10 1 Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment 2 2 ee 5 10 Description a a a a a 5 10 Procedure PPP 5 10 2 YO Delay Adjustment Ce 5 12 Description a a a a a 5 12 3 ADC Adjustment 2 a a a A 5 13 Description PPP 5 13 4 Power Flatness Adjustment Ce a 5 14 Description a a a a a 5 14 Procedure oa oa a a a a 5 14 Utilities 2 a a A 5 17 Contents 8 Agilent 8360 Service 1 Front Panel Emulation 2 2 L 5 17 Description a a a a a a a 5 17 Procedure a 5 17 2 Calibration Constants L 5 20 Description a a 5 20 Procedure 2 1 ee a 5 20 3 Self Test 2 2 A 5 20 Description Loe ee 5 20 4 Power
342. ll connected Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 39 RF Deck RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR Ly ES ES d Oe i mo TWO RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR SCREWS Figure 7 32 Removing RF Output Connector UNSCREW CABLE AT THIS END CABLE WS NUT Note When you re attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer first loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector Then reverse steps 1 through 3 Finally torque the nut between cable W43 and connector J1 to 10 in lb 112 N cm 4 Reinstall the front panel 5 Carefully disconnect cable W48 from the rear panel SMA connector W14 it s a close fit watch out that you do not damage the cable center conductor 6 Disconnect cable W51 see Figure 7 33 from the low pass filter FL2 you may need to loosen the other end of W51 also 7 Remove the two hex screws from the RF deck 7 40 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck Agilent 8360 HEX SCREW 2 PLACES RF DECK Figure 7 33 W51 RF Cable Location CAUTION Avoid damage to the various ribbon cables and their connectors attached to the RF deck assembly when removing that assembly in the next step Move all flexible coaxial cables out of the way of the RF deck assembly components 8 Carefully pull out the RF deck and rest it on the side of the instrument Note Some flexible cables will still be attached preventing the RF deck from being completely re
343. lloscope set Channel 1 Display On Preset TTL Input Coupling dc Timebase Time Division 2 ms Delay Reference At left Delay 2 ms Sweep Triggered Trigger Trigger Mode Events Trigger After Negative edge Trigger Src Chan 1 Trigger On 1 events Trigger Of Positive edge Trigger On Channel 1 Display Display Mode Repetitive 11 Set the oscilloscope for a single sweep at the next trigger Press Stop Single The oscilloscope should display 12 On the synthesizer initiate a stepped sweep Press SINGLE 13 On the oscilloscope measure the positive pulse width and note the value 14 Increment the trigger to 20 events and repeat steps 11 through 13 Pulse width value 15 Increment the trigger to 45 events and repeat steps 11 through 13 Pulse width value 16 Record the worst case value from steps 13 through 15 on the test record Frequency List Frequency Switching Time Across Bandswitch Points 17 On the synthesizer delete any entries in the frequency list menu Press FREQUENCY MENU List Menu Delete Menu All 18 On the synthesizer press Enter List Freq and enter the following frequencies in the frequency list menu 2 20 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Frequency Switching Time Frequency List for Synthesizers with 0 01 GHz Capability Frequency GHz 6 9 2 1 1 9 13 5 20 0 26 5 40 01 l Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability Frequency List for Synthesizers without 0 01 GHz Capa
344. lue of the calibration constant or twice the value as indicated in Table 2 12 and the value from the second column of Table 2 12 20 kHz Record this value in Hz in the last column of Table 2 12 For example 19 765 GHz Spectrum analyzer center frequency 338 kHz Possible value of calibration constant 18 20 kHz Value from second column of the table 19 765 358 000 Hz Record this result in the last column of the table Repeat this procedure for the remaining calibration constants in Table 2 12 The last two actual spur frequencies have already been calculated and are not related to calibration constants Table 2 12 Determining the Actual Spur Frequencies Calibration Constant Additional Value Actual Spur Hz kHz Frequency Hz Calibration Constant 18 20 2 Calibration Constant 18 40 Calibration Constant 19 60 2 Calibration Constant 19 120 N A 125 19 765 125 000 N A 500 19 765 500 000 9 On the spectrum analyzer set the center frequency to the first Actual Spur Frequency from Table 2 12 Then set Reference Level 50 dBm Video Averaging On 100 samples Marker Same as spectrum analyzer frequency 2 42 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Spurious Signals Non Harmonic 10 Locate the spur corresponding to the spectrum analyzer frequency see Table 2 12 and use the marker to measure its amplitude If the spur is in the noise level use the noise level amplitude this gi
345. mW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 40 GHz Power Range 100 pW to 10 uW Attenuation 30 dB 0 05 dB at 50 MHz Frequency Range tuned 2 5 MHz to 1 3 GHz Range 0 dBm to 127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy 0 5 dB AM Rates 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth to 99 Accuracy 1 of reading 1 count Frequency Range carrier 0 01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity lt 70 dBc at 100 Hz offset lt 78 dBc at 1 kHz offset lt 86 dBc at 10 kHz offset lt 107 dBc at 100 kHz offset Offset Frequency Range 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy t2 dB to 1 MHz offset Frequency 10 MHz Stability lt 1 x 10710 yr Frequency Range DC to 40 GHz Maximum Input 200 mW Polarity Negative HP Agilent 8487A HP Agilent 8487D HP Agilent 11708A HP Agilent 3902A2 HP Agilent 3048A HP Agilent 5061A HP Agilent 5071A HP Agilent 33330E Power Accuracy P Power Flatness P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A Power Flatness A Square Wave Symmetry A Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Step Attenuator Step Attenuator atness AA atness AP Step Attenuator Step Attenuator atness AA atness AP a Single Sideband Phase Noise P Internal Timebase Aging Rate P 10 MHz Standard A External Leveling P AM Bandwidth P Amp M
346. mance Tests 2 133 Agilent 83640B Test Record Table 2 36 Test Record for 83640B 2 of 8 Model Report Number Date Test Equipment Used Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date 1 Digital Oscilloscope 2 Measuring Receiver 3 Power Sensor 4 Power Meter 5 Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 6 Function Generator 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 2 134 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Agilent 83640B Test Record Table 2 36 Test Record for 83640B 3 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 7 Calculated Rate 5x10710 day 5 6x10711 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value 10 Start Freq 0 1 of 0 005 of Stop Freq sweep sweep 3 Frequency Switching Time 8 CW Step 50 ms 10 us 16 Stepped Sweep 5 5 ms 1 us 25 Frequency List 50 ms 10 us 4 Power Accuracy 14 gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 0 6 dB 0 6 dB 0 22 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 0 7 dB 0 7 dB 0 35 dB gt 20 and lt 40 GHz 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 0 38 dB 5 Power Flatness 5 lt 2 GHz 1 0 dB 0 15 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 2 dB 0 25 dB gt 20 and lt 40 GHz 1 8 dB 0 27 dB 6 Maximum Leveled Power Standard or Opt 006 0 01 to lt 40 GHz 6 0 dBm 1 4 dB 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 10 0 dBm 1 8 dB 0 01 to lt 20
347. me and Falltime Values 2 68 Low Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies 2 74 Power Level Conversions to Volts Peak 2 76 Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies 2 77 Synthesizer Frequencies re 2 85 Power Meter Readings 2 89 RF Signal Level 2 90 Synthesizer Frequencies 2 93 Synthesizer Frequencies 2 98 DC FM Test Pass Fail Results 2 101 FM Deviation Frequencies and Settings 2 103 Test Record for Agilent 83620B and 83622B 1 of 8 2 109 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 2 018 2 110 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 3 of 8 2 111 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 4 of 8 2 112 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 5 of 8 2 113 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 6 of 8 2 114 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 7 of 8 2 115 Test Record for 83620B and 83622B 8 of 8 2 116 Test Record for Agilent 83623B and 83624B 1 of 8 2 117 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 2 of 8 2 118 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 3 of 8 2 119 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 4 of 8 2 120 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 5 of 8 2 121 Agilent 8360 Service 2 34 2 34 2 34 2 35 2 35 2 35 2 35 2 35 2 35 2 35 2 35 2 36 2 36 2 36 2 36 2 36 2 36 2 36 2 36 2 37 2 37 2 37 2 37 2 37 2 37 2 37 2 37 2 34 2 34 2 34 2 34 2 34 2 35 2 35 2 35 2 35 2 35 2 36 2 36 2 36 2 36 2 36 2 37 2 37 2 37 2 37 2 37 2 37 3 1 3 2 3 4 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 6
348. meter The correct power sensor calibration factors must be loaded and selected This procedure deletes any existing user flatness correction array 1 Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2 6 Connect the power sensor for the frequency range being calibrated Do not connect the power sensor to the synthesizer yet Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour SYNTHESIZER POWER METER e ca ca a gago cooooo oo a aoon 0000 SENSOR RF OUTPUT POHER SENSOR ADAPTER Figure 2 6 Power Flatness Test Setup Equipment Power Meter HP Agilent 437A Power Sensor HP Agilent 8482A Power Sensor HP Agilent 8487A 83640B L and 83650B L Power Sensor HP Agilent 8485A 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L Low Band Power Flatness Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 2 In the synthesizer s flatness menu a Delete all entries in the user flatness correction array Press POWER MENU Fltness Menu Delete Menu Delete All b Set the auto fill stop frequency to 2 GHz Auto Fill Stop 2 GHz 2 26 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Power Flatness c Set the auto fill start frequency to 15 MHz Auto Fill Start d Set the auto fill increment to 10 MHz Auto Fill Incr 3 On the power meter load the calibration factors for the power sensor a Zero and calibrate the power meter sensor b Connect the power sensor to the synthesizer
349. monic P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83640L 1 51 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments SMA m to SMA m adapter SMA f to SMA f adapter SMB m to SMB m adapter SMB f to SMB f adapter SMB tee f m m 3 5 mm f to 3 5 mm f adapter 3 5 mm f to N type m adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 92 mm f adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 4 mm f adapter 2 4 mm m to 3 5 mm f adapter BNC f to BNC f adapter BNC m to BNC m adapter BNC f to SMA m adapter BNC f to SMB m adapter BNC tee m f f SMB f to BNC m flexible cable SMA semi rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable GPIB cable 2 meters 1 52 Required Equipment Agilent 83640L 1250 1159 1250 1158 1250 0669 1250 0672 1250 1391 5061 5311 1250 1745 1250 2187 1250 2188 11901C 1250 0080 1250 0216 1250 1200 1250 1237 1250 0781 85680 60093 08340 20124 8120 2582 HP Agilent 10833B Agilent 8360 Agilent 83650L Required Equipment Table 1 9 Required Equipment for 83650L Controller Software DVM 4 Mbyte RAM BASIC 5 1 GPIB No Substitu Shipped wi Range 50 Accuracy 4 te th instrument to 50 VDC 0 01 Input Impedance gt 10 MQ
350. most likely to appear are the fifth and sixth YO harmonics Compare the amplitude of the harmonics and subharmonics to the specifications listed in the test record If any harmonics or subharmonics are within 5 dB of the specification make a more accurate measurement using the Harmonic Subharmonic Verification Procedure gt 20 GHz that follows Note the worst case harmonic and the worst case subharmonic from 38 to 50 GHz For the 83650B L only From steps 28 and 36 determine the worst case harmonic from gt 26 5 to lt 50 GHz and record this value on the test record From step 36 determine the worst case subharmonic from gt 40 and lt 50 GHz and record this value on the test record Harmonic Subharmonic Verification Procedure lt 20 GHz 1 Set the synthesizer to the RF output frequency that corresponds to the harmonic or subharmonic to be measured 2 38 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Spurious Signals Harmonics Subharmonics 2 On the spectrum analyzer set Frequency Same frequency as the synthesizer Span 1 MHz Reference Level 15 dBm Scale Log 5 dB Division Bandwidth Resolution 10 kHz Video Bandwidth 30 kHz 3 Measure the synthesizer RF output amplitude with the spectrum analyzer marker 4 Set the spectrum analyzer to the harmonic or subharmonic frequency to be measured Measure the signal level with the spectrum analyzer marker Change the reference level as necessary 5 Calculate the harmonic subharm
351. moved from the instrument Refer to Figure 7 34 Note The analog extender board and coax extender cable mentioned in the following steps are part of the service tool kit Refer to Chapter 9 for the part number of this kit Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 41 RF Deck 9 For troubleshooting insert an analog extender board into the motherboard connector for the RF deck Place the RF deck on the extender board and use the two hex screws to attach the deck to the synthesizer frame service position If you are not troubleshooting and are lifting up the RF deck for disassembly purposes attach the deck to the synthesizer frame without using the extender board 10 For troubleshooting a Attach a coax extender cable between W51 and the low pass filter FL2 b Reconnect the RF connector and W43 i Loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector ii Reconnect cable W43 at directional coupler A30 or the attenuator A31 for instruments with Option 001 iii Torque the nut between cable W43 and connector J1 to 10 in lb 112 N cm RF DECK HEX SCREWS SIDE BRACKETS Figure 7 34 RF Deck in the Service Position 7 42 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 RF Deck 3 A20 RF Interface Removal Refer to Figure 7 35 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps and 2 Lift Up the RF Deck before continuing 2 Disconnect the following ribbon cables You may need to loosen the two he
352. mplitude dBm For example RF Output 10 dBm Harmonic 60 dBm Harmonic dBc RF Out Harmonic 10 60 dBm 10 60 dBm 70 dBc Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 40 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Spurious Signals Harmonics Subharmonics 9 Spurious Signals Non Harmonic Description and Procedure Use this procedure to measure known fixed offset spurs that are generated in the frequency synthesis section of the synthesizer The synthesizer is set to various CW frequencies where these spurious signals will most likely occur Then the spectrum analyzer is tuned to the spur frequencies to measure their levels 1 Preset the instruments shown in Figure 2 11 and let them warm up for at least one hour On the HP Agilent 8566B connect the CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT Press SHIFT w to calibrate the spectrum analyzer SPECTRUM ANALYZER SYNTHESIZER 10 MHz REF OUTPUT 10 MHz EXT REF INPUT d ooo od E gs E BS s 5A o oono d oo ooo 9 o e ca ca ca oooo oooo00 adaa Doo 0000 cm 000000 oooa 90000 ooo e000 goo 00 0000 s0000 oom 00 E doada Eae RF OUTPUT a CAL 4 OUTPUT ama
353. n shrink tubing to each wire before soldering Then perform the above steps in reverse order Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 35 Rear Panel 12 Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal Refer to Figure 7 30 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps before continuing 2 Remove the five screws holding the A34 RP floating BNC board assembly to the rear panel Slide out the board with the connectors Remove the nut and washer attaching the pulse input BNC connector to the rear panel 5 Slide out the pulse input BNC connector AS PULSE INPUT BNC CONNECTOR SCREWS 5 PLACES A34 ASSEMBLY WASHER NUT Figure 7 30 Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal 7 36 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Rear Panel RF Deck Disassembly and Reassembly Tools Required 1 x 31 8 in Pozidriv Screwdriver T 10 Torx Screwdriver 5 16 in Torque Wrench 5 mm Ball and Socket Driver Note On the RF deck all Pozidriv screws have English threads and all Torx screws have metric threads Description and Procedure To disassemble the RF deck and associated assemblies follow this procedure in the order given To reassemble the RF deck and associated assemblies follow this procedure in the reverse order Refer to the flowchart in Figure 7 31 to determine the necessary disassembly steps for a given assembly Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 3
354. n Procedure lt 20 GHz For the 83620B 22B 24B and 83623B L Record on the test record the worst case harmonic for RF output frequencies of gt 2 0 and lt 20 GHz and the value of the worst case subharmonic for RF output frequencies of gt 7 to lt 20 GHz For the 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L Record on the test record the worst case subharmonic for RF output frequencies of gt 7 and lt 20 GHz Note for future use the worst case harmonic for RF output frequencies of gt 2 0 to lt 20 GHz Harmonic Measurement 20 to 26 5 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 13 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 10 using the HP Agilent 11970K Mixer 20 to 26 5 GHz SYNTHESIZER SPECTRUM ANALYZER D O MHz REF 10 MHz EX o o E o oaf OUTPUT REF INPU ma Oooo 0000 o 0000 02000 000 q 0000 000000 0000 0000 B H Doc 0000 oo 0000 o0000 ooo O UI 0000 00000 noo 00 0000 RE OUTPUT 0000 Got oo DO 0000 0 a0 oooc8 O dOoo000 oo DOD Doaama E gt 00 CAL RF OUTPUT PUT 1008 ATTENUATOR RORPTER J I Figure 2 10 Spurious Signals Harmonics Test Setup gt 20 GHz
355. nals Attenuation 20 dB Harmonic P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Tool Kit No Substitute P N 08360 60060 Invertron California Spurious Signals nstruments 501TC Line Related P Capacitor 1000 pf P N 0160 4574 External Leveling P ixer Frequency Range 26 5 to 40 GHz HP Agilent 11970A Spurious Signals Harmonic P icrowave Frequency Range 2 to 8 GHz HP Agilent 11975A Spurious Signals Amplifier Leveled Output Power 16 dBm Harmonic P ixer Frequency Range 20 to 26 5 GHz HP Agilent 11970K Spurious Signals Harmonic P ixer Frequency Range 40 to 50 GHz HP Agilent 11970Q Spurious Signals Harmonic P K Band Coax WR42 to APC 3 5 mm f K281C Spurious Signals Adapter Harmonic P R Band Coax WR28 to APC 2 4 mm f R281A Spurious Signals Adapter Harmonic P Q Band Coax WR22 to APC 2 4 mm f Q281A Spurious Signals Adapter Harmonic P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 1 56 Required Equipment Agilent 8360 Agilent 83650L The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments SMA m to SMA m adapter SMA f to SMA f adapter SMB m to SMB m adapter SMB f to SMB f adapter SMB tee f m m 3 5 mm f to 3 5 mm f adapter 3 5 mm f
356. nce They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments SMA m to SMA m adapter SMA f to SMA f adapter SMB m to SMB m adapter SMB f to SMB f adapter SMB tee f m m 3 5 mm f to 3 5 mm f adapter 3 5 mm f to N type m adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 92 mm f adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 4 mm f adapter 2 4 mm m to 3 5 mm f adapter BNC f to BNC f adapter BNC m to BNC m adapter BNC f to SMA m adapter BNC f to SMB m adapter BNC tee m SMB f to BNC m flexible cable SMA semi rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable GPIB cable 2 meters Agilent 8360 1250 1159 1250 1158 1250 0669 1250 0672 1250 1391 5061 5311 1250 1745 1250 2187 1250 2188 11901C 1250 0080 1250 0216 1250 1200 1250 1237 1250 0781 85680 60093 08340 20124 8120 2582 HP Agilent 10833B Required Equipment Agilent 83640B 1 29 Agilent 83650B Required Equipment Table 1 5 Required Equipment for 83650B Oscilloscope Local Oscillator Synthesized Sweeper Spectrum Analyzer with Tracking Generator Controller 4 Mbyte RAM BASIC 5 1 GPIB Vertical Sensitivity 5 mV Div Bandwidth 100 MHz Frequency Range 20 Hz to 10 MHz Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Spectrum Frequency Range 10 MHz to 22 GHz HP Agilent 8566B2 Swept Frequency Analyzer 50 GHz with external mixers Accuracy P Frequency Span 0 Hz 100 Hz to 22 GHz Spu
357. ncludes the following 2950 0035 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 15 32 32 THD 2190 0102 WASHER LK TL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID 8 J9 CA AY ANAL INTFC See Table 9 3 Includes the following 2950 0035 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 15 32 32 THD 2190 0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID 9 0515 0380 8 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0 7 10MM LG 10 0380 0643 2 STANDOFF HEX 255 IN LG 6 32 THD 11 1251 5436 4 SCREW LOCK KIT AMP HD CONN 12 0515 1037 2 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0 5 45MM LG 13 0515 0372 9 SCREW MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0 5 8MM LG 14 LINE MODULE FILTERED See Table 9 2 15 08360 60032 1 AC VOLTAGE SELECTION SWITCH HARNESS Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 47 Table 9 7 Rear Panel 2 of 2 Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 16 FAN see Table 9 2 17 08360 00025 1 PLATE REAR BLANK 6960 0027 4 PLUG HOLE TR HD FOR 625 D HOLE NYL 18 1 J11 CA AY AM FM OUTPUT Option 002 Includes the following 2950 0035 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 15 32 32 THD 2190 0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID 6960 0041 1 PLUG HOLE TR HD FOR 5 D HOLE NYL Standard 19 1 J12 CA AY PULSE SYNC OUT Option 002 Includes the following 2950 0035 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 15 32 32 THD 2190 0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID 6960 0041 1 PLUG HOLE TR HD FOR 5 D HOLE NYL Standard 20 1 J13 CA AY PULSE VIDEO OUT Option 002 Includes the following 2950 0035 UT HEX DBL CHAM 15 32 32 THD 2190 0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID
358. ncy Ranges and RF Output Frequencies YO Frequencies Harmonic RF Output GHz Frequencies GHz 5 41 to 7 4 N A 0 01 to 2 0 2 0 to 7 0 1 2 0 to 7 0 3 5 to 6 75 2 7 0 to 13 5 4 5 to 6 67 3 13 5 to 20 0 7 Compare the amplitude of the harmonics to the specifications listed in the test record If any harmonic is within 5 dB of specification make a more accurate measurement using the Harmonic Subharmonic Verification Procedure lt 20 GHz that follows 8 For the 83620B 83622B and 83630B L On the test record record the value of the worst case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 0 01 to 2 0 GHz Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 33 Spurious Signals Harmonics Subharmonics For the 83624B 83623B L 83640B L and 83650B L and all for instruments with Option 006 On the test record record the value of the worst case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 10 to lt 50 MHz and 50 MHz to 2 0 GHz 9 Reset your synthesizer to the parameters given in step 5 2 34 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Spurious Signals Harmonics Subharmonics 10 11 12 For each set of start and stop frequencies given in Table 2 9 manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range and check the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics Compare the harmonics subharmonics to the specifications listed in the test record and verify any that are within 5 dB of specification with the Harmonic Subharmonic Verificatio
359. ncy in Table 2 27 MOD FM Menu FM On Off Ext asterisk off 15 Set the spectrum analyzer center frequency to the same frequency as the synthesizer 16 Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer display using the center frequency function 17 On the synthesizer press MOD FM Menu FM On Off Int asterisk on Internal FM Rate 1 MHz Internal FM Dev 2 404 MHz 18 Adjust the internal FM deviation on the synthesizer to minimize the amplitude of the carrier on the spectrum analyzer 19 Calculate the percentage of error as follows Error 2 404 MHz New FM Deviation 2 404 MHz x 100 20 Record the error in Table 2 27 21 Turn off the internal FM modulation Select FM On Off Int asterisk off 22 Repeat steps 15 through 21 at the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer frequencies in Table 2 27 23 Record the worst case Internal FM Error from Table 2 27 on the test record Related Adjustments FM Gain Modulation Generator Option 002 Modulation Generator Flatness Option 002 In case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 94 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 FM Accuracy 20 FM Bandwidth For B Series Only Description and Procedure Use this procedure to verify that the RF output power does not vary more than a specified amount over the specified frequency modulation rate frequency range
360. nd Single Band Amplifier Filter Delay 95 On the synthesizer set TRT 20 Git STOP 1 68 CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec POWER LEVEL 25 dBm ALC Leveling Mode ALCoff asterisk on For the 83640B L and 83650B L only also set SERVICE Tools Menu Disable Doubler asterisk on 96 Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 51 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Note The oscilloscope vertical sensitivity is initially set to 50 mV division 5 mV division with a 10 1 probe providing a logarithmic scale of 1 5 dB division If necessary decrease the vertical sensitivity for some frequency bands to 100 mV division in order to display the entire trace on the CRT the oscilloscope is already set to 10 mV division for the 83623B L and the 83624B If you do change the vertical sensitivity by half remember that the logarithmic scale must change by half also Band 1 Adjustment 97 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB If not adjust the appropriate rise or delay term steps 98 through 100 and repeat this step Note If fast sweep has more power than slow sweep do not readjust Continue with the next step 98 99 100 101 102 On the synthesizer set SWEEP TIME 0 msec Press SINGLE sev
361. nd Replacement Procedures 7 57 Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83624B Option 001 Figure 7 47 RF Deck Cable Locations 83624B Option 001 7 58 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83623B 24B Option 006 W24 TO A10J5 W47 W52 w50 B E ATS i w39 A26 D w48 poo w55 W20 w49 TO am WES A7J7 JO A20J11 AZH W38 W32 Underneath AUZ Wie TO A22J3 TO 4 A E ASJ3 ppl g W70 I e E TO AQUS W33 gt SG W22 TO o TO A10J6 A22J4 2 2 gt A42 WZ e TO Co a A22J5 woe W72 TO Alisa WH2 W51 8 W58 TO Flau1 W57 A W56 W71 A28 W35 A30 TO A2256 W57 A29 wH gt Wuz w25 TO MOST chi Figure 7 48 RF Deck Cable Locations 83623B 24B Option 006 Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 59 RF Deck RF Deck Cables 83623B 24B Options 001 and 006 Figure 7 49 RF Deck Cable Locations 83623B 24B Options 001 and 006 7 60 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 RF Deck Agilent 8360 A20 RF INTERFACE ASSEMBLY AS9 A41 RF A38 BRACKET DECK A42 E L D O a A30 2 Opt 001 Rel Up A30 A31 AZB A29 A26 A24 Std Opt 001 A33 83623 24 brdg9s Figure 7 50 RF Deck Screw Locations
362. nds If the change is greater than 2 3 division readjust the appropriate delay term Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 57 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 177 178 179 180 181 182 On the synthesizer set SWEEP TIME 0 msec Press several times to initiate several sweeps If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep readjust the appropriate delay or risetime term for the location of the problem On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Adjust calibration constant 210 YTM Rise Band 3 B1 to minimize power dropout at the end of band 3 Adjust calibration constant 207 YTM Rise Band 2 B1 to minimize power dropout at the end of band 2 Band 4 Multi band YTF Delay 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L only 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 On the synthesizer set START 2 0 GHz sTOP 26 5 GHz 83630B L and 83650B L sTOP 25 5 GHz 83640B L CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec MARKER Marker M3 20 GHz asterisk on POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Adjust calibration constant 594 YTF Bx Dly Term A4 to maximize power at the start of band 4 Adjust calibrati
363. ne cord WARNING The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch CAUTION When you remove the front panel if you do not disconnect the AC line cord you can easily blow the fuse on the preregulator assembly 3 Refer to Chapter 7 and remove the front panel front panel processor alphanumeric display and the source module interface 4 Clean the back side of the display filter and reassemble the instrument 10 4 Preventive Maintenance Agilent 8360 How to Replace the Line Fuse The line fuse is located on the instrument rear panel Replace this fuse as follows 1 Turn the synthesizer to standby yellow LED on 2 Remove the AC line cord WARNING The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch 3 Refer to Figure 10 2 Using a small flat blade screwdriver rotate the fuse cap counterclockwise and remove the fuse holder 4 Replace the original fuse WARNING _ For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse only with same type and rating refer to Figure 10 2 The use of other fuses or material is prohibited 5 Replace the
364. ness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA External Leveling P AM Accuracy P AM Bandwidth P AM Dynamic Range P FM Bandwidth P odulation Meter P Low Power SRD Bias A AM Accuracy A AM Delay A ADC AA Internal Timebase Aging Rate P Swept Frequency Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P FM Bandwidth P Internal Pulse Accuracy P 10 MHz Standard A Modulator Offset and Gain A Modulation Generator Flatness A Pulse Performance P Internal Pulse Accuracy P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83630B 1 17 Table 1 3 Required Equipment for 83630B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Use Oscilloscope Probes Pulse Generator Function Generator Function Generator Power Meter Power Meter Power Meter Division Ratio 10 1 Pulse Width lt 50 ns Rise Time lt 10 ns Frequency 10 Hz to 5 MHz Frequency Accuracy 5 x 1078 Amplitude Accuracy 100 kHz to 1 MHz d 100 kHz to 20 MHz 0 4 dB Amplitude Range gt 16 V p p Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB Power
365. ng Generator Controller 4 Mbyte RAM HP Agilent 9836 Step Attenuator Flatness AP BASIC 5 1 HP Agilent 9920 Power Flatness and GPIB HP Agilent 310 Accuracy AP HP Agilent 320 Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83623B 24B 1 9 Table 1 2 Required Equipment for 83623B 24B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Software No Substitute P N 08360 10001 Step Attenuator Flatness AP Shipped with instrument Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA DVM Range 50 to 50 VDC HP Agilent 3456A2 External Leveling P Accuracy 0 01 HP Agilent 3457A AM Accuracy P Input Impedance gt 10 MQ AM Bandwidth P AM Dynamic Range P FM Bandwidth P odulation Meter P Low Power SRD Bias A AM Accuracy A AM Delay A ADC AA Digitizing Dual Channel HP Agilent 54110A Internal Timebase Aging Oscilloscope Bandwidth DC to 300 MHz HP Agilent 54111D2 Rate P Input Impedance 1 MQ and 50 HP Agilent 54222A Swept Frequency Vertical Sensitivity lt 5 mV Div HP Agilent 54750A Accuracy P Horizontal Sensitivity 50 ns Div HP Agilent 54752A Frequ
366. ng Receiver Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 3 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 26 5 GHz Power Range 100 pW to 10 uW Frequency Range 50 MHz to 26 5 GHz Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Attenuation 30 dB 0 05 dB at 50 MHz Frequency Range tuned 2 5 MHz to 1 3 GHz Range O dBm to 127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy 0 5 dB AM Rates 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth to 99 Accuracy 1 of reading 1 count Frequency Range carrier 0 01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity lt 70 dBc at 100 Hz offset lt 78 dBc at 1 kHz offset lt 86 dBc at 10 kHz offset lt 107 dBc at 100 kHz offset Offset Frequency Range 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy t2 dB to 1 MHz offset HP Agilent 8482A HP Agilent 8485D HP Agilent 8485A HP Agilent 11708A HP Agilent 3902A2 HP Agilent 3048A Power Flatness P Power Flatness A Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Accuracy P Power Flatness P AM Dynamic Range P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A Power Flatness A AM Accuracy A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP AM Accu
367. nge 1 uW to 100 mW Attenuation 30 dB 0 05 dB at 50 MHz Frequency Range carrier 0 01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity lt 70 dBc at 100 Hz offset lt 78 dBc at 1 kHz offset lt 86 dBc at 10 kHz offset lt 107 dBc at 100 kHz offset Offset Frequency Range 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy 2 dB to 1 MHz offset Frequency 10 MHz Stability lt 1 x 10710 yr Frequency Range DC to 20 GHz Maximum Input 200 mW Polarity Negative HP Agilent 8482A HP Agilent 8485D HP Agilent 8485A HP Agilent 11708A HP Agilent 3048A HP Agilent 5061A HP Agilent 5071A HP Agilent 33330D Power Flatness P Power Flatness A Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Accuracy P Power Flatness P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Accuracy A Power Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Single Sideband Phase Noise P Internal Timebase Aging Rate P 10 MHz Standard A External Leveling P AM Offset A 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 1 40 Required Equipment Agilent 83623L Agilent 8360 T
368. normal operation and contains the calibration information required for optimum instrument performance Working data is stored in RAM and is maintained by a 1 farad capacitor Protected Data Protected data resides in EEPROM This calibration data is essentially the same as working data but is not dependent on the capacitor If the synthesizer s checksum test fails or if the capacitor becomes discharged and working data is lost the synthesizer copies protected data values into working data RAM Caution If the calibration constants are defaulted the synthesizer will need to be completely adjusted before it will meet its specification Default Data Default data resides in UVEPROM This data differs from working and protected data in that it cannot be changed This data represents a typical synthesizer and is not optimized for your instrument The default calibration constants are a starting point for calibration The synthesizer will probably not meet specifications The synthesizer uses default data if a problem exists in both working and protected data or if you select Default Cal in the calibration utility menu Checksum Verification At instrument power on the calibration constants stored in RAM are added and compared with the checksum value If the two values match the current calibration constants are maintained in RAM If the RAM checksum does not verify the calibration constants are loaded into RAM from EEPROM Thes
369. ns 001 and 006 E DIODE SWITCH A20J12 A41J1 All models except FILT DOUBLER A42J6 A32J2 FILT BRIDGE DET A42J6 A30J4 FILT COUPLER A42J6 A30J1 83623B 24B Options FILT BRIDGE DET A42J6 A30J4 FILT COUPLER A42J6 A30J1 83623B 24B Option E PLS MOD SW FILT A20J11 A42J8 8360 B Series E BRIDGE DETECTOR A20J13 A30J3 Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 39 Front Panel Hardware RPG1 NOT SHOWN Figure 9 4 Front Panel Hardware 9 40 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Table 9 4 Front Panel Hardware Ref Part Qty Description Desig Number 1 0515 2043 7 SCREW MACH M4 x 0 7 8MM LG 90 DEG FLH HD 2 0515 0943 2 SCREW MACH M4 x 0 7 12MM LG 0535 0082 2 NUT SPECIALTY M3 5 x 1 27 THD 8 44M 3 0370 3033 1 ROTARY KNOB 4 0515 2043 SCREW MACH M4 x 0 7 8MM LG 90 DEG FLH HD 5 0515 0943 SCREW MACH M4 x 0 7 12MM LG 0535 0082 2 UT SPECIALTY M3 5 x 1 27 THD 8 44M 6 4 J2 FLTG BNC PLS GRD 4 Includes the following 2190 0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID 0590 1251 UT SPCLY 15 32 32 THD 1 IN THK 562 WD 7 J3 FLTG BNC AY FM 8860 B Series Includes the following 2190 0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID 0590 1251 UT SPCLY 15 32 32 THD 1 IN THK 562 WD 8 J4 FLTG BNC AY AM 8860 B Series Includes the following 2190 0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 IN 472 IN ID 0590 1251 UT SPCLY 15 32 32 THD 1 IN THK 562 WD 9 J5 FLTG BNC AY EXT 8860 B
370. nstants 4 29 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 A32 A33 A34 A35 A36 A38 Quic Quic Quic Quic Quic Quic Quic Quic Rev Low Band Rev Mod Splitter Rev YIG Osc Rev Isolator Rev 5YTM Rev Amp Detector Rev Coupler Rev Attenuator Rev Doubler Rev Amplifier Rev RP Assembly Rev Isolator PM A42 PMSF Rev Rev Dual Mod Step Slew 0 Step Slew 1 Step Slew 2 Step Slew 3 w Step Slew 4 Step Slew 5 Step Slew 6 Step Slew 7 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 See footnote 3 120 A13 Revision 4 5 All others 120 A13 Revision 4 5 All others 60 A13 Revision 4 10 All others 40 A13 Revision 4 15 All others 30 A13 Revision 4 17 All others 20 A13 Revision 4 26 All others 20 A13 Revision 4 26 All others 15 A13 Revision 4 35 All others 4 30 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration
371. nstruments without Option 002 should perform step A A11 Jumper Instruments with Option 002 should set the All jumper to the 600 2 position using step A All Jumper and should perform step B A8 Jumper Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 89 FM Input Impedance A11 Jumper On the synthesizer set the line power switch to standby Disconnect the coaxial cables from the All FM driver assembly Remove the All assembly from the synthesizer Locate the zero ohm resistor shown in Figure 3 38 The FM input impedance is factory set to the 50 ohm position To change it to 600 ohms remove the resistor from the All assembly by unsoldering it The FM input impedance can be reset to 50 ohms by soldering the resistor back into the All assembly ECN Note If you will never use the 50 ohm setting the resistor can be clipped out 5 Reinstall the All assembly and reconnect the coaxial cables ZERO OHM RESISTOR A11 ASSEMBLY Figure 3 38 FM Input Impedance Jumper Locations 3 90 Adjustments Agilent 8360 FM Input Impedance B A8 Jumper 1 On the synthesizer make sure the line power switch is set to standby 2 Lift up the A8 modulation generator assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in Figure 3 39 3 The FM input impedance is factory set to the 50 ohm position To change it to 600 ohms move the jumper to the position marked 600 The jumper can be returned to the position marked 50 to c
372. nt 001 002 004 006 H101 Value 006 83620B 19 600 128 4 4096 2 1 2 83622B 19 584 128 4 4096 2 1 2 83623B 19 608 128 4 4096 6 127 1 2 83624B 19 592 128 4 4096 6 1 2 83630B 19 600 128 4 4096 2 1 2 83640B 19 632 128 4 4096 2 127 1 2 83650B 19 888 128 4 4096 2 1 2 83621B 30 864 83631B 30 864 83651B 32 176 83623L 27 792 128 4096 1 83630L 27 792 128 4096 1 83640L 27 824 128 4096 1 83650L 28 080 128 4096 1 1 Option H10 and all other options are mutually exclusive Example Calibration constant 463 HP 83620B 001 004 19 600 128 4096 23 568 4 32 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 11 Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number Description Al None 493 0 08360 60001 Keyboard A2 None 493 0 08360 60002 Source Module Interface A3 None 495 0 08360 60003 Front Panel Processor A4 None 496 1 08360 60295 Fractional N A5 None 497 1 08360 60209 YO Phase Detector A6 None 498 1 08360 60214 Sampler No VCO Adj AT None 499 0 08360 60008 Reference 1 Future Use A8 None 500 0 08360 60166 Modulation Generator A9 671 501 1 0 08360 60292 Pulse B 1 0 08360 60232 Pulse Self Bias SRD A10 678 502 1 0 08360 60206 ALC 83640B L and 83650B L 23L 50L 0 0 083
373. nt 8487A HP Agilent 8487D HP Agilent 11708A HP Agilent 3902A2 HP Agilent 3048A HP Agilent 5061A HP Agilent 5071A HP Agilent 33330E Accuracy Step Attenuator Step Attenuator Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Step Attenuator Step Attenuator Single Sideband Phase Noise P Internal Timebase Aging Rate P 10 MHz Standard A External Leveling P Amp Mult Adjustments A AM Offset A Power Accuracy P Power Flatness P Amp Filt Adjustments A ALC Power Level Power Flatness A Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness AA Step Attenuator F A atness AA atness AP atness AA atness AA atness AP 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83650L 1 55 Table 1 9 Required Equipment for 83650L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 50 GHz HP Agilent 8490D Maximum Leveled Power P Maximum Input Power 300 mW Option 020 Pulse Performance P Attenuation 20 dB Attenuator Frequency Range 50 MHz to 50 GHz HP Agilent 8490D Power Accuracy P Maximum Input Power 300 mW Option 010 Spurious Sig
374. nuts and washers on the four BNC connectors 10 MHz REF INPUT 10 MHz REF OUTPUT VOLTS GHz and TRIGGER OUTPUT 3 Slide out the four connectors 4 If you have Option 002 repeat steps 1 and 2 for the following connectors AM FM OUTPUT PULSE SYNC OUT and PULSE VIDEO OUT 5 Disconnect W48 at rear panel SMA connector J14 AUX OUTPUT w48 BNC CONNECTOR 4 PLACES BNC NUT 4 PLACES BNC WASHER 4 PLACES Figure 7 19 Rear Panel BNC Connector Locations Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 25 Rear Panel 4 J1 RF Output Connector Removal Option 004 Refer to Figure 7 20 CAUTION To avoid damaging the connector do not disassemble the RF output connector assembly Only unscrew the connector on the end of the cable 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps before continuing 2 Disconnect cable W43 at the directional coupler A30 or at the step attenuator A31 for instruments with Option 001 3 Remove the two screws from the RF output connector plate on the rear panel 4 Remove the RF connector with cable W43 attached UNSCREW CABLE CABLE sS C RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR NUT J1 NOT VISIBLE Figure 7 20 Removing RF Output Connector Note When you re attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer first loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector Then perform the disassembly steps in r
375. o Feedthrough P Spurious Signals Line Related P External Leveling P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P AM Accuracy P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83650B 1 35 Table 1 5 Required Equipment for 83650B continued Adapter Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Use Model R Band Coax WR28 to APC 2 4 mm f R281A Spurious Signals Adapter Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P Q Band Coax WR22 to APC 2 4 mm f Q281A Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 1 36 Required Equipment Agilent 83650B Agilent 8360 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments SMA m to SMA m adapter SMA f to SMA f adapter SMB m to SMB m adapter SMB f to SMB f adapter SMB tee f m m 3 5 mm f to 3 5 mm f adapter 3 5 mm f
376. o preset the synthesizer use the factory preset mode only If a password is set it will have to be disabled before the adjustment menu can be accessed See Chapter 4 for instructions Equipment Required The equipment required to perform the adjustments in this chapter is listed in Chapter 1 You may use any equipment that satisfies the critical specifications given Use a non metallic adjustment tool Cautions And Warnings This instrument has been designed in accordance with international safety standards However for safe operation follow the cautions and warnings in this manual Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 1 WARNING These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only To avoid electrical shock do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so The opening of covers or removal of paris is likely to expose dangerous voltages Disconnect the instrument from all voltage sources while it is being opened The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its power supply This is a Safety Class product provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord The ma
377. ocked 100 kHz Modulation Index gt 5 1 GHz 500 kHz 21 2 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 21 2 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 42 4 kHz 17 GHz 1 5 MHz 63 6 kHz 22 GHz 2 MHz 84 8 kHz 24 AC FM Locked 1 MHz Modulation Index gt 5 1 GHz 5 MHz 212 kHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 212 kHz 24 AC FM Locked 3 MHz gt 8 MHz deviation 1 GHz 8 MHz 340 kHz 5 GHz 8 MHz 340 kHz 22 Internal Pulse Accuracy Opt 002 5 Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 110 ps 7 Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns 117 ps 23 Modulation Meter Opt 002 5 AM Meter 25 35 0 6 7 AM Meter 85 95 0 6 11 FM Meter 4 95 MHz 5 05 MHz 15 kHz 13 FM Meter 950 kHz 1 05 MHz 10 kHz 2 140 Performance Tests Agilent 83640B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 37 Test Record for Agilent 83650B 1 of 8 Test Facility Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature C Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency Hz nominal Firmware Revision Special Notes Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 141 Agilent 83650B Test Record Table 2 37 Test Record for 83650B 2 of 8 Model Report Number Date Test Equipment Used Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date 1 Digital Oscilloscope 2 Measuring Receiver 3 Power Sensor 4 Power Meter 5 Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 6 Function Generator 10 11 12 13 14 15
378. odel Usel Software DVM Digitizing Oscilloscope Digitizing Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes No Substitute Shipped with instrument Range 50 to 50 VDC Accuracy 0 01 Input Impedance gt 10 MQ Dual Channel Bandwidth DC to 300 MHz Input Impedance 1 MQ and 50 Vertical Sensitivity lt 5 mV Div Horizontal Sensitivity 50 ns Div Trigger Event Triggerable 3 dB Bandwidth 50 GHz DC Voltage Accuracy 0 4 of full scale 2 mV Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz 40 mV p p Trigger amp Timebase Jitter lt 2 5 ps 5E 5 x delay setting Time Interval Accuracy lt 10 ps 40 1 of reading Channel Input Reflection lt 5 for 30 ps risetime Division Ratio 1 1 P N 08360 10001 HP Agilent 3456A2 HP Agilent 3457A HP Agilent 54110A HP Agilent 54111D2 HP Agilent 54222A HP Agilent 54750A HP Agilent 54752A HP Agilent 54124T HP Agilent 54750A HP Agilent 54752A HP Agilent 10437A Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA External Leveling P AM Accuracy P AM Bandwidth P AM Dynamic Range P FM Bandwidth P odulation Meter P Low Power SRD Bias A AM Accuracy A AM Delay A ADC AA nternal Timebase Aging Rate P Swept Frequency Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feed
379. of 5 Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 5 Major Assemblies RF Deck A24 A26 ATS A39 A2B A41 A3B A29 AGO A30 o e o o O o o A31 OPTION 001 o o q o o o o o D 83620B 22B and 85650B L A24 A2B ATS A39 A28 A41 ATZ AGB AZ9 A32 ASO A32 A30 1 em A31 OPTION 001 o c o o ia o 5 gt S 835640B L and 55650B L fant2s Figure 9 2 Major Assemblies 2 of 5 9 6 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Major Assemblies RF Deck A24 A26 ATS AS9 A28 A41 ATZ ASB A29 ASS CR1 Ed FF C 6 fo A31 OPTION 001 o o o ie fo HP 836236 A26 ATS A39 A28 ATZ A38 A29 ASS ASO CRI A33 A30 CR1 d o o o A31 OPTI
380. of 8 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 7 of 8 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 8 of 8 Test Record for Agilent 83630B 1 of 8 Test Record for 83630B 2 of 8 Test Record for 83630B 3 of 8 Test Record for 83630B 4 of 8 Test Record for 83630B 5 of 8 Test Record for 83630B 6 of 8 Test Record for 83630B 7 of 8 Test Record for 83630B 8 of 8 Test Record for Agilent 83640B 1 of 8 Test Record for 83640B 2 of 8 Test Record for 83640B 3 of 8 Test Record for the 83640B 4 of 8 Test Record for the 83640B 5 of 8 Test Record for the 83640B 6 of 8 Test Record for the 83640B 7 of 8 Test Record for the 83640B 8 of 8 Test Record for Agilent 83650B G of 8 Test Record for 83650B 2 of 8 Test Record for 83650B 3 of 8 Test Record for 83650B 4 of 8 Test Record for 83650B 5 of 8 Test Record for 83650B 6 of 8 Test Record for 83650B 7 of 8 Test Record for 83650B 8 of 8 Test Record for Agilent 83623L 1 of 5 Test Record for 83623L 2 of 5 Test Record for 83623L 3 of 5 Test Record for 83623L 4 of 5 Test Record for 83623L 5 of 5 Test Record for Agilent 83630L 1 of 5 Test Record for 83630L 2 of 5 Test Record for 83630L 3 of 5 Test Record for 83630L 4 of 5 Test Record for 83630L 5 of 5 Test Record for Agilent 83640L 1 of 5 Test Record for 83640L 2 of 5 Test Record for 83640L 3 of 5 Test Record for the 83640L 4 of 5 Test
381. oftware Automated Performance Tests o Step Attenuator Flatness Test Power Flatness and Accuracy Test utomated Adjustments Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment YO Delay Adjustment ADC Adjustment Power Flatness Adjustment tilities Front Panel Emulation Calibration Constants Self Test Power Sensor Configuration and Calibration Factor File E gt o E Sul Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 1 Setting Up the System Hardware Requirements The automated tests require an HP 9000 series 200 300 desktop computer with at least 2 25 megabytes of RAM a disk drive and an GPIB interface This program will not run with high resolution color monitors gt 512 x 390 pixels Software is provided on two 3 5 inch disks formatted double sided and are usable in double sided disk drives only Any required measurement instruments are listed in each test procedure Operating System Requirements The test software requires BASIC version 5 1 and the following binaries Table 5 1 Required Binaries Language Extensions Drivers CLOCK COMPLEX CRTX EDIT ERR GRAPH GRAPHX IO KBD MAT MS PDEV TRANS XREF CRTA or CRTB depends on CRT CS80 or DISC depends on disk HFS HPIB SRM Refer to the BASIC user s documentation for instructions on loading the operating system and binaries 5 2 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 Installing the Software Disk Files Th
382. ogies Refer to the replaceable parts section of this manual for appropriate part numbers of the restored exchange module When the replace ment module is received place it in your spares stock Return the defective module to Agilent Technologies Restored exchange modules are shipped individually in boxes as shown above In addition to the module the box contains an exchange asse mbly failure report and a return shipping label Open the box carefully so that it can be used to return the defective module to Agilent Technologies Complete the exchange assembly failure report Remove the return shipping label from inside the box Place the defective module and the failure report in the box Seal the box with tape For shipping within the USA affix the return shipping label over the existing label Mail the box to Agilent Technologies Postage is paid by Agilent Technologies on boxes mailed within the USA Outside the USA address and mail the box to the nearest Agilent Technologies office Do not use the return shipping label Figure 9 1 Module Exchange Program Agilent 8360 Major Assemblies Top View A19 FL A23 T1 NOT VISIBLE NOT VISIBLE A22 BOTTOM SIDE A20 Hil FL2 LAS emma md rr me fee A21 Al AZ AS NOT INSTALLED IN NOT VISIBLE HP 8360 L SERIES so7tas Figure 9 2 Major Assemblies 1
383. olts Division Input Coupling Input Impedance Channel 2 Display Timebase Time Division Delay Delay Reference Sweep Trigger Trigger Mode Trig 3 Level Trigger Src Input Impedance Input Coupling Display Display Mode On 120 mV dc 50 Q Off 5 ns Os At center Trig d Edge 100 mV Trig 3 50 Q dc Real time 3 Monitor the time and the display Note the time required for a 360 phase change T1 s 4 Wait 3 to 24 hours Note how long you waited T2 5 Repeat step 3 Record the phase change time T3 Agilent 8360 h 69 Performance Tests 2 9 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 6 Calculate the aging rate as follows Aging Rate 1 cycle 10 MHz 1 T1 1 T3 24 hours T2 Example T1 351 seconds T2 3 hours T3 349 seconds 1 cycle 10 MHz 1 351s 1 349s 24h 3h 1 306x107 11 per day 7 Enter the aging rate on the test record Note If the absolute frequency of the standard and of the timebase oscillator are extremely close you can reduce the measurement time T1 and T3 by measuring the time required for a phase change of less than 360 In step 6 change 1 cycle to 0 5 cycle for 180 or 0 25 cycle for 90 Related Adjustments 10 MHz Standard In Case of Difficulty 1 Ensure that the instruments have warmed up long enough and that environmental conditions have not changed throughout the test 2 If the frequency standard and the internal standard are ve
384. on FREQUENCY menu Up Dn Size CW 1 GHz Tracking Menu Peak RF Always asterisk on 3 On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 1 GHz 5 GHz Frequency Span 187 5 MHz Reference Level 10 dBm 4 Connect the high voltage output 16 V p p function generator and set it as follows Function Sine wave Frequency 100 Hz Amplitude Minimum 5 Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer display by adjusting the center frequency Set the spectrum analyzer to maximum hold 6 On the synthesizer press MOD FM On Off DC asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 press FM Menu FM On Off Ext asterisk on FM Coupling DC asterisk on Note The function generator must be capable of supplying gt 16 Vp p into 50 O to obtain sufficient FM deviation for this step 7 Increase the function generator amplitude until the width of the signal displayed exceeds eight divisions on the spectrum analyzer In Table 2 29 record PASS if the signal exceeds eight divisions with no unlock or overmod message on the synthesizer Record FAIL if not Table 2 29 DC FM Test Pass Fail Results 1 GHz 5 GHz 9 GHz 18 GHz 22 GHz 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 8 On the synthesizer press FM On Off DC asterisk off or for synthesizers with Option 002 press FM On Off Ext asterisk off 9 On the spectrum analyzer clear and write to trace A 10 Decrease the function generator amplitude to minimum 11 Re
385. on and Calibration Factor File Description This utility is used for creating and editing the files that store power sensor calibration factors The power sensor calibration factors are used in the Power Flatness and Step Attenuator performance tests and adjustment procedures This data can be stored to the directory or disk for future use The power meter power sensor configuration utility is used to define which power sensors by serial number are actually used when the automated test is run Although you may enter and store calibration factors for several power sensors the program will use only the power sensors that you have identified by serial number in the configuration utility Loading Sensor Calibration Factors The service software program for loading sensor calibration factors is unfriendly Following the steps outlined should result in a successful entry Do not hurry or skip steps To Load Sensor Cal Factors 1 Load the 8360 Service Software and run 2 At the Test Menu selected one of the following Power Flatness and Accuracy Test Step Attenuator Flatness Test Power Flatness Adjust or Step Attenuator Flatness Adjust 3 Press the Help key F2 when it appears on the function keys to get to the Help Menu where the Pmtr Config Power Meter Configuration and Pmtr Cal Factors selections are located 4 Scroll down to and select 2 Pmtr Config The pow
386. on constant 604 YTF Bx Dly Term B4 to maximize power at the end of band 4 Adjust calibration constant 214 YTM Rise Band 4 to minimize power dropout at the start of band 4 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 500 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB across both bands If the change is greater than 2 3 division readjust the appropriate delay term On the synthesizer set SWEEP TIME 0 msec Press several times to initiate several sweeps If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep readjust the appropriate delay term for the location of the problem On the synthesizer set E Ge CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Press several times to initiate several sweeps If a drop in power greater than 1 3 division occurs when in single sweep readjust the appropriate delay or risetime term for the location of the problem 3 58 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Operation Check 194 Try the following start and stop frequencies Start and Stop Frequencies GHz 83620B 83622B 24B 83630B L 83640B L 83650B L 83623B L 0 045 to 20 2 to 20 0 045 to 26 5 0 045 to 40 0 045 to 50 4 5 to 18 4 5 to 18 4 5to18 45to32 45to33 10 to 20 10 to 20 10 to
387. on or in standby for 24 hours Frequency changes due either to a change in orientation with respect to the earth s magnetic field or to a change in altitude are usually eliminated when the instrument is returned to its original position A frequency change due to mechanical shock usually appears as a fixed frequency error 3 4 Adjustments Agilent 8360 10 MHz Standard 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 1 Preset all instruments and let them warm up for one hour 10 MHz REF DIGITIZING OUTPUT OSCILLOSCOPE FREQUENCY STANDARD TE ogoo o SYNTHESIZER CH 1 TRIG 3 10 MHz Figure 3 1 10 MHz Standard Adjustment Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54111D Frequency Standard HP Agilent 5061A Note If the oscilloscope does not have a 50 Q input impedance connect channel 1 through a 50 Q feedthrough 2 On the oscilloscope set Channel 1 Display On Volts Division 200 mV Input Coupling dc Input Impedance 50 Q Channel 2 Display Off Timebase Time Division 10 ns Trigger External Trigger Trigger Mode Edge Trigger Source Trig 3 Input Coupling ac Display Display Mode Real Time 3 On the oscilloscope adjust the trigger level so that the sweep is synchronized to the synthesizer s internal standard The waveform will appear to drift Adjustments 3 5 Agilent 8360 10 MHz Standard 4 Using a non metallic tool adjust t
388. onic level where the harmonic subharmonic is less than the carrier as follows Harmonic Subharmonic amplitude dBc Synthesizer RF output amplitude dBm Harmonic Subharmonic amplitude dBm For example RF Output 10 dBm Harmonic 60 dBm Harmonic dBc RF Out Harmonic 10 60 dBm 10 60 dBm 70 dBc Harmonic Subharmonic Verification Procedure gt 20 GHz Note For accurate measurements the synthesizer must meet its power flatness specification 1 Note the synthesizer CW frequency that produces the suspect harmonic subharmonic 2 Set the synthesizer to the same RF output frequency as the harmonic subharmonic to be measured Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 39 Spurious Signals Harmonics Subharmonics 3 On the spectrum analyzer set Frequency Same frequency as the synthesizer Span 1 MHz Reference Level 15 dBm Scale Log 5 dB Division Bandwidth Resolution 10 kHz Video Bandwidth 30 kHz 4 Measure the synthesizer RF output amplitude with the spectrum analyzer marker Set the synthesizer to the CW frequency noted in step 1 6 Measure the signal level with the spectrum analyzer marker Change the reference level as necessary 7 Calculate the harmonic subharmonic level where the harmonic subharmonic is less than the carrier as follows Or Harmonic Subharmonic Amplitude dBc Synthesizer RF output amplitude dBm Harmonic Subharmonic a
389. or the following synthesizer models change the stop frequency to each of the frequencies listed Repeat steps 3 through 7 for each of these new frequency ranges 83630B L 20 0 GHz 83640B L 26 5 GHz 20 0 GHz Option 001 only 83650B L 40 0 GHz 26 5 GHz 20 0 GHz Option 001 only Related Adjustments Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Amplifier Filter Adjustments Modulator Offset and Gain In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 29 Maximum Leveled Power 7 External Leveling Description and Procedure The synthesizer is set up to externally level using a negative crystal detector A DVM measures the crystal detector DC output A 1000 pf capacitor across the DVM input limits the effect of any small signals generated by the DVM The synthesizer power level is set to the minimum allowable limit and then is increased until the power output is leveled The external leveling voltage is then measured and compared to the minimum specification Next the output power is increased until the maximum leveled power is reached The leveling voltage is measured and compared to the specification The voltage not the power level is what is important in performing this test If you have problems achieving the specified voltages in this test you may place a pad in the RF path before the crystal det
390. ormance P Pulse Performance Alt P AM Accuracy P FM Bandwidth P 2 Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP Agilent 8493C Maximum Leveled Power P Pulse Performance P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Spurious Signals Line Related P External Leveling P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83620B 22B 1 7 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments SMA m to SMA m adapter SMA f to SMA f adapter SMB m to SMB m adapter SMB f to SMB f adapter SMB tee f m m 3 5 mm f to 3 5 mm f adapter 3 5 mm f to N type m adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 92 mm f adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 4 mm f adapter 2 4 mm m to 3 5 mm f adapter BNC f to BNC f adapter BNC m to BNC m adapter BNC f to SMA m adapter BNC f to SMB m adapter BNC tee m f f SMB f to BNC m flexible cable SMA semi rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable GPIB cable 2 meters 1 8 Required Equipment Agilent 83620B 22B 1250 1159 1250 1158 1250 0669 1250 0672 1250 1391 5061 53
391. ormance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P aximum Leveled Power P Pulse Performance P Power Accuracy P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance P Pulse Performance Alt P AM Accuracy P FM Bandwidth P 2 Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 1 34 Required Equipment Agilent 83650B Agilent 8360 Table 1 5 Required Equipment for 83650B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Usel 3 7 GHz Low Pass Filter Bessel Low Pass Filter 500 MHz Low Pass Filter Tool Kit Invertron Capacitor Mixer Microwave Amplifier Mixer Mixer K Band Coax Adapter No Substitute 1000 pf Frequency Range 26 5 to 40 GHz Frequency Range 2 to 8 GHz Leveled Output Power 16 dBm Frequency Range 20 to 26 5 GHz Frequency Range 40 to 50 GHz WR42 to APC 3 5 mm f P N 9135 0191 K amp L Microwave 5LL30 130 BT2400 BP Mini Circuits SLP 550 P N 08360 60060 California nstruments 501TC P N 0160 4574 HP Agilent 11970A HP Agilent 11975A HP Agilent 11970K HP Agilent 11970Q K281C Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Pulse Modulation Vide
392. ow to Serial Number and enter the new serial number Then select DONE When the power meter configuration is correct scroll down to selection 17 and save the configuration data Pmtr Cal Factors This is the power meter calibration factor utility Use it to enter and store calibration factors for each power sensor Notice that the test software requires calibration factors at 50 MHz and at one frequency higher than the specified stop frequency of the synthesizer under test To edit or enter new calibration factors select the serial number for the power sensor from the displayed list This list is derived from the power meter configuration utility and the power sensor must already be entered in the configuration The calibration factors which were previously stored will be loaded and the editing menu will be displayed 5 24 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 Menu Maps Agilent 8360 Menu Maps 6 1 6 2 Menu Maps Agilent 8360 menale_d MENU SELECT Leveling Point ExtDet PwrMtr mese Leveling Mode sses Normal ALCoff Search ALC Bandwidth Select Low High sAuto Coupiing Factor ALC MENU FREQUENCY List Step Swp CW CF more Zoom Menu Menu Coupled 2 3 ee mes n Up Dn Size Freq Freq Swept cw Offeet Muit 1 3 AUTO Front Regr None romeo Enter List cores Freq Offset Dwell Delete more Menu 173 FREQUENCY MENU 2 menfreq_d
393. owing adjustments apply to your instrument Use these adjustments in addition to the ones described in the Adjustments chapter of this manual Fractional N VCO Adjustment Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure This adjustment sets the VCO tuning voltage to 6 0 V for a VCO output of 60 MHz 1 Leaving all cables connected place the A4 fractional N assembly on an analog extender board 2 Turn the synthesizer on and press PRESET Let the instrument warm up for at least one hour 3 Select the A4 VCO tune adjustment On the synthesizer press SERVICE Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A4 VCO Tune 4 Using a non metallic tool adjust A4L1 see Figure 12 4 to center the needle on the display ALL Q Figure 12 4 A4L1 Location 5 Turn the synthesizer to standby and reinstall the A4 assembly Related Performance Tests Self tests 12 4 Instrument History Agilent 8360 Service Change A In Case of Difficulty 1 Verify that an analog extender board is used 2 Make sure the 125 kHz reference cable W11 is connected to A4J1 3 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Fractional N Reference and API Spurs Adjustment Note Do not perform this adjustment on a new or rebuilt replacement assembly The A4 assembly is factory adjusted and is not instrument dependent Description and Procedure T
394. p Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AP AM Accuracy P Single Sideband Phase Noise P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 12 Required Equipment Agilent 83623B 24B Agilent 8360 Table 1 2 Required Equipment for 83623B 24B continued Preamplifier Power Amplifier Delay Line Discriminator ixer Power Splitter Crystal Detector Attenuator Attenuator Attenuator Frequency Range 100 kHz to 1 3 GHz Preamplifier Gain 25 dB Power Amplifier Gain 22 dB gt 1 meter of coax or semi rigid cable Frequency Range 1 GHz to 20 GHz Norda 4817 Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz Frequency Range DC to 20 GHz aximum Input 200 mW Polarity Negative Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz aximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 6 dB Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz Maximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 10 dB Frequency Range 10 MHz to 20 GHz Maximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 20 dB HP Agilent 8447F P N 0955 0307 HP Agilent 11667B HP Agilent 33330D HP Agilent 8493C Opt 006 HP Agilent 8493C Opt 010 HP Agilent 8493C Option 020 Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Frequency F
395. p Multiplier Adjustments 198 YTM Stereo Band Kick 2000 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 199 YTM Slew Rate 400 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 200 YTM Slew Max 50 201 YTM Slew Min 0 202 YT eg Kick Wait 2 203 YT Fwd Kick Pct 50 204 YT Fwd Kick Wait 30 205 YTM Rise Band 1 1 to 20 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 206 YTM Rise Band 2 Al 20 to 25 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 207 YTM Rise Band 2 B1 lto4 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 208 YTM Rise Band 2 A2 10 to 20 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 209 YTM Rise Band 3 Al 5 to 255 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 210 YTM Rise Band 3 B1 O to 50 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 211 YTM Rise Band 3 A2 5 to 255 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 212 YTM Rise Band 3 B2 O to 50 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 213 YTM Rise Band 3 A3 1 to 20 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 15 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 YTM Rise Band 4 YTM Rise Band 5 YTM Rise Band 6 YTM Rise Band 7 YTM Gain Band 1 YTM Gain Band 2 YTM Gain Band 3 YTM Gain Band 4 YTM Gain Band 5 YTM Gain Band 6 YTM Gain Band 7 YTM Offset Band 1 YTM Offset Band 2
396. p for at least one hour 2 Select the A13 adjustment menu On the synthesizer press SERVICE Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A13 Adj Menu 3 Select the A13 10 V reference adjustment A13 10V Ref 4 Adjust A13R11 see Figure 3 7 to center the needle on the display A13R1 1 10VADJ iioo Figure 3 7 YO Driver 10 V Reference Adjustment Location 5 Select Done Related Performance Tests Self tests In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 3 14 Adjustments Agilent 8360 YO Driver 10 V Reference 5 YO Driver Gain and Linearity Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for these adjustments For the gain adjustment the synthesizer s internal DVM monitors the YO loop error voltage at two frequencies points B and C in Figure 3 8 When you select the gain potentiometer adjustment the synthesizer displays the difference in voltage between points B and C as a needle with arrows on either side By adjusting A13R54 to center the needle you equalize the voltage between the two frequency points The linearity adjustment has two parts each of which is selected and adjusted similarly to the gain adjustment The low break point adjustment equalizes the voltage between points A and B in Figure 3 8 The high break point adjustment equalizes the voltage between points C and D Note You
397. pan Ltd 9 1 Takakura Cho Hachioji Tokyo 192 Japan 81 426 60 2111 China China Hewlett Packard Company 38 Bei San Huan X1 Road Shuang Yu Shu Hai Dian District Beijing China 86 1 256 6888 Australia Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 61 3 895 2895 Singapore Hewlett Packard Singapore Pte Ltd 150 Beach Road 29 00 Gateway West Singapore 0718 65 291 9088 Canada Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 17500 South Service Road Trans Canada Highway Kirkland Quebec H9J 2X8 Dian District Canada 514 697 4232 Taiwan Hewlett Packard Taiwan 8th Floor H P Building 337 Fu Hsing North Road Taipei Taiwan 886 2 712 0404 Contents 1 Equipment Required Agilent 83620B 22B Required Equipment 1 2 Agilent 83623B 24B Required Equipment 1 9 Agilent 83630B Required Equipment 1 16 Agilent 83640B Required Equipment 2 2048 1 23 Agilent 83650B Required Equipment 048 1 30 Agilent 83623L Required Equipment 4 1 38 Agilent 83630L Required Equipment 4 1 43 Agilent 83640L Required Equipment 4 1 48 Agilent 83650L Required Equipment 4 1 53 2 Performance Tests How to Use This Chapter 2 2 ee ee 2 1 Menu Maps 1 we ee e 2 1 Operator s Check cl 2 1 List of Tests Lo 2 2 Operation Verification Test
398. peat steps 5 through 10 for the remaining synthesizer and spectrum analyzer frequencies in Table 2 29 Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 101 Maximum FM Deviation 12 Circle PASS on the test record if all the results in Table 2 29 are PASS If not circle FAIL on the test record AC FM at 100 kHz Using HP Agilent 3325A Note Maximum FM deviation for a 100 kHz rate is limited to a modulation index of 5 times n where n frequency band The modulation index is equivalent to deviation rate Synthesizer models without 1 GHz capability should use 5 GHz settings as indicated in parenthesis instead of 1 GHz 13 On the synthesizer press cw O GH 5 GHz 14 On the spectrum analyzer set Center frequency Same as synthesizer frequency Frequency Span 1 MHz Reference Level 10 dBm Clear all data from the display 15 Center the signal on the analyzer display 16 Connect the synthesized function generator and set it as follows Function Sine wave Frequency FM Rate 100 kHz Amplitude 1 mV 17 On the synthesizer press MOD FM On Off 100 kHz asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 press MoD FM Menu FM On Off Ext asterisk on This activates FM sensitivity Use the down arrow key to set FM sensitivity to 1 00 MHz V 18 On the function generator set Amplitude Calculated Null Voltage 271 mV rms Use the AMPTD CAL key to do an amplitude calibration Use the arrow keys to adjust the
399. plitter Crystal Detector Attenuator Attenuator Attenuator Norda 4817 Frequency Range 10 MHz to 50 GHz Frequency Range DC to 50 GHz aximum Input 200 mW Polarity Negative Frequency Range 10 MHz to 50 GHz aximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 6 dB Frequency Range 10 MHz to 50 GHz Maximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 20 dB Frequency Range 50 MHz to 50 GHz Maximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 20 dB HP Agilent 11667C HP Agilent 33330E HP Agilent 8490D Opt 006 HP Agilent 8490D Option 020 HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Frequency Frequency 10 MHz HP Agilent 5061A Internal Timebase Aging Standard Stability lt 1 x 10710 yr HP Agilent 5071A Rate P 10 MHz Standard A icrowave Frequency Range 1 5 to 26 5 GHz HP Agilent 8348A FM Bandwidth F Amplifier Leveled Output Power gt 16 dBm Preamplifier Frequency Range 100 kHz to 1 3 GHz HP Agilent 8447F Pulse Performance Alt P Power Preamplifier Gain 25 dB Pulse Modulation Video Amplifier Power Amplifier Gain 22 dB Feedthrough P Delay Line gt 1 meter of coax or FM Bandwidth P Discriminator semi rigid cable ixer Frequency Range 1 GHz to 26 5 GHz P N 0955 0307 Pulse Performance Alt P Accuracy P Bandwidth P 7j gt FM Bandwidth F External Leveling F AM Bandwidth F Amp Mult Adjustments A Pulse Perf
400. r Offset and Gain 5 On the synthesizer set Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A10 Adj Menu A10 Mod Gain The synthesizer will measure calculate and store the modulator gain calibration constants When the adjustment is completed the following message appears on the display 6 If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting see Calibration Constants to store the calibration constants as protected data in EEPROM Note 8360 L Series This adjustment is complete continue with next adjustment 8360 B Series Continue with this adjustment 7 Connect the oscilloscope as shown in Figure 3 23 8 On the oscilloscope set Channel 1 Display On Volts Division 50 mV Offset As necessary Input Coupling dc Input Impedance 1 MN Channel 2 Display On Volts Division 2 V Input Coupling dc Input Impedance 1 MQ Timebase Time Division 10 ms Delay 5 ms Delay Reference At left Sweep Triggered Trigger Trigger Mode Edge Trigger Source Channel 2 Trigger Level 2 V Trigger Slope Negative Display Display Mode Repetitive Averaging On Number of Averages 2 Screen Single 3 64 Adjustments Modulator Offset and Gain Agilent 8360 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 On the synthesizer set CENTER 1 GHz Span 0 GHz For synthesizers with Option 001 set POWER Uncoupl Atten Set the synthesizer power level to 20 dBm Press POWER LEVEL 20 dBm Now set the synthesizer
401. racy P Single Sideband Phase Noise P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83630B 1 19 Table 1 3 Required Equipment for 83630B continued Norda 4817 Power Splitter Frequency Range 10 MHz to 26 5 GHz Crystal Frequency Range DC to 26 5 GHz Detector aximum Input 200 mW Polarity Negative Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 26 5 GHz aximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 6 dB Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 26 5 GHz aximum Input Power 300 mW Attenuation 10 dB HP Agilent 11667B HP Agilent 33330D HP Agilent 8493C Opt 006 HP Agilent 8493C Opt 010 Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Frequency Frequency 10 MHz HP Agilent 5061A Internal Timebase Aging Standard Stability lt 1 x 10710 yr HP Agilent 5071A Rate P 10 MHz Standard A icrowave Frequency Range 1 5 to 26 5 GHz HP Agilent 8348B FM Bandwidth P Amplifier Leveled Output Power gt 16 dBm Preamplifier Frequency Range 100 kHz to 1 3 GHz HP 8447F Pulse Performance Alt P Power Preamplifier Gain 25 dB Pulse Modulation Video Amplifier Power Amplifier Gain 22 dB Feedthrough P Delay Line gt 1 meter of coax or FM Bandwidth P Discriminator semi rigid cable ixer Frequency R
402. rd for 83630L 5 of 5 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 10 Spurious Signals Line Related 10 At 6 99 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 4B 180 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 4B 240 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 4B 10 At 1 9 GHz 120 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 dB 180 Hz Spur 55 dBc 1 4B 240 Hz Spur 55 dBe 1 dB 11 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7 Offsets at 6 99 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 1 97 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 70 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 78 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 86 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 107 dBc 2 dB 7 Offsets at 18 0 GHz 100 Hz to lt 1 kHz 60 dBc 2 dB 1 kHz to lt 10 kHz 68 dBc 2 dB 10 kHz to lt 100 kHz 76 dBc 2 dB gt 100 kHz 97 dBc 2 dB 1 8 dB if the Invertron is not used 2 158 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Agilent 83630L Test Record Table 2 36 Test Record for Agilent 83640L 1 of 5 Test Facility Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature C Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency Hz nominal Firmware Revision Special Notes Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 159 Agilent 83640L Te
403. requency 10 MHz HP Agilent 5061A Internal Timebase Aging Standard Stability lt 1 x 10710 yr HP Agilent 5071A Rate P 10 MHz Standard A icrowave Frequency Range 1 5 to 18 GHz HP Agilent 8348A FM Bandwidth P Amplifier Leveled Output Power gt 16 dBm Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P a Bandwidth P ulse Performance Alt P Accuracy P Bandwidth P 7j FM Bandwidth P External Leveling P AM Bandwidth F Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Power Accuracy P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance P Pulse Performance Alt P AM Accuracy P FM Bandwidth P 2 Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Maximum Leveled Power P Pulse Performance P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83623B 24B 1 13 Table 1 2 Required Equipment for 83623B 24B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model 3 7 GHz Low P N 9135 0191 Pulse Modulation Video Pass Filter Feedthrough P 130 MHz K amp L Microwave Pulse Modulation Video Bessel Low 5LL30 130 BT2400 BP Feedthrough P Pass Filter 500 MHz Low Mini Circuits Pulse Modulation Video Pass Filter SLP 550 Feedt
404. reverse order Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 33 Rear Panel 10 Fuse Housing Removal Refer to Figure 7 28 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 7 JI RF Output Connector Removal and 5 Rear Panel Removal before continuing 2 Remove the two nuts bolts and washers holding the voltage selector switch and remove the switch this provides clearance for the wrench to remove the fuse holder 3 Unsolder the two fuse holder wires Unscrew the nut holding the fuse housing 5 Slide the fuse housing out of the back panel NUT BOLT amp WASHE 2 PLACES FUSE HOUSING FUSE HOUSING NUT VOLTAGE SELECTOR ES SWITCH Figure 7 28 Rear Panel Fuse Housing 0 Note To reassemble add 3 8 in shrink tubing to each wire before soldering Then perform the above steps in reverse order 7 34 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Rear Panel 11 FL1 Line Filter Removal Refer to Figure 7 29 1 2 3 Slide out the line filter from the rear panel Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 7 JI RF Output Connector Removal and 5 Rear Panel Removal before continuing Unsolder the three wires attached to the line filter Remove the two screws on the rear panel FILTER EWS 2 PLACES Figure 7 29 Line Filter Removal Note To reassemble add 3 8 i
405. rious Signals Amplitude Range 20 to 100 dBm Harmonic F Resolution Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Spurious Signals Video Bandwidth 10 Hz to 3 MHz Non harmonic P Log Fidelity 0 1 dB dB over 0 to Spurious Signals 80 dB display 1 0 dB maximum Line Related P Video Output DC voltage proportional Pulse Modulation On Off to vertical position of trace on display Ratio P Capable of phase locking to external Pulse Performance Alt P 10 MHz reference AM Accuracy P AM Dynamic Range P FM Accuracy P aximum FM Deviation P Fractional N Reference and API Spurs A FM Gain A Square Wave Symmetry A Analog A vs B Sweep Mode HP Agilent 1740A Amp Mult Adjustments A HP Agilent 54600B HP Agilent 83620 HP Agilent 8340A B2 HP Agilent 3585A B HP Agilent 9836 HP Agilent 9920 HP Agilent 310 HP Agilent 320 Amp Filt Adjustments A Pulse Performance Alt P AM Accuracy P AM Bandwidth P FM Bandwidth P Step Attenuator Flatness AP Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 30 Required Equipment Agilent 83650B Agilent 8360 Table 1 5 Required Equipment for 83650B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended M
406. rm A Bnd 4 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 41 YO Dly Term A Bnd 5 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 42 YO Dly Term A Bnd 6 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 43 YO Dly Term A Bnd 7 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 YO Dly Term B Bnd 0 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment 51 YO Dly Term B Bnd 1 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment 52 YO Dly Term B Bnd 2 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment 4 10 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 YO Dly Term B Bnd 3 YO Dly Term B Bnd 4 YO Dly Term B Bnd 5 YO Dly Term B Bnd 6 YO Dly Term B Bnd 7 CW Offset YO YO YO YO YO YO YO YO Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Ver Band 0 Ver Band 1 Ver Band 2 Ver Band 3 Ver Band 4 Ver Band 5 Ver Band 6 Ver Band 7 300 to 300 to 300 to 300 to 300 to 700 700 700 700 700 500 to 500 0 0 YO Delay Adjustment YO Delay Adjustment YO Delay Adjustment YO Delay Adjustment YO Delay Adjustment YO Driver Gain And Linearity Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 11 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions
407. rmance Tests 2 63 Pulse Performance Alternate 8 On the oscilloscope a Adjust the timebase delay to position the rising edge of the pulsed RF near the center of the display b Adjust the channel 1 volts division and offset to obtain a 5 division signal level between the RF power off and the RF power on see Figure 2 19 c Adjust the channel 1 offset to move the RF power off line one half division below the nearest horizontal graticule making the horizontal graticule cross the waveform at the 10 point d Use the oscilloscope s delta T function to measure the time difference between the 10 and 90 risetime points on the envelope The 10 point of the risetime is where the pulse envelope crosses the graticule The 90 point is 4 divisions up Record this value in Table 2 19 50 000 ns 100 000 ns 150 000 ns wer tesa 54 00 mVolts div Offset 90 50 mvVolts Ch 1 Timebase 10 0 ns div Delay 100 000 ns Figure 2 19 Signal Level between RF Power Off and On 9 Adjust the timebase delay to position the falling edge of the pulse near the center of the oscilloscope display 10 Measure the falltime the same way as you measured the risetime See step 8 Record this value in Table 2 19 11 Repeat steps 7 through 10 at each synthesizer and LO frequency in Table 2 19 12 For the 83620B 22B and for the 83623B 24B record each worst case risetime and falltime value from
408. rms 3 On the spectrum analyzer press Reference Level O dBm Attenuator Auto Center Frequency 5 GHz Frequency Span 50 kHz Resolution BW 3 kHz Video BW 1 kHz Sweep Time Auto Sweep Continuous 4 On the synthesizer press cw Ghz MOD FM On Off 100kHz asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 instead press MoD FM Menu FM On Off Ext asterisk on FM Coupling 100kHz asterisk on 5 Adjust A11R55 see Figure 3 34 for a minimum signal on the spectrum analyzer A11R55 A11R55 Figure 3 34 FM Gain Adjustment Location Related Performance Tests Self tests FM Accuracy In Case of Difficulty 1 Verify the function generator output amplitude and frequency with an oscilloscope Use a BNC tee with the function generator connected to the FM input 2 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 83 FM Gain 18 Square Wave Symmetry Description and Procedure Use this adjustment to set the synthesizer modulation 27 78 kHz square wave for equal RF on off periods This is accomplished by minimizing the even harmonics of the 27 78 kHz square wave High Band Adjustment 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 35 Preset both instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour SYNTHESIZER SPECTRUN ANALYZER 10 MHz REF 10 MHz EXT O d gooad a a OUTPUT REF INPUT d
409. ropout at the end of band 3 156 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB If the change in power is greater than 2 3 division readjust the A term of the delay adjustment 593 for low end problems or the B term of the delay adjustment 603 for high end problems 3 56 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 On the synthesizer set CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep increase the A term of the delay adjustment 593 to put the A term at the high end of the peak On the synthesizer set ow CONT SWEEP TIME 0 msec POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 500 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB across both bands If the change is greater than 2 3 division readjust the appropriate delay term Adjust calibration constant 592 YTF Bx Dly Term A2 to maximize power at the start of band 2 start of sweep Adjust calibration constant 602 YTF Bx Dly Term B2 to maximize power at
410. ry different in frequency the time required for a 360 phase shift is too short for an accurate measurement If the 360 phase shift takes less than two minutes perform the 10 MHz Standard adjustment 3 Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 10 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Description and Procedure With the synthesizer in swept mode the spectrum analyzer is set to zero span at the measurement frequency As the synthesizer sweeps through the spectrum analyzer frequency setting a signal is generated on the spectrum analyzer s video output that is input to the oscilloscope The synthesizer s TRIGGER OUTPUT used to trigger the oscilloscope is a series of 1601 pulses evenly spaced during the sweep The oscilloscope is triggered on the pulse that represents the desired measurement frequency and the spectrum analyzer is tuned to display the video output on the oscilloscope 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 2 Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour DIGITIZING OSCILLOSCOPE SPECTRUM ANALYZER O 0 aaa o d d oo od d ooo dA ooc d q VIDEO oom 0000 aaaaa aaa q odoaa oo0000 goo Oo Qogoool i SS a ooaaa ooo oo co onna gooo0o0 adagdaa adaga aoo 0000 ca AUX INTERFACE A19J
411. s 700 0 and the destination location is 1400 0 Your hard disk is now set up to run the automated tests Operating from a Floppy Disk When you run the software from a floppy disk drive be sure to leave the second master disk in the disk drive while the program runs If this is not done the program will not run Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 3 Running the Software CAUTION This software uses RAM memory volumes for fast access of data files These volumes may also be used by other programs and could contain data that will be erased by this program Make sure that the computer you are using does not have important data in any memory volumes before running this software Configuration Limitations The computer containing the software must be the only controller on the bus If more than one controller is present the software will not run properly Loading the Software 1 Make sure the software has been copied into a directory if running from a hard disk or copied to a work disk if running from a floppy disk 2 Set the default mass storage to the directory or floppy disk that contains the test software Use the BASIC MSI command See the BASIC Language Reference for more information on setting the default mass storage Note CAPS LOCK ON or OFF cannot be changed while the program is running Set the keyboard before you load the software 3 Load the test software Insert master disk 1 in your default drive or
412. s Make certain you are adjusting the correct ones 3 26 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments 19 20 21 22 23 24 BP2 B4S1 BP2 B4S1 YIFG BUBP 1 YTMG Coo Amplifier Filter Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Adjustments Figure 3 12 A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations Set calibration constant 227 YTM Gain Band 3 to 2048 Modify calibration constant 240 YTM Offset Band 3 to maximize low end power Power may peak twice Adjust to the lower peak Adjust A12R25 B3S1 see Figure 3 12 for maximum power at the high end The high end power may peak twice If it does adjust the potentiometer to the lower peak where the adjustment is furthest counterclockwise Set the band 3 SRD bias calibration constants as follows a Increment calibration constant 107 SRD Bias A Band 3 to maximize low end power Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts b Increment calibration constant 120 SRD Bias B Band 3 to maximize high end power Then decrease the power by one third division x 1 2 dB Repeat steps 20 through 22 until power is optimized over the full band Record the value of calibration constant 240 YTM Offset Band 3 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 18 through 23 Change calibration constant 240 back to its original value Band
413. s are correct b If the band 3 values are within 500 counts of the limits of their ranges repeat the B351 B451 and B4BP1 adjustments with the doubler disabled c If the band 4 values are within 500 counts of the limits of the range repeat the B451 and B4BP1 adjustments with the doubler disabled unless you have just readjusted these adjustments in step b d If the problem continues it is most likely hardware related Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 90 For the 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L repeat step 87 for each frequency range listed in Table 3 5 and a sweep time of 1 5 seconds Table 3 5 Frequency Ranges 83630B L 83640B L 83650B L 20 to 26 5 GHz 20 to 25 5 GHz 20 to 26 5 GHz 25 5 to 40 GHz 26 5 to 38 GHz 38 to 50 GHz 91 On the synthesizer set SER GD GE Eror 20 Gi CONT SWEEP TIME 1 5 sec 92 Set the synthesizer power level to the specified maximum leveled power Check for ALC oscillations or level squegging a The SRD bias A or B calibration constants for the affected band might eliminate oscillation The problem is with the A term if the oscillations are near the beginning of the band It is with the B term if the oscillations are near the end of the band SRD bias has a range It can be overbiased which causes level squegging If so decrease the value of the SRD bias calibr
414. s the measurement uncertainty of each test and a column to record actual measurements There are several test records Be sure you use the one designated at the top for your synthesizer Each test record is shown below The page number of each test record is also included for easy access Test Record for Agilent 83620B 22B 0 0 0 0 cece cece cece secret 2 139 Test Record for Agilent 83623B 24B 0 ccc eee eee secs 2 147 Test Record for Agilent 83630B 0 cece eee eee eee eee e eens 2 155 Test Record for Agilent 83640B 1 0 00 ccc eee ee nee eee n ene ee 2 163 Test Record for Agilent 83650B 1 0 0 cece eee cent nee eee nen eee 2 171 Test Record for Agilent 83623 2 0 0 eee cece r arena 2 179 Test Record for Agilent 83630L 2 0 0 eee cece eee eee teen aes 2 184 Test Record for Agilent 83640L 2 0 eee cece ence nen aes 2 189 Test Record for Agilent 83650L 2 0 eee nee eee eee e ee nnee 2 194 Test Sequence Perform the tests in the order that they appear Calibration Cycle Perform the tests in this chapter at least once every 24 months Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 3 Operation Verification The following procedures meet the needs of most incoming inspections 80 verification and provide a reasonable assurance that the instrument is functioning properly The Operation Verification Form is located below Perform these operation verification procedures in the order given and record the p
415. s Co a 2 2 Automated Performance Tests 2 2 2 ee 2 2 Equipment Required 2 a a a ee ee 2 3 Test Record 2 A 2 3 Test Sequence ooa a a 2 3 Calibration Cycle a a a a a A 2 3 Operation Verification 2 a a a a 2 4 1 Selftests lc a 2 5 2 Power Accuracy lc 2 5 3 Power Flatness PPP 2 6 4 Maximum Leveled Power PPP 2 6 PERFORMANCE TESTS 2 2 ee 2 7 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 2 2 ee 2 7 Description and Procedure 2 1 ee ee 2 7 Related Adjustments 2 2 a a ee 2 10 In Case of Difficulty 2 2 2 A 2 10 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy 2 ee ee ee 2 11 Description and Procedure 1 1 ee ee A 2 11 Related Adjustments 2 2 a a ee 2 17 In Case of Difficulty 2 2 2 A 2 17 3 Frequency Switching Time Lc 2 18 Description and Procedure Loe eee 2 18 CW Frequency Switching Time Across Bandswitch Points 2 19 Stepped Sweep Frequency Switching Time Within a Frequency Band 2 20 Frequency List Frequency Switching Time Across Bandswitch Points 2 20 Related Adjustments Co 2 22 Agilent 8360 Contents 1 Service In Case of Difficulty 2 2 2 A 2 22 4 Power Accuracy Ca a a A 2 23 Description and Procedure CA 2 23 Related Adjustments 2 2 2 a a 2 24 In Case of Difficulty a 2 2 2 A 2 25 5 Power Flatness e 2 26 Description and Procedure PPP 2 26 Low Band Power Flatness 2 2 2 a a 2 26 High Band Power Flatness Loe eee
416. s RF OUTPUT as shown in Figure 2 6 4 Set the synthesizer to measure the power correction values and generate a new user flatness array for the frequency range entered Press Mtr Meas Menu Measure Corr All When the flatness correction array is completed the menu is returned 5 Scroll through the user flatness correction values using the up down arrow keys Note the maximum and minimum correction values The difference between them is the power flatness measurement Record the value on the test record and compare the value to the specification 6 Delete the flatness correction array Press POWER MENU Fltness Menu Delete Menu Delete All High Band Power Flatness 7 With the appropriate power sensor for this frequency range repeat steps 2 through 6 for m 20 GHz stop frequency a A 2 05 GHz start frequency A 100 MHz increment Millimeter Band Power Flatness gt 20 GHz and lt 40 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 8 With the appropriate power sensor for this frequency range repeat steps 2 through 6 for m A 40 GHz stop frequency for 83630B L only set to 26 5 GHz a A 20 05 GHz start frequency A 100 MHz increment Millimeter Band Power Flatness gt 40 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 9 With the appropriate power sensor for this frequency range repeat steps 2 through 6 for m 50 GHz stop frequency a 40 05 GHz start frequency 100 MHz increment Rel
417. s displayed informing you that changing the calibration constants may drastically affect instrument performance To verify that you do wish to save the new calibration constants select yes The working data calibration constants are now stored as protected data in EEPROM Exit the calibration utility menu using the PRIOR key or pressing PRESET 4 6 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Loading Protected Data Calibration Constants If your working data calibration constants have been altered or deleted the following procedure loads the protected calibration constants from EEPROM into working data memory 1 2 On the synthesizer set SERVICE Adjust Menu Calib Menu Cal Util Menu Select Recall Cal A warning is displayed informing you that changing the calibration constants may drastically affect instrument performance To verify that you do wish to recall the protected data calibration constants select yes The protected data calibration constants are now loaded into working data Exit the calibration utility menu using the PRIOR key or pressing PRESET Loading Default Data Calibration Constants If you want to use the generic synthesizer calibration constants as working data the following procedure loads the default calibration constants from UVEPROM into working data memory 1 On the synthesizer set SERVICE Adjust Menu Calib Menu Cal Util Menu Select Default Cal A warning is d
418. s greater than 23 5 dBm as displayed on the power meter decrease DAmp Clamp 1 until the power level is less than this level If the power level of the peak point is already less than this level set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp Clamp 1 just until the peak point begins to drop this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped Disable the doubler turn doubler amp mode off and return the synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep Band 2 Adjustment 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 On the synthesizer set GTART O Gre STOP 5 642 POWER LEVEL 25 dBm Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop Modify calibration constant 622 YTF Gain Band 2 to maximize high end power Modify calibration constant 632 YTF Offset Band 2 to maximize low end power Repeat steps 20 and 21 until the entire band is peaked Record the value of calibration constant 632 YTF Offset Band 2 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 19 through 22 until it is Then change calibration constant 632 back to the recorded value On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL 0 dBm Adjust calibration cons
419. s test record Pass on the operation verification form Operation verification is completed If the synthesizer fails record Fail on the operation verification form and then follow the In Case of Difficulty instructions given for this performance test After repair repeat operation verification from the beginning 2 6 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Operation Verification PERFORMANCE TESTS 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate Description and Procedure This procedure checks the accuracy of the internal timebase The time required for a specific phase change is measured both before and after a specified waiting period The aging rate is inversely proportional to the absolute value of the difference in the measured times The overall accuracy of the internal timebase is a function of TBC AR TE LE where TBC timebase calibration TE temperature effects AR aging rate LE line effects After the timebase is adjusted the timebase frequency should stay within the aging rate if the following things happen m The timebase oven does not cool down m The instrument keeps the same orientation with respect to the earth s magnetic field m The instrument stays at the same altitude m The instrument does not receive any mechanical shock If the timebase oven cools the instrument is disconnected from AC power you may have to readjust the timebase frequency after a new warmup cycle Typically however t
420. set E 3 Set the DVM to measure DC volts 4 Adjust A9R105 MIN see Figure 3 22 for 0 54 V DC 3 60 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Low Power SRD Bias ASR105 oc JERR cA A A9 ASSEMBLY Figure 3 22 A9R105 Location Related Performance Tests None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 61 Low Power SRD Bias 10 Modulator Offset and Gain Description and Procedure In this procedure the ALC modulation offset and gain calibration constants are adjusted to linearize the ALC modulator response to the ALC power level reference voltage Default values are entered for the modulator offset calibration constants and internal firmware is activated to set the modulator gain calibration constants The synthesizer is then set for a power sweep across the entire leveled ALC range 20 to the maximum leveled power The integrator level signal on the ALC board is monitored to verify linearity If necessary the modulator offset values are modified 1 For 8360 B Series only connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 23 Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour For 8360 L Series start this test at step 2 DIGITIZING OSCILLOSCOPE INT LVL ATOTP6 GND ATOTPS Z AXIS BLANK M SYNTHESIZER 10 1 DIVI
421. set And Gain odulator Offset And Gain odulator Offset And Gain Modulator Offset And Gain Modulator Offset And Gain Modulator Offset And Gain Modulator Offset And Gain Modulator Offset And Gain Agilent 8360 Calibration Constants 4 19 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 Slow Sym Low Band 100 to 160 330 Slow Sym High Band 100 to 160 331 Attenuator Sw Point 1000 332 333 334 335 Squegg Clamp 1B 100 336 Squegg Clamp 2B 100 337 Squegg Clamp 3B 100 338 Squegg Clamp 4B 100 339 Squegg Clamp 5B 100 340 Squegg Clamp 6B 100 341 Squegg Clamp 7B 100 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 ADC 5 V Range OFF 5000 to 5000 ADC Adjustment 352 ADC 15 V Range OFF 5000 to 5000 ADC Adjustment 353 ADC 5 V Range GAIN 1950 to 1950 ADC Adjustment 354 ADC 15 V Range GAIN 750 to 750 ADC Adjustment 4 20 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 355 ADC 5 V Range OFF 5000 to 5000 ADC Adjustment 356 ADC 15 V Range OFF 5000 to 5000 ADC Adjustment 357 ADC 5 V Range GAIN 750 to 750 ADC Adjustment 358 ADC 15 V Range GAIN 1750 to 1950 ADC Adjustment 359 360 361
422. set the adjustment to the peaked point a For all offset and gain adjustments if power stays peaked over several calibration constant values set the calibration constant to the middle value of the peaked range Adjusting to the Center of the Passband a The amplifier multiplier has a tracking filter on its output Its purpose is to pass the selected RF output frequency and reject harmonics The objective of this procedure is to track the bandpass filter with the RF output frequency over a variety of sweep conditions and frequency ranges Effects of the auxiliary output may mask the true center of the bandpass Always tune to the lower peak lower calibration constant value SRD Bias Adjustment m Adjust these calibration constants into squegging and then back off until peak power is achieved a After reaching peak power decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts when adjusting the A term and decrease power by 1 2 dB approximately 1 3 division when adjusting the B term Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments a If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep increase the A delay term to put the A term at the high end of the peak For example for the following calibration constant values Start of the peak 1800 Middle of the peak 1950 End of the peak 2100 Set the A term to 2050 Setting the Fastest Sweep Time m Setting the sweep time to 0 milliseconds sets the synthesizer to the faste
423. sition RF deck 7 39 single sideband phase noise 2 48 software loading 5 4 source module interface removal 7 11 spur adjustments 12 5 spurious signals Harmonics amp subharmonics 2 32 spurious signals line related 2 45 spurious signals non harmonic 2 41 square wave symmetry adjustment 3 84 step attenuator flatness adjustment 5 10 step attenuator flatness performance test 5 5 step attenuator removal 7 44 storage calibration constants 4 2 sweep ramp adjustment 3 9 swept frequency accuracy 2 11 T T1 transformer removal 7 30 timebase oscillator adjustment 3 4 transformer removal 7 30 Index 3 U UVEPROM calibration constants 4 2 V VCO tuning voltage 12 4 voltage selector switch removal 7 32 volts GHz adjustment 3 95 Index 4 Y YIG oscillator removal 7 44 YO delay adjustment 5 12 YO driver 10 V reference adjustment 3 14 YO driver gain and linearity adjustment 3 15 YO loop gain adjustment 3 17
424. sition move back it to the POS position The synthesizer now triggers a sweep on the leading edge a 0 to 5 volt change 3 Reinstall the A15 assembly and turn synthesizer power on Triggering on the Trailing Edge 1 Turn the synthesizer power off and lift up the A15 assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in Figure 3 41 In some instruments the jumper positions will be rotated to the left 90 In these instruments the jumper vertically connects the two left points in the POS position and the two right points in the NEG position POS and NEG positions are labeled on all assemblies 2 The jumper is factory set to the POS position triggers on the leading edge To change it move the jumper to the NEG position The synthesizer now triggers a sweep on the trailing edge a 5 to 0 volt change 3 Reinstall the A15 assembly and turn synthesizer power on 3 94 Adjustments Agilent 8360 External Trigger Edge Selection 23 Volts GHz Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure A five section switch on the A12 multiplier filter driver assembly sets the volts GHz scale for the rear panel V GHz output connector At the factory synthesizers with a maximum frequency of lt 30 GHz are set to 0 5 V GHz and higher frequency instruments are set to 0 25 V GHz The following procedure describes how to set the switch to scale the output 1 Set A12S1 shown in Figure 3 42 for the required volts GHz scale a
425. slow sweep speeds 227 YTM Gain Band 3 2048 228 YTM Gain Band 4 2048 229 YTM Gain Band 5 2048 230 YTM Gain Band 6 2048 231 YTM Gain Band 7 2048 238 YTM Offset Band 1 2048 Maximize power over lower 10 239 YTM Offset Band 2 2048 of band Adjust at slow sweep speeds 240 YTM Offset Band 3 2048 P 241 YTM Offset Band 4 2048 242 YTM Offset Band 5 2048 243 YTM Offset Band 6 2048 244 YTM Offset Band 7 2048 248 YTM B2 Offset Offset 0 Default values are not altered Numbers should remain unchanged 3 24 Adjustments Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Agilent 8360 Table 3 1 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Default Adjustment Value Description 373 YTM Diy Term C Hrm 1 0 Default values are not altered 374 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 2 o Numbers should remain unchanged 375 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 3 0 376 YTM Diy Term C Hrm 4 0 377 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 5 0 378 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 6 0 379 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 7 0 382 YTM Bx Dly Term C1 0 Default values are not altered 383 YTM Bx Dly Term C2 0 Numbers should remain unchanged 384 YTM Bx Dly Term C3 0 385 YTM Bx Dly Term C4 0 386 YTM Bx Dly Term C5 0 387 YTM Bx Dly Term C6 0 525 Hibernation Time 90 Default values are not altered 526 Bandcross 1 42 Numbers should remain unchanged 527 Bandcross 2 32 528 Bandcross 3 28 529 Bandcross 4 26 530 Bandcross 5 28 531 Bandcross 6 20 532 Bandcross 7 20 YTM Gain Adjustment Band 1 A
426. sor data by performing the following steps Note If the power sensor data was added previously and is still current skip the following steps and run the test 1 Select the HELP softkey to access the power sensor configuration and calibration menus 2 Select power meter configuration ww Select the sensor to edit 4 Enter the power sensor configuration data follow the prompts on the display 5 14 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 Note Do not edit the Sensor ID The names set at the factory must remain unchanged for the program to run properly The factory recommended Zero Hr is 1 00 and the Cal Hr is 24 00 Use the left and right arrows to move the cursor within a field and the up and down arrows to increment or decrement the value RETURN selects the field 5 When all changes have been made select save power meter configuration 6 Next select power meter calibration factors to add the power sensor calibration factors to the program 7 Select current to change the active power sensor to the one for which you would like to enter the data 8 Select edit header and enter the serial numbers of the power sensor 9 Select edit calibration factors Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 15 10 Enter the calibration factors from your power sensor follow the prompts on the display 11 When all of the calibration factors have been added select store calibration factors to store the calibrat
427. sponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number Description Fractional N A4 None 496 0 08360 60010 Post Repair Use the information in Table 12 4 instead of the equivalent Fractional N information provided in the Post Repair chapter Table 12 4 Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A4 Fractional N Fractional N VCO Full Self Test Fractional N Reference Frequency Switching Time and API Spurs Spurious Signals Non Harmonics 1 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly The replacement assembly is adjusted at the factory and is not instrument dependent Agilent 8360 Instrument History 12 9 Service Index 1 10 MHz reference standard removal 7 29 10 MHz standard adjustment interval 3 8 10 MHz standard adjustment 3 4 125 kHz reference spur 12 5 A A9 pulse board jumper adjustment 3 97 ADC adjustment 5 13 adjustments 10 MHz standard 3 4 A9 pulse board 3 97 ALC power level accuracy 3 67 AM accuracy 3 75 AM delay 3 80 AM FM DAC offset and gain 3 73 AM input impedance 3 86 AM offset 3 78 amplifier filter 3 32 external trigger edge selection 3 94 FM gain 3 82 FM input impedance 3 89 fractional N reference and API spurs 12 5 fractional N VCO 12 4 low power SRD bias 3 60 modulation generator flatn
428. ss adjustment and follow the prompts on the display 5 10 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 SYNTHESIZER POWER METER Gaga oooo00 aooo aoon 0900 cm RF OUTPUT POWER REF PONER SENSOR ADAPTER 30DB REFERENCE ATTENUATOR 10DB ATTENUATOR Figure 5 2 Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment Setup Agilent 8360 Automated Tests 5 11 2 YO Delay Adjustment Description This adjustment uses the internal counter to measure swept frequency accuracy YO delay affects the swept frequency accuracy at fast sweep times less than 100 ms This procedure adjusts the calibration constants for the YIG oscillator to achieve consistent swept frequency accuracy over the entire operating range of the instrument CAUTION If your instrument has Option 006 be certain that you identified your option configuration when the software was initially loaded or else this procedure will not run properly Select the YO delay adjustment and follow the prompts on the display No test equipment is required 5 12 Automated Tests Agilent 8360 3 ADC Adjustment Description This adjustment uses an external digital voltmeter DVM to measure VCOMP on the YO driver assembly and compares the reading to the ADC measurement The ADC calibration constants are adjusted so that the DVM and ADC measurements are the same The procedure is repeated for each voltage range both plus and minus supplies Select the ADC adjustment and
429. ssword if requested factory password 8360 and then press Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal 7 7 Hz sec Enter Modify Cal using the RPG arrow keys or numeric key pad change the value of cal constant 277 so the maximum power out with scalar on is equal to the pulse power out with scalar off 6 If this is the last adjustment required save the cal data by pressing Cal Utility Menu Save Cal yes ANALOG OSSCILLOSCOPE SYNTHESIZER ae a e Gado ooo000 0o00 aoon 0000 EXT ALC DETECTOR so 4b Figure 3 30 AM Offset Adjustment Setup Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 79 AM Offset 16 AM Delay 8360 B Series Only Description and Procedure In the ALC loop the integrator input from the ALC detector is delayed phase shifted from the reference input through the ALC modulator RF path and ALC detector Because of this amplitude modulation can peak the AM frequency response In this adjustment you set the delay in the reference input equal to the delay in the input from the ALC detector The synthesizer is set to maximum leveled power at a CW frequency with amplitude modulation at the maximum rate Monitoring the INT LVL signal the integrator output adjust the AM DELAY to minimize any AC voltage present 1 Preset the instruments shown in Figure 3 31 and let them warm up for at least one hour DIGITAL VOLTMETER ATOTPS INT LVL ATOTP 1 GROUND FUNCTI
430. st Equipment Required Synthesizer Hardkey Emulation Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly Reference Designations and Abbreviations Major Assemblies Cables Front Panel Hardware Front Panel Casting and Keypad Front Panel Attaching Hardware Rear Panel 1 of 2 Rear Panel 2 of 2 Rear Panel Fan Assembly Bottom View Attaching Hardware Top View Attaching Hardware Left Side View Attaching Hardware Right Side View Attaching Hardware RF Deck Right Side View Attaching Hardware RF Connector and Attaching Hardware Chassis Parts Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories Summary of Fractional N Reference amp API Spurs Adjustment Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly Contents 18 Agile 3 50 3 63 3 65 3 68 3 69 3 70 4 9 4 32 4 33 5 2 5 5 5 10 5 18 8 1 9 3 9 10 9 34 9 41 9 42 9 43 9 47 9 48 9 49 9 50 9 52 9 53 9 54 9 55 9 56 9 58 9 59 12 2 12 5 12 9 12 9 nt 8360 Service Equipment Required Each Required Equipment list is shown below The page number of each list is also included for easy access Agilent 83620B 22B Required Equipment 00 cece cece eee eee nen e nee 1 2 Agilent 83623B 24B Required Equipment 00 0 cece cence een ences 1 9 Agilent 83630B R
431. st Record Table 2 36 Test Record for 83640L 2 of 5 Model Report Number Date Test Equipment Used Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date 1 Digitizing Oscilloscope 2 Measuring Receiver 3 Power Sensor 4 Power Meter 5 Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 2 160 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Agilent 83640L Test Record Table 2 36 Test Record for 83640L 3 of 5 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 1 Internal Timebase Aging Rate 7 Calculated Rate 5x10710 day 5 6x10711 2 Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value 10 Start Freq 0 1 of 0 005 of Stop Freq sweep sweep 3 Frequency Switching Time 8 CW Step 50 ms 10 us 16 Stepped Sweep 5 5 ms 1 us 25 Frequency List 50 ms 10 us 4 Power Accuracy 14 gt 10 dBm lt 2 GHz 0 6 dB 0 6 dB 0 22 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 0 7 dB 0 7 dB 0 35 dB gt 20 and lt 40 GHz 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 0 38 dB 5 Power Flatness 5 lt 2 GHz 1 0 dB 0 15 dB gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 1 2 dB 0 25 dB gt 20 and lt 40 GHz 1 8 dB 0 27 dB 6 Maximum Leveled Power Standard 0 01 to lt 40 GHz 6 0 dBm 1 4 dB 0 01 to lt 26 5 GHz 10 0 dBm 1 8 dB 0 01 to lt 20 GHz 10 0 dBm 1 8 dB Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 161 Agilent
432. st sweep time for the frequency range being swept Each time the frequency range is changed the sweep time must be reset to 0 ms in order to maintain the fastest sweep time Sweep Speed Related Adjustments a Delay compensation adjustments are affected by sweep speed The adjustments are performed at fast sweep speeds which are the worst case All other adjustments are performed at slow sweep speeds they are not affected by sweep speed If you have a power problem that occurs only for fast sweep rates it is probably affected by delay compensation or risetime adjustments Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 19 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments YTM Bandcross Delay Terms a The YTM Bx Dly terms are either offset or gain terms used only during multi band sweeps A1 denotes the offset term for band 1 B1 denotes the gain term for band 1 The offset A should be adjusted to maximize power at the beginning of the band The gain B is adjusted to maximize power toward the end of the band General Techniques a In some adjustments power may peak twice This is caused by the auxiliary output masking the true peak Always adjust to the first peak lowest value of the calibration constant m If the adjustment has a wide range without any apparent improvement Leave it set to the default value 3 20 Adjustments Agilent 8360 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Procedure Note In this procedure some calibration constants and potentiometers may
433. sts In Case of Difficulty Calibration Constants Post Repair Index Agilent 8360 Service 11 1 11 2 11 2 11 3 11 4 11 4 11 5 11 5 11 6 11 6 11 7 11 7 12 1 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 6 12 8 12 8 12 8 12 8 12 9 12 9 Contents 11 Figures 0 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 17 2 18 2 19 2 20 2 21 2 22 2 23 2 24 2 25 2 26 2 27 2 28 2 29 2 30 2 31 2 32 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 Typical Serial Number Label Internal Timebase Aging Rate Test Setup Swept Frequency Accuracy Test Setup Video Signal on the Oscilloscope Frequency Switching Time Test Setup Power Accuracy Test Setup Power Flatness Test Setup Maximum Leveled Power Test Setup External Leveling Test Setup Spurious Signals Harmonic Test Setup lt E GHz Spurious Signals Harmonics Test Setup gt 20 GHz Spurious Signals Non Harmonic Test Setup Spurious signals Line Related Test Setup Single Sideband Phase Noise Test Setup Pulse Modulation On Off Ratio Test Setup Pulse Performance Test Setup Pulse Envelope Displayed Over 5 Divisions Widened Pulse Envelope Pulse Performance Test Setup lt 20 GHz Signal Level between RF Power Off and On Pulse Performance Test Setup gt 20 GHz Video Feedthrough Test Setup Measuring Maximum Voltage from t
434. sweep time to 0 ms If the power increase is greater 2 dB in any part of the band then squegging is occurring If squegging occurs readjust calibration constant 132 so that the power difference is 2 dB or less from a 500 ms slow sweep to a 0 ms fast sweep 29 If you have any instrument except an 83640B L and 83650B L continue with Band 3 Adjustment Otherwise adjust calibration constant 450 DAmp Clamp 2 as described here to protect the bridge detector from excessive power while in doubler amp mode a On the synthesizer set SERVICE Tools Menu Disable Doubler asterisk off POWER MENU Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On asterisk on Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace On the synthesizer set SWEEP MENU Manual Sweep asterisk on Using the synthesizer rotary knob find the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope If the power level of the peak point is greater than 22 7 dBm as displayed on the power meter decrease DAmp Clamp 2 until the power level is less than these values If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp Clamp 2 just until the peak point begins to drop this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped 30 Disable the doubler turn doubler amp mode off and return the synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep
435. t Adjustments A Oscilloscope Vertical Sensitivity 5 mV Div HP Agilent 54600B Amp Filt Adjustments A Bandwidth 100 MHz AM Offset A Controller 4 Mbyte RAM HP Agilent 9836 Step Attenuator Flatness AP BASIC 5 1 HP Agilent 9920 Power Flatness and GPIB HP Agilent 310 Accuracy AP HP Agilent 320 Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA Software No Substitute P N 08360 10001 Step Attenuator Flatness AP Shipped with instrument Power Flatness and Accuracy AP Step Attenuator Flatness AA YO Delay AA ADC AA Power Flatness AA DVM Range 50 to 50 VDC HP Agilent 3456A2 External Leveling P Accuracy 0 01 HP Agilent 3457A Low Power SRD Bias A Input Impedance gt 10 MQ ADC AA 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 38 Required Equipment Agilent 83623L Agilent 8360 Table 1 6 Required Equipment for 83623L continued Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes Power Meter Power Meter Power Meter Bandwidth DC to 300 MHz Input Impedance 1 MQ and 502 Vertical Sensitivity lt 5 mV Div Horizontal Sensitivity 50 ns Div Trigger Event Triggerable Division Ratio 10 1 Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy 0 02 dB Power Range 1 uW to 100 mW Accuracy
436. t number If you have any questions contact your Agilent Technologies customer engineer for the latest information about this program Replacement Information The following information is given in the tables in this chapter a Agilent part number m Part quantity for that figure There may be more of that part in other figures m Part description see Table 9 1 for abbreviations Agilent 8360 Replaceable Parts 9 1 Ordering Information For any listed part request the Agilent part number and quantity required from the nearest Agilent office How to Order Parts Fast Agilent parts specialists have direct on line access to the replaceable parts listed in this manual Four day delivery is standard there is a charge for hotline one day delivery In the United States call the following toll free number 800 227 8164 Monday through Friday 6 am to 5 pm Pacific Standard Time Outside the United States contact your nearest Agilent office 9 2 Replaceable Parts Agilent 8360 Table 9 1 Reference Designations and Abbreviations A Amperage Assembly LG Long Length AT Termination LK Lock AX Axial Lead LPF Low Pass Filter AY Assembly M Male Maximum Meter Mil Milli B Fan Motor MTG Mounting BI Bipin NTD Non Time Delay BT Battery NYL Nylon CHAM Chamfer PAN HD Pan Head CMPNT Component RP Rear Panel CONN Connector RPG Rotary Pulse Generator CR Detector SKT Socket CU Copper SN P
437. ta in EEPROM Related Performance Tests FM Accuracy In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 93 Modulation Generator Flatness 22 External Trigger Edge Selection Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure This procedure sets the external trigger to trigger on either the leading or the trailing edge of a TTL signal When the jumper shown in Figure 3 41 is in the POS position a sweep is triggered on the leading edge of the pulse when the signal changes from 0 to 5 volts When the jumper is in the NEG position a sweep is triggered on the trailing edge of the pulse when the signal changes from 5 to 0 volts jc SP NM NK NA NM KN KN mm POS O Ones A15 ASSEMBLY Figure 3 41 External Trigger Edge Selection Location Triggering on the Leading Edge 1 Turn the synthesizer power off and lift up the A15 assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in Figure 3 41 In some instruments the jumper positions will be rotated to the left 90 In these instruments the jumper vertically connects the two left points in the POS position and the two right points in the NEG position POS and NEG positions are labeled on all assemblies 2 The jumper is factory set to the POS position triggers on the leading edge If the jumper has been moved to the NEG po
438. tant 132 Squegg Clamp 2A to maximize RF output power across the band If you have an 83623B or an 83624B continue with Band 3 Adjustment If you have an 83623L continue with the next step Otherwise adjust calibration constant 132 Squegg Clamp 2A as described here to protect the bridge detector from excessive power a Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace b On the synthesizer set SWEEP MENU Manual Sweep asterisk on c Using the rotary knob find the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 43 Amplifier Filter Adjustments d If the power level of the peak point is greater than 20 dBm for 83620B 22B and 83630B L or 22 7 dBm for 83640B L and 83650B L as displayed on the power meter decrease Squegg Clamp 2A until the power level is less than these values If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease Squegg Clamp 2A just until the peak point begins to drop this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped 28 If you have an 83623L adjust calibration constant 132 Squegg Clamp 2A as described here Otherwise continue with the next step a b d Set the synthesizer s sweep time to 500 ms Adjust the calibration constant 132 Squegg Clamp 2A for maximum power without squegging Check for squegging by setting the synthesizer s
439. teps 2 ee A 7 23 2 B1 Fan Removal o Loe 7 24 3 Rear Panel BNC Connectors Removal and Aux Output Disconnection a 7 25 4 J1 RF Output Connector Removal Option 004 a 7 26 5 Rear Panel Removal cc Ca 7 27 Agilent 8360 Contents 9 Service 6 A23 10 MHz Reference Standard Removal 2 02002024824 7 29 7 T1 Transformer Removal Lo 7 30 8 A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal Lo 7 31 9 Voltage Selector Switch Removal 2 2 2 ee a 7 32 10 Fuse Housing Removal a a oa a a a 7 34 11 FL1 Line Filter Removal Co 7 35 12 Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal Co 7 36 RF Deck Disassembly and Reassembly Co 7 37 Tools Required cc CA 7 37 Description and Procedure 2 1 1 ee 7 37 1 Preliminary Steps oaoa a a a a 7 39 2 Lift Up the RF Deck 2 a 7 39 3 A20 RF Interface Removal 2 a a a 7 43 4 Microcircuit Removal PP 7 44 Motherboard Disassembly and Reassembly PA 7 62 Tools Required 2 2 ee 7 62 Description and Procedure o a a a a a 7 62 1 Preliminary Steps oaoa a a a a 7 64 2 Front Panel Removal Ce 7 65 3 J1 RF Output Connector Removal Front Panel re 7 67 4 J1 RF Output Connector Removal Option 004 2 2 7 69 5 Rear Panel Removal 2 1 A 7 70 6 Major Assemblies Removal 2 2 ee ee ee 7 72 7 RF Deck Removal 2 2 a 7 73 8 Motherboard Removal 2 2 ee a 7 74 8 Post Repair 9 Replaceable Parts Introduction
440. teps 49 through 52 Change calibration constant 244 back to its original value Multi band Amplifier Multiplier Delay Compensation Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 29 Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Note Power dropouts at the start of each band are typically removed with the YTM Risetime calibration constants These will be adjusted later 54 On the synthesizer press START 2 0 GHz TOP Co GHz SWEEP TIME 0 msec Note The synthesizer intensity marker is set to identify the bandcross frequency 13 5 GHz Reduce oscilloscope trace intensity to identify the marker You can also identify bandcrosses by temporarily removing the cable from the Z AXIS BLANK MKRS connector on the synthesizer rear panel Make sure this cable is connected when making adjustments 55 On the synthesizer press MARKER Marker M1 13 5 start of band 3 56 Adjust calibration constant 172 YTM Bx Dly Term A3 to maximize power at the low end of band 3 adjust the lowest amplitude portion of the band 57 Adjust calibration constant 185 YTM Bx DLY Term B3 to maximize power at the high end of band 3 58 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB If the change in power is greater than 2 3 division readjust the A term of the delay adjustment 172 for low end problems or the B term of the delay adjustment 185 for high end problems 59 On t
441. th 28 5 31 5 0 76 21 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 17 AM Bandwidth 10 3 dB Bandwidth 100 kHz 10 31 kHz 18 AM Dynamic Range 12 Normal 20 dBm 0 4 dB 23 Deep 83623B 33 dBm 1 65 dB 83624B 30 dBm 1 65 dB 19 FM Accuracy 13 Maximum FM Error 10 10 3 7 23 Maximum FM Error Opt 002 10 10 3 7 20 FM Bandwidth 16 3 dB Bandwidth 8 MHz 320 kHz Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 123 Agilent 83623B 24B Test Record Table 2 34 Test Record for 83623B and 83624B 8 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 21 Maximum FM Deviation 12 DC FM Unlocked lt 100 Hz gt 75 MHz Deviation Pass Fail 2 3 MHz 24 AC FM Locked 100 kHz Modulation Index gt 5 1 GHz 500 kHz 21 2 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 21 2 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 42 2 kHz 17 GHz 1 5 MHz 63 6 kHz 24 AC FM Locked 1 MHz Modulation Index gt 5 1 GHz 5 MHz 212 kHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 212 kHz 24 AC FM Locked 3 MHz gt 8 MHz deviation 1 GHz 8 MHz 340 kHz 5 GHz 8 MHz 340 kHz 22 Internal Pulse Accuracy Opt 002 5 Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 110 ps 7 Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns 117 ps 23 Modulation Meter Opt 002 5 AM Meter 25 35 0 6 7 AM Meter 85 95 0 6 11 FM Meter 4 95 MHz 5 05 MHz 15 kHz 13 FM Meter 950 kHz 1 05 MHz 10 kHz 2 124 Performance Tests Agilent 83623B 24B Test Record Agilent
442. the contract terms conflict with these terms the contract terms shall control Questions or Comments about our Documentation We welcome any questions or comments you may have about our documentation Please send us an E mail at sources manuals am exch agilent com Notice Hewlett Packard to Agilent Technologies Transition This manual may contain references to HP or Hewlett Packard Please note that H ewlett Packard s former test and measurement semiconductor products and chemical analysis businesses are now part of Agilent Technologies To reduce potential confusion the only change to product numbers and names has been in the company name prefix where a product name number was HP XXXX the current name number is now Agilent XXXX For example model number HP 8648 is now model number Agilent 8648 Contacting Agilent Sales and Service Offices The sales and service contact information in this manual may be out of date The latest service and contact information for your location can be found on the Web at http www agilent com find assist If you do not have access to the Internet contact your field engineer In any correspondence or telephone conversation refer to your instrument by its model number and full serial number Ea Agilent Technologies Printedin USA July 2004 Certification Agilent Technologies certifies that this product met its published specifications at the time of shipment from the factory Agilent Te
443. the risetime and falltime values in Table 2 20 For 83630B only record the worst case risetime and worst case falltime values from Table 2 19 and Table 2 20 on the test record Procedure gt 26 5 to lt 40 GHz 30 Replace the HP Agilent 11970K Mixer with the HP Agilent 11970A Mixer 31 Repeat steps 5 through 10 at synthesizer and spectrum analyzer CW frequencies of 30 and 35 GHz recording the risetime and falltime values in Table 2 20 For 83640B only record the worst case risetime and worst case falltime values from Table 2 19 and Table 2 20 on the test record Procedure gt 40 GHz to lt 50 GHz 32 Replace the HP Agilent 11970A Mixer with the HP Agilent 11970Q Mixer 33 to 50 GHz 33 Repeat steps 5 through 10 at synthesizer and spectrum analyzer CW frequencies of 45 GHz and record the risetime and falltime values in Table 2 20 For the 83650B only record the worst case risetime and worst case falltime values from Table 2 19 and Table 2 20 on the test record Pulse Leveling Accuracy gt 20 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 2 68 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Pulse Performance Alternate Procedure gt 20 to lt 26 5 GHz 34 Replace the HP Agilent 11970Q Mixer with the HP Agilent 11970K Mixer 35 On the synthesizer press mom 36 Repeat steps 13 through 22 and record the level accuracy in Table 2 20 37 For 83630B only record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2 19 and Table 2 20
444. the synthesizer press GTaRT O Gre Top 155 Gir Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace Modify calibration constant 226 YTM Gain Band 2 to maximize high end power The high end power may peak twice If it does adjust the calibration constant to the lower peak where the value of the calibration constant is the lower number Modify calibration constant 239 YTM Offset Band 2 to maximize low end power Power may peak twice Adjust to the lower peak Adjust band 2 SRD bias calibration constants as follows a Increment calibration constant 106 SRD Bias A Band 2 to maximize low end power Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts b Increment calibration constant 119 SRD Bias B Band 2 to maximize high end power Then decrease the power by one third division 1 2 dB Repeat steps 12 through 14 until the entire band is peaked Record the value of calibration constant 239 YTM Offset Band 2 Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly If the power change is not uniform repeat steps 12 through 15 Change calibration constant 239 back to its original value Band 3 Adjustment 17 18 On the synthesizer press START 125 682 GTor Go Ste Set A12R25 B3S1 fully clockwise see Figure 3 12 Note There are two sets of potentiometers on the A12 assembly with identical name
445. them warm up for at least one hour CREAR PANEL DIGITIZING OSCILLOSCOPE SYNTHESIZED SWEEPER PULSE VIDEO OUT 1 1 PROBE Figure 2 31 Pulse Accuracy Test Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope HP Agilent 54111D Oscilloscope Probes HP Agilent 10437A 2 On the synthesizer press MOD Pulse Menu Pulse On Off Int asterisk on Internal Menu Internal Pulse Width 25 ns Internal Pulse Period 300 ns Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 105 Internal Pulse Accuracy 3 On the oscilloscope set Channel 1 Display On Volts Division 500 mV Input Coupling dc Input Impedance 50 2 Timebase Time Division 10 ns Delay Reference center Sweep auto Trigger Trigger Mode Edge Trig Src Chan 1 Trigger Level 1 2V Slope Pos Display Display Mode Repetitive Averaging Off Display Time 0 28 4 Adjust the oscilloscope offset to fully display the signal 5 Use the oscilloscope to measure the width of the pulse Record the value measured on the test record 6 On the synthesizer change the pulse width to 50 ns Press Internal Pulse Width ns 7 Use the oscilloscope to measure the width of the pulse Record the value measured on the test record Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide 2 106 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Internal Pulse Accur
446. ther procedure 134 Squegg Clamp 4A 255 135 Squegg Clamp 5A 255 136 Squegg Clamp 6A 255 137 Squegg Clamp 7A 255 144 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 1 1000 Default values are not altered 145 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 2 1000 Numbers should remain unchanged Maximize power over 146 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 3 1000 first 20 of band Affects 147 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 4 1000 fast sweeps only Single sweep 148 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 5 1000 mode is also critical 149 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 6 1000 150 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 7 1000 3 22 Adjustments Amplifier Multiplier Adjustments Agilent 8360 Agilent 8360 Table 3 1 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Default Adjustment Value Description 157 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 1 300 Default values are not altered 158 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 2 300 Numbers should remain unchanged Maximize power 159 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 3 300 over higher 30 of band 160 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 4 300 Affects fast sweeps only 161 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 5 300 162 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 6 300 163 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 7 300 170 YTM Bx Dly Term A1 1000 Default values for all 171 YTM Bx Dly Term A2 1000 terms except A3 and Ad Delay compensation for 172 YTM Bx Dly Term A3 1000 multi band sweeps only 173 YTM Bx Dly Term A4 1000 Adjust for maximum power at 174 YTM Bx Dly Term A5 1000 lower 50 of band Affects fast sweep speeds only 175 YTM Bx Dly Term A6 1000 176 YTM Bx Dly Term A7 10
447. thesizer press Enter the first CW value in Table 2 8 POWER Up Dn Power 1 dB Uncoupl Atten Option 001 only POWER LEVEL 10 dBm Off amber light off 6 Zero the power meter 7 On the synthesizer turn the RF on amber light on Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 23 Power Accuracy Table 2 8 Power Accuracy Frequencies Frequency Measured Difference Measured Difference GHz at lt 10 dBm at gt 10 dBm 0 11 1 01 6 0 10 0 18 0 23 01 28 01 36 01 45 01 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 8 On the power meter set the power sensor calibration factor for the frequency to be measured 9 Note the difference between the power meter reading and the power value set on the synthesizer Write this value down on a separate piece of paper Note For power levels of 10 dBm and above measure the power at 10 dBm then set the attenuator to the 10 dB position use a 10 dB attenuator for synthesizers without a step attenuator Record the difference between the measurements approximately 10 dB Then with the attenuator still set to 10 dB complete the remaining measurements Each of these measurements should be offset by the difference in dB that you measured 10 On the synthesizer use the up f key to increment the power level 1 dB 11 Repeat steps 8 through 10 to the maximum specified power level of your synthesizer Record the worst case measured difference
448. this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting see Calibration Constants to store the calibration constants as protected data in EEPROM Related Performance Tests Self Tests Swept Frequency Accuracy In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Agilent Technologies 8360 B Series Swept Signal Generator 8360 L Series Swept CW Generator Troubleshooting Guide Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 9 Sweep Ramp 3 Sampler Assembly Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure There are three sampler assembly adjustments m In the sampler match adjustment as the internal DVM monitors the loop input to the sampler trim capacitors are adjusted to optimize the sampler match over the full frequency range of the loop a The 200 MHz loop gain adjustment is automatic When this adjustment is selected in the A6 adjustment menu the synthesizer selects internal calibration constants for optimum loop gain over the full frequency range of the loop m In the IF gain adjustment the IF amplifier gain is adjusted as the internal DVM monitors the IF output level to the YO loop 1 Turn the synthesizer to standby At FL2 see Figure 3 4 disconnect the semi rigid cable between FL2 and the A6 assembly Figure 3 4 FL2 Location 2 Leaving the flexible cable connected to A6J1 40 MHz reference place the A6 assembly on the analog extender board 3 Turn the synthesizer on and press PRESET Let it warm up
449. through P FM Bandwidth P nternal Pulse Accuracy P 10 MHz Standard A odulator Offset and Gain A odulation Generator Flatness A Pulse Performance P Internal Pulse Accuracy P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83650B 1 31 Table 1 5 Required Equipment for 83650B continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Use Model Oscilloscope Division Ratio 10 1 HP Agilent 10431A Swept Frequency Probes Accuracy P Frequency Switching Time P Pulse Performance Alt P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A odulator Offset and Gain A Pulse Pulse Width lt 50 ns HP Agilent 8112B Pulse Performance P Generator Rise Time lt 10 ns HP Agilent 8116A2 Pulse Performance Alt P Frequency 10 Hz to 5 MHz Pulse Modulation Video eedthrough P Function Frequency Accuracy 5 x 1078 HP Agilent 3325A B AM Accuracy P Generator Amplitude Accuracy AM Dynamic Range P 100 kHz to 1 MHz 0 1 dB FM Accuracy P 100 kHz to 20 MHz 0 4 dB Maximum FM Deviation P Modulation Meter P AM Accuracy A AM Delay A FM Gain A Function Amplitude Range gt 16 V p p HP Agilent 8111A Maximum FM Deviation P Generator HP Ag
450. tion For B Series Only Description and Procedure In this procedure the synthesizer s RF output is monitored directly on a spectrum analyzer for low FM rates The FM amplitude is increased until the maximum deviation exceeds the specification For higher FM rates the FM rate is set so that a Bessel null occurs when the RF peak deviation equals the specification The modulation amplitude is increased in order to pass through the correct Bessel null for the FM rate used and the peak deviation specified 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 30 Preset all the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour SPECTRUM ANALYZER O d ocooad I A oo oA v ooo d oadd ooo g ocooaqaqaqaa 90000 aaa ooon ooooo goo oo 0000 SYNTHESIZED SWEEPER f90000 Aod 00 Mm 000a a FUNCTION GENERATOR Figure 2 30 Maximum FM Deviation Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP Agilent 8566B Function Generator HP Agilent 3325A Function Generator HP Agilent 8111A or HP Agilent 8116A DC FM lt 100 Hz Using HP Agilent 8111A or HP Agilent 8116A Note Synthesizer models without 1 GHz capability should use 5 GHz settings instead of 1 GHz as indicated in parenthesis 2 On the synthesizer press Gn Gre 5 GHz 2 100 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Maximum FM Deviati
451. to 2 0 GHz 265 LVL DAC Ofs Lo Bnd 120 252 LVL DAC Gain Lo Bnd 20 284 ALC Det Ofs Lo 142 293 ALC Log Brkpt Lo 140 High Band 2 0 to 20 GHz 264 LVL DAC Ofs Hi Bnd 0 251 LVL DAC Gain Hi Bnd 20 283 ALC Det Ofs Hi 134 292 ALC Log Brkpt Hi 131 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability Low Band ALC Power Accuracy Adjustment 6 On the synthesizer set cw Ghz SERVICE Adjust Menu Calib Menu 7 On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL First power level in Table 3 9 8 Select the first calibration constant in Table 3 9 Select Cal 3 68 Adjustments Agilent 8360 ALC Power Level Accuracy 9 On the synthesizer select Modify Cal and using the rotary knob modify the calibration constant so that the power meter and the power level setting are the same 10 Repeat steps 8 through 10 for each power level and calibration constant given in Table 3 9 Table 3 9 Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment Power Level Calibration Constant Adjustment dBm 0 0 265 LVL DAC Ofs Lo Bnd 10 0 252 LVL DAC Gain Lo Bnd 20 0 284 ALC Det Ofs Lo 10 0 293 ALC Det Log Brkpt Lo 11 On the synthesizer set POWER LEVEL 18 dBm Adjust A10R125 20 dBm until the power meter and the power level setting are the same Figure 3 25 shows the location of A10R125 LILI A1OR125 20DBM Figure 3 25 A10R 125 Location 12 Repeat steps 8 throug
452. to N type m adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 92 mm f adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 4 mm f adapter 2 4 mm m to 3 5 mm f adapter BNC f to BNC f adapter BNC m to BNC m adapter BNC f to SMA m adapter BNC f to SMB m adapter BNC tee m SMB f to BNC m flexible cable SMA semi rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable GPIB cable 2 meters Agilent 8360 1250 1159 1250 1158 1250 0669 1250 0672 1250 1391 5061 5311 1250 1745 1250 2187 1250 2188 11901C 1250 0080 1250 0216 1250 1200 1250 1237 1250 0781 85680 60093 08340 20124 8120 2582 HP Agilent 10833B Required Equipment Agilent 83650L 1 57 Performance Tests How to Use This Chapter Use the procedures in this chapter to test the electrical performance of the synthesizer These tests do not require access to the interior of the instrument The synthesizer must warm up for at least one hour before the electrical specifications are valid Menu Maps Fold out menu maps are located in Chapter 6 Some menus have more than one page of softkeys Select the more softkey to view the next page of softkeys more is not included in the keystrokes given in these procedures Note In all cases where you are instructed to preset the synthesizer use the factory preset mode only Operator s Check For assurance that most of the internal functions of the instrument work without testing for specifications see Operator s Check in your synthesiz
453. toe ee ee ee we 2 100 Description and Procedure 2 100 DC FM lt 100 Hz Using HP Agilent 8111A or HP Agilent 8116A 2 100 AC FM at 100 kHz Using HP Agilent 3325A cc a a 2 102 Related Adjustments a a a a a a eee eee 2104 In Case of Difficulty Cc 2104 22 Internal Pulse Accuracy Option 002 For B Series Only woe ee 2 105 Description and Procedure 2 2 aa toe ee ee 2 105 Related Adjustments 2 2 2 2 106 In Case of Difficulty tee ee ee 2 106 23 Modulation Meter Option 002 For B Series s Only wee ee ee 2 107 Description and Procedure Ce 2 107 Related Adjustments 2 2 2 2 e 2 108 In Case of Difficulty cc cc 2 108 3 Adjustments How To Use This Chapter 2 2 2 2 ee ee 3 1 Menu Maps 1 ee A 3 1 Equipment Required lc 3 1 Cautions And Warnings soo a a a 3 1 List of Adjustments 2 a a A 3 3 1 10 MHz Standard cl a 3 4 Description and Procedure 2 a a a ee 3 4 Related Performance Tests 2 2 a a a a a a 3 7 In Case of Difficulty Co 3 7 Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval Co 3 8 An Alternate Method 2 2 2 a 3 8 2 Sweep Ramp Ca a a A 3 9 Description and Procedure Ca a a A 3 9 Related Performance Tests 2 2 2 2 a eee 3 9 In Case of Difficulty 2 2 2 A 3 9 3 Sampler Assembly lc 3 10 Description and Procedure Lo 3 10 200 MHz Loop VCO Tune Check Lo 3 11 Sampler Match Adjustment 2
454. tor Frequency Range 10 MHz to 26 5 GHz HP Agilent 8493C Maximum Leveled Power P Pulse Performance P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough P Spurious Signals Line Related P External Leveling P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P Spurious Signals Harmonic P Pulse Performance Alt P 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test Agilent 8360 Required Equipment Agilent 83630B 1 21 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments SMA m to SMA m adapter SMA f to SMA f adapter SMB m to SMB m adapter SMB f to SMB f adapter SMB tee f m m 3 5 mm f to 3 5 mm f adapter 3 5 mm f to N type m adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 92 mm f adapter 2 4 mm f to 2 4 mm f adapter 2 4 mm m to 3 5 mm f adapter BNC f to BNC f adapter BNC m to BNC m adapter BNC f to SMA m adapter BNC f to SMB m adapter BNC tee m f f SMB f to BNC m flexible cable SMA semi rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable GPIB cable 2 meters 1 22 Required Equipment Agilent 83630B 1250 1159 1250 1158 1250 0669 1250 0672 1250 1391 5061 5311 1250 174
455. trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop 113 Switch between the fastest sweep time 0 ms and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2 3 division 1 dB If not adjust the appropriate rise or delay terms steps 114 through 116 and then repeat this step 114 On the synthesizer set SWEEP TIME 0 msec 115 a Press SINGLE several times to initiate several sweeps Note any drop in power b Press SINGLE RE ON OFF Then press RF ON OFF again LED on and note any drop in power c The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division 1 5 dB increase the A term of the delay adjustment 573 to put the A term at the high end of the peak Then repeat from step 111 If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b skip the rest of Band 3 Adjustment and continue with Band 4 Adjustment 116 Adjust calibration constant 563 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 3 to maximize power for the low end of band 3 117 Adjust calibration constant 573 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 3 to maximize power for the high end of band 3 118 Adjust calibration constant 213 YTM Rise Band 3 A3 to minimize power dropout at the start of band 3 Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 53 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Band 4 Adjustment 83630B L 83640B L and 83650B L 119 On the synthesizer set 25 Gre sTOP 26 5
456. ts 161 YT Dly Term B Hrm 200 to 500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 162 YT Dly Term B Hrm 200 to 500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 163 YT Dly Term B Hrm 200 to 500 Amplifier Filter Adjustments 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 YT Bx Dly Term A 1 600 to 2000 Amp tiplier Adjustments 171 YT Bx Dly Term A 2 600 to 2500 Amp tiplier Adjustments 172 YT Bx Dly Term A 3 600 to 3000 Amp tiplier Adjustments 173 YT Bx Dly Term A 4 600 to 2500 Amp tiplier Adjustments 174 YT Bx Dly Term A 5 600 to 3000 Amp tiplier Adjustments 175 YT Bx Dly Term A 6 600 to 3000 Amp tiplier Adjustments 176 YT Bx Dly Term A 7 600 to 3000 Amp tiplier Adjustments 177 178 179 180 181 182 4 14 Calibration Constants Agilent 8360 Table 4 9 Calibration Constant Descriptions continued Number Description Range or Related Default Adjustment 183 YTM Bx Dly Term B 1 200 to 500 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 184 YTM Bx Dly Term B 2 200 to 500 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 185 YTM Bx Dly Term B 3 200 to 500 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 186 YTM Bx Dly Term B 4 200 to 500 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 187 YTM Bx Dly Term B 5 200 to 500 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 188 YTM Bx Dly Term B 6 200 to 500 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 189 YTM Bx Dly Term B 7 200 to 500 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 190 191 192 193 194 195 YTM Kick Threshold 110 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 196 YTM CW Kick Max 600 Amp Multiplier Adjustments 197 YTM Mono Band Kick 2000 Am
457. ulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21 lt 2 GHz lt 10 dBm 2 0 22 26 gt 2 and lt 40 0 GHz 1 0 06 2 138 Performance Tests Agilent 83640B Test Record Agilent 8360 Table 2 36 Test Record for the 83640B 7 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 16 AM Accuracy Low Band lt 2 GHz 8 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 11 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 High Band gt 2 and lt 20 GHz 18 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 21 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 Doubled High Band gt 20 GHz 29 AM Depth 28 5 31 5 0 76 32 AM Depth Opt 002 28 5 31 5 0 76 17 AM Bandwidth 10 3 dB Bandwidth 100 kHz 10 31 kHz 18 AM Dynamic Range 12 Normal 20 dBm 0 45 dB 23 Deep lt 20 GHz 40 dBm 1 65 dB 23 Deep gt 20 GHz 30 dBm 1 35 dB 19 FM Accuracy 13 Maximum FM Error 10 10 3 7 23 Maximum FM Error Opt 002 10 10 3 7 20 FM Bandwidth 16 3 dB Bandwidth 8 MHz 320 kHz Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 139 Agilent 83640B Test Record Table 2 36 Test Record for the 83640B 8 of 8 Model Report No Date Test Minimum Maximum Measurement No Test Description Spec Results Spec Uncertainty 21 Maximum FM Deviation 12 DC FM Unlocked lt 100 Hz gt 75 MHz Deviation Pass Fail 2 3 MHz 24 AC FM L
458. ult Adjustments A AM Offset A 1 A Manual Adjustment AA Automated Adjustment AP Automated Performance Test P Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station 1 50 Required Equipment Agilent 83640L Agilent 8360 Table 1 8 Required Equipment for 83640L continued Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Usel Model Attenuator Frequency Range 10 MHz to 40 GHz HP Agilent 8490D Maximum Leveled Power P Maximum Input Power 300 mW Option 020 Attenuation 20 dB Attenuator Frequency Range 50 MHz to 40 GHz HP Agilent 8490D Power Accuracy P Maximum Input Power 300 mW Option 010 Spurious Signals Attenuation 20 dB Harmonic P Amp Mult Adjustments A Amp Filt Adjustments A Step Attenuator Flatness AA Step Attenuator Flatness AA Tool Kit No Substitute P N 08360 60060 Invertron California Spurious Signals nstruments 501TC Line Related P Capacitor 1000 pf P N 0160 4574 External Leveling P Microwave Frequency Range 2 to 8 GHz HP Agilent 11975A Spurious Signals Amplifier Leveled Output Power 16 dBm Harmonic P Mixer Frequency Range 26 5 to 40 GHz HP Agilent 11970A Spurious Signals Harmonic P Mixer Frequency Range 20 to 26 5 GHz HP Agilent 11970K Spurious Signals Harmonic P K Band Coax WR42 to APC 3 5 mm f K281C Spurious Signals Adapter Harmonic P R Band Coax WR28 to APC 2 4 mm f R281A Spurious Signals Adapter Har
459. ure 3 3 Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval 1 Find the line on Figure 3 3 that corresponds to the 10 MHz timebase oscillator aging rate To determine the aging rate see Performance Tests 2 On the horizontal axis find the maximum allowable error accuracy that you want 3 Follow the maximum allowable error vertically until it intersects the known aging rate 4 From the point of intersection move horizontally to the left and read the minimum calibration interval measured in days An Alternate Method You can also determine the minimum calibration interval using the following formula maximum allowable error known aging rate per day 3 8 Adjustments 10 MHz Standard calibration interval in days Agilent 8360 2 Sweep Ramp Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this adjustment This is an automatic adjustment The synthesizer s internal DVM measures the sweep ramp voltage at the end of the sweep The synthesizer then sets the sweep time calibration constants to calibrate the sweep ramp 1 Turn the synthesizer on and press PRESET Let the synthesizer warm up for at least one hour 2 Select the A14 sweep ramp adjustment On the synthesizer press SERVICE Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A14 SwpRmp The synthesizer will measure calculate and store the sweep time calibration constants When the adjustment is complete the following message appears on the display 3 If
460. ures Agilent 8360 Front Panel 3 A3 Front Panel Processor Removal Refer to Figure 7 6 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps and 2 Front Panel Removal before continuing 2 Disconnect the three ribbon cables W3 W4 and W5 the rotary pulse generator RPG cable and the six wire display cable W1 3 Remove the eight screws from the PC assembly 4 Lift off the front panel processor assembly CABLE W1 SCREW 8 PLACES RIBBON CABLE Wi RIBBON CABLE W3 RPG CABLE RIBBON CABLE W5 Figure 7 6 Front Panel Processor Cables Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 9 Front Panel 4 A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal Refer to Figure 7 7 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps and 2 Front Panel Removal before continuing 2 Disconnect the six wire display cable W1 and ribbon cable W4 3 Remove the four outer most screws around the edge of the bracket 4 Lift off the display DISCONNECT DISPLAY CABLE W1 REMOVE SCREWS 4 PLACES DISCONNECT RIBBON CABLE W4 DISPLAY Figure 7 7 Display Removal 7 10 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Front Panel 5 A2 Source Module Interface Removal Refer to Figure 7 8 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps 2 Front Panel Removal and 3 A3 Front Panel Processor Removal before continuing Remove the source module interface cable W10 Remove the four screws Remove the source module interfac
461. us B sweep capability Do not connect the power meter yet See Figure 3 19 for location detail of XA10J2 pin 55 on the motherboard Power on all the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour 2 Press PRESET on the synthesizer and for the 83640B L and 83650B L press SERVICE Tools Menu Disable Doubler asterisk on 3 On the power meter Zero and calibrate the power meter sensor Set the power meter to dBm mode SYNTHESIZER SWEEP OUTPUT Z AXIS BLANK MKRS 10DB J ATTENUATOR RF OUTPUT ADAPTER POWER SENSOR ANALOG OSCILLOSCOPE Q D000 D000 e 0000 O 1 O 0000 on oOo 200000 O O 50 OOO Como 0 Figure 3 18 Amplifier Filter Adjustments Setup Equipment Analog Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes Power Meter Power Sensor Power Sensor Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 1740A HP Agilent 10431A HP Agilent 436A 7A 8A HP Agilent 8485A 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L HP Agilent 8487A 83640B L and 83650B L HP Agilent 8493C Option 010 83620B 22B 24B 83623B L and 83630B L HP Agilent 8490D Option 010 83640B L and 83650B L Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 37 Amplifier Filter Adjustments O ININAUM 2 A22 MOTHERBOARD Figure 3 19 XA10J2 Location
462. vel 0 4 V Trigger Slope Negative 9 On the oscilloscope note the pulse amplitude Vp 10 Calculate the video gain Video gain system Vp from step 9 pulse generator Vp system Vp 0 1 Vp Video Gain Low Band Video Feedthrough Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 11 Connect the pulse generator output to the synthesizer s pulse input C 12 Connect the synthesizer to the oscilloscope s channel 1 through the attenuator filters and amplifier D 13 On the synthesizer press cw First CW frequency in Table 2 21 ALC Leveling Mode Search POWER LEVEL 10 dBm MOD Pulse On Off Extrnl asterisk on or for synthesizers with Option 002 instead press MOD Pulse Menu Pulse On Off Ext Table 2 21 Low Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies Synthesizer CW Video Video Frequency Feedthrough Feedthrough GHz lt 10 dBm gt 10 dBm 0 4 0 7 1 0 1 3 1 6 1 9 2 74 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 14 On the oscilloscope set Channel 1 Display Volts Division Offset Input Coupling Input Impedance Channel 2 Display Volts Division Offset Timebase Time Division Delay Delay Reference Trigger Trigger Mode Trigger Source Trigger Level Trigger Slope Display Display Mode Averaging Number of averages 15 On the pulse generator set Pulse width 500 ns Frequenc
463. ves a worst case value dBm Spur Absolute Amplitude 11 Calculate the spur level in dBc as follows Carrier Amplitude dBm Spur Absolute Amplitude dBm Spur Level dBc Record the result on the test record Compare the result to the specification 12 Repeat steps 9 through 11 for each of the spurs and spectrum analyzer frequencies in Table 2 12 Low Band Offset Spurious Signals Disregard if beyond your synthesizer s capability 13 On the synthesizer press cw O GHz POWER LEVEL 0 dBm 14 On the spectrum analyzer set Center Frequency 1 GHz Frequency Span 500 Hz Reference Level O dBm Resolution Bandwidth Auto Video Bandwidth Auto Marker 1 GHz Video Averaging Off 15 Use the marker to measure the synthesizer s RF output amplitude at 1 GHz This is the carrier amplitude to which the spurs are referenced dBm RF output at 1 GHz 16 Set the spectrum analyzer center frequency to each of the frequencies in Table 2 13 Use the marker to measure the spurs change the reference level as necessary Calculate the spur level in dBc for each of the spurs as follows Spur Level dBc RF Output at 1 GHz dBm Spur Level Record the spur level in dBc on the test record Compare the spur level to the specification Table 2 13 Low Band Spurious Signals Spectrum Analyzer Frequency Spur 100 MHz 100 MHz Fixed Spur 900 MHz 100 MHz Offset Spur 6 4 GHz LO Feedthrough Spur Agil
464. void damaging the connector do not disassemble the RF output connector assembly Only unscrew the connector on the end of the cable 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps and 2 Front Panel Removal before continuing 2 Unscrew the RF output connector plate from the rear panel 3 Remove the RF connector with cable W43 UNSCREW CABLE CABLE RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR NUT J NOT VISIBLE Figure 7 56 Removing RF Output Connector Option 004 Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 69 Motherboard 5 Rear Panel Removal Refer to Figure 7 57 1 2 3 Slide the rear panel out of the casting Complete 1 Preliminary Steps and 7 J1 RF Output Connector Removal before continuing Remove the four screws on the top back edge Remove the four screws on the bottom back edge g TOP SCREWS 4 PLACES BOTTOM SCREWS 4 PLACES Figure 7 57 Rear Panel Removal 7 70 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Agilent 8360 Motherboard Refer to Figure 7 58 5 6 Disconnect the 8 pin line switch connector 7 8 Cut the tie wraps holding the coaxial cables to the four BNC connectors and the source Disconnect ribbon cable W31 from the motherboard Disconnect the fan harness module interface Disconnect the coaxial cables from the A7 A10 A12 and A14 assemblies and disconnect
465. wer sensor configuration 5 21 prefix number x pulse modulation on off ratio 2 52 pulse modulation video feedthrough 2 71 pulse performance 2 55 pulse performance alternate test 2 60 R RAM checksum 4 2 RAM storage calibration constants 4 2 rear panel BNC connectors removal 7 25 rear panel disassembly 7 21 rear panel interface removal 7 31 rear panel removal 7 27 7 70 reassembly keyboard 7 18 removal 10 MHz reference standard 7 29 alphanumeric display 7 10 connectors front panel BNC 7 14 connectors Option 004 BNC 7 36 connectors rear panel BNC 7 25 DC blocking capacitor 7 42 display filter 7 17 fan 7 24 front panel 7 7 7 9 7 65 front panel BNC connectors 7 14 fuse housing 7 34 keyboard 7 15 line filter 7 35 motherboard 7 74 rear panel 7 27 7 70 rear panel interface 7 31 RF deck 7 73 RF output connector 7 13 7 26 RPG 7 12 source module interface 7 11 transformer 7 30 voltage selector switch 7 32 replacement front panel 7 4 motherboard 7 62 rear panel 7 21 RF deck 7 37 RF deck lifting up 7 39 RF deck disassembly 7 37 RF deck removal 7 73 RF output connector removal 7 26 RF output connector removal front panel 7 67 RF output connector removal rear panel 7 69 RPGI1 rotary pulse generator removal 7 12 S sales offices xi sampler assembly adjustment 3 10 selftest patches adjustment 3 98 self test utility 5 20 serial number x service offices xi service po
466. with the following symbol t For the following automated adjustments refer to Chapter 5 Automated Tests a YO Delay Adjustment a ADC Adjustment m Power Flatness Agilent 8360 Adjustments 3 3 1 10 MHz Standard Description and Procedure This procedure adjusts the frequency accuracy of the internal 10 MHz time base This adjustment should be done on a regular basis if absolute frequency accuracy is important see Figure 3 3 For best accuracy readjust the 10 MHz timebase oscillator after the synthesizer has been on or in standby for 24 hours See Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval following this adjustment for information on how to determine a periodic adjustment schedule After the timebase is adjusted the timebase frequency should stay within the aging rate if the following things happen The time base oven does not cool down The instrument keeps the same orientation with respect to the earth s magnetic field The instrument stays at the same altitude The instrument does not receive any mechanical shock If the time base oven cools the instrument is disconnected from AC power you may have to readjust the time base frequency after a new warm up cycle Typically however the time base frequency returns to within 1 Hz of the original frequency Note You can adjust the internal timebase after reconnecting AC power for 10 minutes but for best accuracy test again after the instrument has been
467. x screws attaching the deck to the synthesizer frame in order to remove the cables on the lower edge of the RF deck a W36 83640B L and 83650B L only a W37 a W38 a W39 a W40 Option 001 only a W41 a W42 m W69 All models except 83624B a W73 All models except 83623B L and 83624B R R 3 Remove the 3 wire pin locking tab 83623B L and 83624B 4 Remove the four corner screws that attach the board to the casting 5 Remove the A20 RF interface assembly A20 RF INTERFACE ASSEMBLY W36 CONNECTOR HP 83640 50 W69 W38 NOT USED W39 o 5 O O e o o o e o O W73 o 5 o o o C S WIRE PIN W40 W41 W36 W37 W42 SCRE RF LOCKING TAB HP 83620 22 4 PLACES DECK HP 83623 24 Figure 7 35 A20 RF Interface Agilent 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7 43 RF Deck 4 Microcircuit Removal Note For the following procedures refer to Figure 7 36 through Figure 7 50 for cable locations and for screw locations 1 Complete 1 Preliminary Steps and 2 Lift Up the RF Deck before continuing 2 With the RF deck up in the service position any microcircuit can be removed a Most microcircuits have a cable connecting them to the A20 RF interface assembly Disconnect the cable from the A20 assembly if you have already removed the A20 assembly this step is not necessary b Disconnect all semi rigi
468. ximum frequency above 26 5 GHz the following sensors are used a 8487D 10 dB pad o 8487D o 8487A o 8482A After Selection Continue with Cal Sensor Procedures If the sensor serial numbers are correct scroll down to 17 Save Power Meter Configuration and press Select If a different sensor serial number needs to be entered or a new sensor serial number added scroll to the model number to be edited and press Select to get to the Edit Sensor 1 screen To change the serial number in the Edit Sensor screen scroll to the Serial Number selection 4 and press Select Once Select has been pressed a number must be entered After Edit Sensor is selected Enter Text should be displayed Enter the serial number and press Return then Done The model and new serial number should be listed in the table Repeat steps 6 through 8 until all the correct serial numbers are displayed 10 Now save the new serial numbers in the Power Meter Configuration file by scrolling to 17 Save Power Meter Configuration and pressing Select then Done to exit the routine If the cal factors need to be loaded for new serial numbers or changed for existing serial numbers scroll to Pmtr Cal Factor selection 3 and press Select A list of serial numbers and sensor model numbers should be displayed Scroll down to the serial number to be edit
469. y Agilent 8360 250 000 ys Ch Ch 1 2 300 0 mvolts div 1 000 volts div Timebase 50 0 ys div 0 00000 s Offset Delay 250 000 us 0 000 volts Offset 2 000 volts 0 00000 s Figure 2 3 Video Signal on the Oscilloscope 6 Note the final center frequency setting required to center the video signal 7 Record the difference between the initial center frequency setting and the value noted in step 6 in Table 2 2 as frequency error 8 Repeat steps 5 through 7 for the remaining instrument settings in Table 2 2 and Table 2 3 through Table 2 6 as appropriate for each instrument model 9 Calculate the frequency error as a percent of the sweep width as follows for each of the results in Table 2 2 and Table 2 3 through Table 2 6 frequency error stop frequency start frequency 10 Record the worst case value on the test record For 83620B 22B 24B and 83623B L only 100 percent Table 2 3 Additional Instrument Settings Synthesizer Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency Frequency GHz Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent E T GHz Start Stop 2 20 2 10125 10 2 20 6 8825 435 2 20 7 1525 459 2 20 13 25 1001 2 20 13 79 1049 2 20 19 775 1581 Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2 15 Swept Frequency Accuracy For 83630B L only Table 2 4 Additional Instrument Settings
470. y Offset OV Amplitude 5 V 16 On the oscilloscope note the maximum voltage from the baseline See Figure 2 22 Video feedthrough Vp Agilent 8360 On 200 ns 400 ns At center Edge Channel 2 1 V Positive Repetitive On 64 200 kHz 5 us Vp Performance Tests 2 75 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 600 000 ns 400 000 ns 1 40000 us a Baseline Ch 1 10 0 mvolts div Offset 0 000 volts Timebase 200 ns div Delay 400 000 ns Figure 2 22 Measuring Maximum Voltage from the Baseline Video Feedthrough 17 Using the video gain from step 10 the video feedthrough Vp from step 16 and the carrier voltage from Table 2 22 calculate the video feedthrough as a percent of carrier power Video feedthrough video Vp carrier Vp x100 video gain Table 2 22 Power Level Conversions to Volts Peak Synthesizer Maximum Peak Synthesizer Maximum Peak Specified Power Carrier Specified Power Carrier dBm Voltage dBm Voltage Into 50 Q V Into 50 Q V 0 0 316 10 5 1 059 0 5 0 335 11 0 1 122 1 0 0 355 11 5 1 189 1 5 0 376 12 0 1 259 2 0 0 398 12 5 1 334 2 5 0 422 13 0 1 413 3 0 0 447 13 5 1 496 3 5 0 473 14 0 1 585 4 0 0 501 14 5 1 679 4 5 0 531 15 0 1 778 5 0 0 562 15 5 1 884 5 5 0 596 16 0 1 995 6 0 0 631 16 5 2 113 6 5 0 668 17 0 2 239 7 0 0 708 17 5 2 371 7 5 0 750 18 0 2 512 8 0 0 794 18 5 2 661 8 5 0 841 19 0 2 819 9 0 0 891 19 5 2 985 9 5 0 944 2
471. y Reference Sweep Trigger Trigger Mode Trig Src Slope 3 92 Adjustments On 210 mV dc 50 Q 2 us Center Auto Edge Chan 1 Pos Modulation Generator Flatness Agilent 8360 Display Display Mode Repetitive Averaging Off Display Time 0 2 s 4 Adjust the oscilloscope vertical sensitivity controls to almost fill the graticule display with the sine wave Do not let the sinewave be clipped Use the front panel keypad because the RPG changes the sensitivity in steps too large for this purpose 5 Use the measure feature of the oscilloscope to measure the amplitude of the sinewave If a i message is displayed repeat the vertical sensitivity adjustment until the message is no longer displayed when the signal is measured Record the amplitude of the sinewave V p p 6 On the oscilloscope change the timebase to 200 ns div 7 On the synthesizer press EM Menu Internal FM Rate 1 MHz SERVICE Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal 274 ENTER 8 Press Modify Cal and using the rotary knob change the calibration constant until the sinewave displayed on the oscilloscope is the same amplitude V p p as the recorded value The oscilloscope does not automatically update the measurement continue to press the measure function as you change the calibration constant 9 If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting see Calibration Constants to store the calibration constants as protected da
472. y Term A1 1000 Delay compensation for multi 592 YTF Bx Dly Term A2 1000 band sweeps only Adjust for maximum power at lower 50 of 593 YTF Bx Dly Term A3 1000 band Affects fast sweep speeds 594 YTF Bx Dly Term A4 1000 only 595 YTF Bx Dly Term A5 1000 596 YTF Bx Dly Term A6 1000 597 YTF Bx Dly Term A7 1000 3 40 Adjustments Amplifier Filter Adjustments Agilent 8360 Table 3 4 Amplifier Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values continued Number Description Default Adjustment Value Description 601 YTF Bx Dly Term B1 300 Delay compensation for multi 602 YTF Bx Dly Term B2 300 band sweeps only Adjust for maximum power at higher 30 of 603 YTF Bx Dly Term B3 300 band Affects fast sweep speeds 604 YTF Bx Dly Term B4 300 only 605 YTF Bx Dly Term B5 300 606 YTF Bx Dly Term B6 300 607 YTF Bx Dly Term B7 300 621 YTF Gain Band 1 2048 Maximize power over higher 10 622 YTF Gain Band 2 2048 of band Adjust at slow sweep 623 YTF Gain Band 3 2048 speeds 624 YTF Gain Band 4 2048 625 YTF Gain Band 5 2048 626 Y TF Gain Band 6 2048 627 Y TF Gain Band 7 2048 631 Y TF Offset Band 1 2048 Maximize power over lower 10 632 YTF Offset Band 2 2048 of band Adjust at slow sweep 633 YTF Offset Band 3 2048 speeds 634 YTF Offset Band 4 2048 635 YTF Offset Band 5 2048 636 YTF Offset Band 6 2048 637 YTF Offset Band 7 2048 Amplifier Filter Offset and Gain Adjustment Band 1 Adjustment 5
473. y Test Setup Low Band 2 78 Performance Tests Agilent 8360 AM Accuracy Equipment Function Generator HP Agilent 3325A Digital Voltmeter HP Agilent 3456A Measuring Receiver HP Agilent 8902A Attenuator 10 dB HP Agielnt 8490D Option 010 83640B 50B Attenuator 10 dB HP Agilent 8493C Option 010 83620B 23B 30B 4 On the synthesizer press ie POWER LEVEL 0 dBm AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Always asterisk on 5 On the function generator set Function Sine wave Frequency 1 kHz DC Offset O mV Set the amplitude to 600 mVp p or 212 mVyms and verify this amplitude with the DVM Note that the DVM measures in V rms Vims X 1 414 x 2 Vop 6 On the measuring receiver set HP Filter 300 Hz LP Filter 3 kHz Measurement AM Detector Peak 2 both on Automatic Operation 7 On the synthesizer turn on AM modulation Press AM On Off 100 V asterisk on For instruments with Option 002 instead press AM Menu AM On Off Ext asterisk on AM Type 1004 V asterisk on 8 On the test record record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver For Instruments with Option 002 only 9 On the synthesizer turn on internal AM Press AM Menu AM On Off Int asterisk on 10 On the synthesizer press Internal AM Rate 1 kHz Internal AM Depth 30 enter 11 On the test record record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver Agilent 8360 Performance Tests 2

Agilent Technologies 83650L User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents